Volume 2 Part 1 1990. \ Sie maaan Ae Geen see Oa TI cman eminem EEO: BRITISH aiiaiei 25° ae prenpovocist * Edited by | | Remar ee M.H.Rickeard es oN = THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY Officers and Committee for 1990 « President: Dr B.A. Thomas President Emeritus: J.W. Dyce Vice-Presidents: J.A. Crabbe, Dr R.E. Holttum, A.C. Jermy, R. Kaye, G. Tonge Honorary General Secretary A.R. Busby, ‘Croziers’, 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD (Tel: Coventry 715690) Assistant Secretary (Membership); and Miss A.M. Paul, Editor of the Bulletin: Department of Botany, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD Treasurer: Dr N.J. Hards, 184 Abingdon Road, Didcot, Oxon, OX11 9BP Meetings Secretary: A.C. Pigott, 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts. SG14 3AQ Editor of the Fern Gazette: J.A. Crabbe Material for duiblication should be sent to J.A. Crabbe, 1 Magdalen Road, London, SW18 3NW Editor of the Pteridologist: M.H. Rickard, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP assisted by J.W. Dyce Committee: P.J. Acock, P. Barnes, J.H. Bouckley, J.M. Camus, C.R. Fraser-Jenkins, J.M. Ide, Mrs M. Nimmo-Smith, N. Timm, Dr T.G. Walker, J.R. Woodhams Fern Distribution Recorder: A.J. Worland, 102 Queens Close, Harston, Cambs., CB2 50.N Spore Exchange Organiser: Mrs M. Nimmo-Smith, 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge, CB4 1AH Plant Exchange Organiser: Mrs R. Hibbs, 30 London Road, Hailsham, East Sussex, BN27 3BW Archivist: N.A. Hall, 15 Mostyn Road, Hazel Grove, Stockport, Cheshire, SK7 5HL Booksales Organiser: J.W. Dyce, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex, |G10 1LT Trustees of Greenfield Fund: A.R. Busby, Dr N.J. Hards, Dr B.A. Thomas hisytoichibl ene Se SOCIETY was founded in 1891 and today continues as a Joe its publications and available literature. Sh laps tia erie incr gi cites field es oe peer dom sear fete Sai scheme and fern book sa seagapee a Se : a a and seit is ne aan Sims The Fern ons publishes -— chiefly of specialist interest on size pteri ology ecw besiege S more general appeal, and the Bulletin, Society busi and meetings rhe interested in ferns and fern-alli RIPTION RATES (due on st am ry ated Yea are Full sng (ipacbees 1G Boneat ee nag up) ‘Majestic’ x ),) *ridolo cc ie P.J. Acock, © Sees jok shctei details can be obtained. MISSOURI BOTANICAL Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) JUL 1 FERNS ON THE MENU 24 1990 BRIDGET GRAHAM piesa taniite Polpey, Par, Cornwall PL24 2TW What is man? A question debated variously by theologians, philosophers, biologists, anthropologists, and also chemists, who have assured us that we are a sophisticated system of compatible chemicals. Again, there is another group who teach we are co- ordinated electrical impulses. Some would have us believe that we are the sum total of what we eat. Are vegetarians less aggressive than carnivores? What is the link between fast food and the increase in mugging? How do we relate to the image of the ferocious pre-historic tribes, the contents of whose stomachs appear to have been largely seeds and berries? At what fearful and agonising cost did experiment and experience discover the edible from the deadly, the delicious from the colic-inducing vegetation which grew on their territory? Obviously the major successes, such as grains, fruits, roots and green vegetables were recognised and subsequently cultivated. They remain the staple diet of twentieth century mankind. Others have slipped into oblivion, appreciated only by the less sophisticated and less accessible countries, and by a small number of gourmets. Among the forgotten sources of nutrition are the ferns. At the present time the media has focused the spotlight of publicity on every possible aspect of diet. The bewildered and unsettled British public might turn gratefully to ‘greens’ which have no preservatives, and are raised without cruelty or exploitation. Moreover, they have behind them venerable, historical records of great antiquity over most of the globe. There is only one overall requirement on the part of the home-caterer to introduce ferns into the family menu, that is initiative. Initiative to collect your raw product, initiative to serve it as an appetising dish, and initiative with which to inspire confidence among those assembled for the mea For those who believe there is more nourishment in food eaten raw, eis Encyclopaedia of Ferns (Jones, 1987) lists five species from which to choose. They ar Drynaria rigidula - grown and eaten in Celebes Cerapteris thalictroides Diplazium esculentum. This last fern is especially enjoyed in the Philippines. Such dignified names would be impressive on any menu, but a warning might be added in ‘Small print that whereas the young croziers are crisp, as they mature, they develop a exture. Chewing the cud is a prolonged operation. Few people today have the time to linger over meals. The careful cook might play safe by serving them softened up. Either way the impact would be sensational. Equisetum arvense is listed among the fern allies that are said to taste of asparagus, if lightly boiled or steamed. The preparation is simple. The best results are from the young fiddieheads, which are washed, and then all the scales and hairs removed. Either steamed or boiled, the water should be salted, the fiddleheads can be either whole, or sliced like runner beans. The time given is from 30 to 60 minutes, until they are “soft enough to eat’. The conscientious cook will not leave this to chance, but taste for texture at intervals, since the time-range is considerable. That would depend, of course, on the toughness of the ferns, and whether they were boiled or steamed, and whether intended to be served as asparagus or spinach. Melted butter might be a good accompaniment. Perhaps there is a recipe book available in the U.S.A.? A pamphlet 2 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) “a Wa ee 4 = A Al gutes dD = a : le A [3 mr [ k y the | g | p t of New Brunswick. One dish is made with stir-fried chicken. | assume, therefore, it has the stamp of official approval. The nourishment stored in ferns is for the benefit of the plant, but it is in a form of starch digestible by man, very rich in carbohydrates. Although modern diets reduce the intake of starch to a minimun, it is, after all, a principle source of energy, and is necessary to maintain a reasonable standard of health in man, animals and vegetables. It was predictable that prehistoric man should have discovered that the tree-ferns offered a source of food. With primitive axes or knives, slices were shaved off the caudex, skilled work for the hunter-gatherers who wandered through the primaeval forests. The Encyclopaedia lists the tree-ferns still included in the diet of the less sophisticated peoples today. Cyathea spinulosa parts of India . medullaris New Zealand C. canaliculata Madagascar C. contaminans New Guinea and the Philippines C. australis Australia C. viellardii New Caledonia Cibotium chamissoi Hawaii Dicksonia antarctica Australia In the parts of New Guinea where cannibalism is still the norm, several species of ferns are believed to be eaten in the mountainous districts. The Encyclopaedia is careful to point out that “details are lacking’, but we do know that it is the upper part of the trunk that is collected, and either boiled or roasted. The same procedure must be followed for the meat course. Whether the ferns are cooked separately, or braised in the pot around the joint of flesh from some four or two-legged game must remain a matter of conjecture for me, at least until | hear a traveller's tale from some intrepid explorer. Species of Angiopteris and Marattia were popular with a number of ethnic groups. The large, fleshy stems of A. evicta were roasted and eaten as a vegetable in the Pacific Islands. The Maoris cultivated Marattia salicina around their villages. In many tropical countries the rhizomes of Blechnum indicum were collected where it grew abundantly in swamps. The aborigines of Australia prepared it by roasting. In general, this seems to be a more popular method than boiling, and would, | imagine, be more tasty. Several familiar species are still part of the diet of isolated peoples. In North America, Dryopteris campyloptera is cooked by the Indians. In Alaska, the Eskimos supplement their diet of whale blubber with boiled rhizomes of D. carthusiana. The rhizomes of several other ferns are recorded as edible, mostly strange to Europeans, but among the familiar is Polypodium vulgare. Some carry a word of caution. Drynaria quercifolia is collected only in times of famine. Food for thought there. Nephrolepis cordifolia has little fleshy tubers Plants and man must both adapt to long droughts in Australia. Marsilea drummondii flourishes in the rainy season, but as the ground dries out so does the fern, leaving a mass of hard, woody sporocarps at the base of the withered fronds. These are picked by the thrifty aborigines, ground into a yellowish flour, and then baked into cakes. There is a note here, to the effect that the natives found them “good fare”, Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 3 but that white men forced to live on them were “poorly nourished”. Nor were ferns ignored in Europe, although the taste for them is localised. In Norway Dryopteris filix-mas is cooked and served from choice, not merely because of its anthelmintic properties. A few species of ferns can be used as an alternative to tea. In California the favourites are Pellaea ornothopus and P. murconata, which is aromatic. Our native Blechnum spicant is another. More popular in Europe is Dryopteris fragrans, but the most generally preferred across the globe is Adiantum capillus- veneris. As members who have read Ferns in Medicine (Graham, 1989) may remember, maidenhair is well endowed with medicinal properties. Two pots, at least, of this valuable fern should be in every household. Should you feel bold enough to make an intoxicating drink, try fermenting the starchy caudex of one of the Angiopteris species, or, if you brew your own beer, experiment by using bracken instead of hops; it is claimed that the flavour is distinctive. Pteridium aquilinum, (P. esculentum), along with the wolf and the snake, had a bad name long before the media focussed its insensitive curiosity in that direction. T.V. nature programmes have presented the wolf and the snake in a more kindly light, but the bracken has incurred a very bad press. In spite of being known to contain carcinoginous properties it is still eaten in several countries. In New Zealand the bracken is first soaked, and then pounded until a starchy powder is obtained. The end product is like arrowroot, and the Maoris make it up into a dough, and bake into something like bread. Bracken is also included in the diet of the Filippinos, but whereas in these two countries mashed bracken might be a necessity, it is not in Japan and the N. American continent. | have no statistics of the incidence of cancer in Kpoiinss country, but | have read that it is abnormally high in Japan. !h (see opposite page 8), one by a firm called McCain, and the other, Belle of Maine. | think they are Canadian products, but Fiddleheads is not specific. Most likely they contain the Shuttlecock/Ostrich feather fern. It would be no harm to open a tin, IF they are on sale over here, and inspect the contents. My closest encounter with bracken was sharp, painful and harmless. | cut my finger very badly indeed, by pect i trying to break a tall trond. The blood poured out in such , which quantity tl iat | of a passing semearitan whe came to see what was going on. The wound healed by first intention, and was exceptionally healthy. | have no first-hand experience of tasting bracken, but an authentic second-hand account. An eminent entymologist who is a close friend told me that he and his wife once ate bracken during the Second World War. He described it as ‘not very nice’, and said that it left him with a dry mouth and slightly sore throat for a few days. His wife was more emphatic; she said it was horrible, her throat was very sore, and that she felt sick. Both were very thirsty and both agreed they would not repeat the experiment. BUT, neither had any lasting effects, and both are in good health fifty years later. Stella Maris Turk (Turk, 1989), whom | know personally to be well qualified to voice her views, wrote of the extreme danger to man or beast coming into contact with bracken. She quoted Poisonous Plants in Britain, and their effects on Animals and Man, published by the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries & Food as having stated that some toxic qualities persist in the fern,.even after cutting and drying. Her advice is to avoid it at all costs, and control it by an annual cull before the spores ripen in early June. Dr Elizabeth Sheffield of the University of Manchester replied to Mrs Turk (Sheffield, 1990). She confirmed that Matteuccia hoch ema is edible, a agreed that bracken was dangerous, but that the tests of the Ostrich f to be free of g In a letter, Dr W. Trotter (Trotter, 1990) quotes the evidence of Dr Antice Evans of the University College of North Wales in 1965, that various animals known to feed on bracken 4 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) developed an abnormally high incidence of tumours, including leukaemias. Researchers in other countries agreed with this, while yet again pointing to the high rate of stomac cancers in Japan among those who enjoy the young shoots as a delicacy. Dr Trotter writes that there is plenty of bracken in his own garden, and ponders that his wife and gardener both died of cancer, and that both handled bracken regularly for winter mulching. He does point out how variable is the vulnerability of species, animal, vegetable and human, to carcinogens and suggests the same method of limiting the risk of infection as Mrs Turk, that is by cutting down the bracken before the ripening of the spores. He adds that the reapers have been advised to wear masks as they set about their hazardous work. He also admits that he has not yet eradicated Pteridium from his own garden. | cannot think that a plant which covers such great areas of land, in so many continents, can be lethal to man and beast. At least, the danger cannot be compared to aerosols, toxic waste, pollution by chemicals and sewage, or the felling of the tropical forests. If these precious trees are decimated, it is an invitation to plants, such as bracken, to take over. Man has never mastered his environment, but it should not be beyond him to work out an ecological balance of live and let live. The answer to the world’s problems must lie in the search for a viable constant, wherein the scales are held in a perfect equilibrium. It is the vision of Being, benign and timeless. Today men seem aggrieved to discover that nature is not slanted to make their lives cosy and free of risk. | hope | have stirred the enterprise and curiosity of even the most conservative members to seek new epicurean delights. If | could choose but one such experience, it would be to join a party of plant-hunters in the high Himalaya, where Moonwort is cooked on the open camp fires, to listen to the Sherpa’s tales, and from them learn a little more about the imponderables of Life. The atmosphere would be propitious to the sighting of an Abominable Snowman. There is much evidence today on the importance of widening our horizons, scarcely less on a healthy diet. Here is an opportunity for the British Pteridological Society to become a trend-setter. Ancient peoples have fed on ferns over the millennia and survived. It remains for us to endorse or reject their customs. Bon appétit - at the consumer’s RISK! References: GRAHAM, B. 1989. Ferns in Medicine, sar ames in Vol. 1, Part 6. JONES, D.L. 1987. Encyclopaedia of Ferns, Gia an E. 1990. Some Food. Home eal Vol. 2, Part 1. 990. Lett The Garden, January 1990 TURK, S.M. (Mes pceeen, p nites iaseg Vol. 1, Part 6. NOTES FOR CONTRIBUTORS Please send articles, notes and reviews for publication to the Editor (address inside front cover). Material should ideally be typed and not longer than 2500 words, or the equivalent of 4 sides in print. Please follow the style of this issue. The deadline for copy is the 31st of December each year. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 5 THE BPS SPORE EXCHANGE MARGARET NIMMO-SMITH 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge CB4 1AH The title SPORE EXCHANGE is misleading. Although it may h b i II y COr ceived as a scheme for exchanging spores (and also for exchanging plants, a plan which has only recently become operational), in practice it is a spore distribution service. The spores are donated by about 30 different people but over 100 people request spores. There is, however, an important difference between our Spore Exchange and the seed distributions offered by sister organisations such as the Alpine Garden Society, Hardy Plant Society, etc. These schemes operate in early winter with a finite date for applications each year and at the end of the season they dispose of all surplus seed. The Spore Exchange, on the other hand, operates throughout the whole year, the spores being held as a spore bank, although the main bulk of requests are received in the early spring after the publication of the new list. Spores are also received throughout the year, not just in the autumn, and are kept for 2 to 3 years if they are of tropical origin and 3 to 4 years if they are British native species or cultivars. Fresh spores are despatched whenever possible, but not all items are received every year. Spores requested from Botanic Garden seed lists are often a year old by the time they reach members. However many spores are only available through these sources, and the Society is extremely grateful for the opportunity to try items not available otherwise, being regarded as a worthy recipient of scientific material. The Exchange was started in 1972 by David Russell. Richard Cartwright took over shortly afterwards and built it up to its present size until he retired from the job three years ago. It is now probably the largest list of spores on offer in the world. This vast list is only made possible by the small body of members who give most generously. About 15 British members contribute regularly. Otherwise, spores are received from half a dozen European botanic gardens (none British) and from overseas members living in Europe, America, South Africa and Australia. The Australians are particularly generous with very large quantities coming from Mike Young at Mount Lofty Botanic Gardens and, this year, from Roy and Yvonne Kalmo who hove taken over the running of the S. Australia Fern Society Spore List. h lly sought, particularly of anything new, rare or unusual. If members are seeking particular ferns not listed, it is sometimes possible to acquire them by diligent search. A recent development with the encouragement of the National council for the Conservation of Plants and Gardens (NCCPG) has been the establishment of National Collections of ferns in Britain. Collection holders are making use of the Spore Exchange and in future it is hoped they will be a good reliable source of supply. Another possible source are er Dena to the wild, but unless the spores are Please could our members ec are fe going on such trips remember the Spore Exchange. Any surplus will be gratefully received and it would also be possible to operate a scheme to monitor the results of trying to raise new introductions. The most requested ferns are small hardy species, especially woodsias. Adiantum monochlamys and A. renforme are also current favourites. There also seems to be a steady interest in ferns for the alpine house, such as Cheilanthes. Other foregin species likely to be hardy are popular, as are good varieties of British natives, and there is a steady demand for tree-ferns from both overseas and British members, especially the uncommon kinds. The spores arrive in a variety of different packaging materials - from tiny plastic capsules of pure spores to large ‘botanical envelopes’ made from scrap exercise paper, (interesting reading, no doubt, if one had the time!), containing whole fronds. It really doesn’t matter how they come provided the packages don’t leak en route. One member has sent beautiful 6 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) clean spores in tobacco paper which is actually quite a good material to handle. Overall the best packaging is the ‘botanical envelope’ which has the versatility of being made to any size and out of any paper, although a reasonable quality writing or airmail paper is optimal. (If any member would like to learn how to construct these envelopes please write to the Spore Exchange Organiser). Spores are repackaged for distribution into glassine self-seal envelopes which are convenient to use but have one major drawback. Tiny amounts of spores can be lost by adhering to the self seal gum. However, it is hoped that this problem has been overcome by enclosing them in a slip of airmail paper inside the self-seal envelope. Recipients should cut the tops off the envelopes they receive before sowing, rather than opening the self-seal and loosing the spores to the gum. Luckily, unlike the equivalent amount of seed which would require a large filing cabinet, the spores can be stored in six 4”. by 12” boxes. Many spores remain viable for a considerable period of time; refridgeration should prolong their life. Some spores are of such short viability that they are not included on the list. Matt Busby sends out Osmunda spores, when fresh, directly to members. This service could be extended to other species where viability is a problem, but it would need definite offers from donors. This year, Todea barbara has been sent as fresh green spores from overseas for immediate sowing. Each autumn the major task is to compile the new list. This is now done with the help of a computer. The list is sent to two experts to check the names for spelling, synonyms and authenticity. The naming of plants, whether ferns or not, always causes problems and disputes. However, it is very important that the spore list should, as far as possible, have the correct up-to-date names as it is seen by all major fern growers and many botanists. Last year, for the first time, the botanical authorities for the names used on the list were available to members. However, ferns seem to be particularly prone to name changes which confuse the amateur who has only just come to grips with one name when confronted with a quite different one. There is one item on the list which has appeared under a different name each time for the past three years! This list is produced primarily to encourage people to grow ferns. It is hoped that more information could be made available to members on synonyms and name changes in a handy form. Richard Rush’s Guide to Hardy Ferns is very useful in this respect, but a similar guide to tropical and sub-tropical species is needed. Another problem is that taxonomic lumpers are at work - taxa that are at least horticulturally distinct may be submerged into one loose species. This is a great pity from the gardeners’ point of view and in such cases perhaps some kind of distinct name could be retained. Peter Barnes wrote in the Pteridologist (The Horticultural Nomenclature of Ferns, Pteridologist, Volume 1, Part 5, 1988) proposing a new system of names for British fern cultivars to bring them into line with the International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants (ICNCP). If implemented, this would bring a totally new look to the list. The Plant Finder, published by the Hardy Plant Society, has already partially adopted this system, but its application appears somewhat arbitrary. It is noted that Chris Philip and Tony Lord, the editors of The Plant Finder, hope that the BPS will follow suit. However, when all this is said and done, what the recipient requires is that the spores should be accurately named. Unfortunately, this cannot be guaranteed, as the reliability of the names is only as good as the donor’s knowledge; the spores are received in good faith that they are what they purport to be. It is to be hoped that the majority of spores have been correctly identified, although even the most august institutions have been known to be in error and mistakes may occur in this way and be per petuated. It is interesting to receive feedback on this subject, from members who have grown spores which turn out to be incorrectly named. Three further problems for the grower are whether he or she is actually receiving any Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 7 spores within the packets, contamination with other spores and whether the spores are viable. In an ideal world only packets which contained fresh pure spores would be sent out, but in practice it is often necessary to send out packets containing mostly dross in the hope that spores are present. Although this may be extremely frustrating for the grower, most people would probably prefer a small chance of success to none at all. Also, there is the excitement of exotic interlopers. Contamination is an ever-present hazard, which may occur when they are first collected, repackaged or, of course, most likely when finally sown. Viability is dependent on several factors, including storage and the natural life of the spores, and has already been mentioned. It should also, perhaps, be mentioned that, when raising fern cultivars from spores, only a proportion are likely to resemble the parent plant, and great care should be taken to select only the best forms. For instance, sporelings raised from Polystichum setiferum ‘Plumosum Bevis’ may yield only the straight species, but may also produce something exciting. In either case, they should not be called ‘Bevis’. | would like to thank all the members who have given me such tremendous help and encouragement over the past three years. | have found this very rewarding work, particularly as | have corresponded with many interesting overseas members for whom, often, the Spore Exchange is their main link with the Society. Finally, WHERE NOW? | would like to know what members would like - greater variety, less variety but better quality, more new rarities, more good old cultivars, fresher spores, more information on synonyms, hardiness and cultivation requirements of the items on the list. | would like to develop the side of sending out very fresh spores, such as the osmundas, but would need definite sources of donors. | am also intending to build up a data bank of information about the spores, including synonyms, some indication of hardiness and country of origin. | am always very pleased to correspond with members about any aspect of running the Spore Exchange and, of course, welcome the receipt of correctly named spores at any time. (This article is based on a paper read at the BPS autumn meeting, 1989). SHORTER NOTE The Past and the Future In the Weekend Telegraph for Saturday 20 January 1990 the following paragraph appears in an article by Stephen Lacey - “The polystichum called P. heart seneagtorag ‘Bevis’ is namie it ex Kg and fern-lovers boast of it as if it were a Rolls-Royce. “The Jones's hav his ues ® Bevis” they say. ‘How on earth are we te to keep up?” Its storia cost 1 1 doe Part of his information is very much past history - the fern is now known to be NOT Polystichum aculeatum but P. setiferum and the variety name is ‘Plumosum Bevis’. Looking into the future, it is possible that one day a plant of ‘Bevis progeny’ may set you back £150, but, at present, the only ones likely to attract that price are two exceedingly - repeat exceedingly - rare variations which are possessed only by less than four or five dedicated fern growers. Completely barren and more than obstinate in the production of side crowns, it is most unlikely that they will ever become nurserymen’s stock for sale. | wish | could get £150 each for my many other ‘Bevis progeny’ plants! | could, indeed, be quite well off! JW DYCE 8 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) FIDDLEHEAD FOOD? E SHEFFIELD, Department of Cell and Structural Biology, Williamson Building, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL In case any ex-dinner guest of mine became alarmed at the news that “... ““fiddleheads” contain high concentrations of carcinogenic agents”, | felt | should write and clarify points raised in the last issue of the Pteridologist. |n her article on bracken (Pteridologist 1, 6, 267), Stella Maris Turk made reference to people in Japan, America and Canada eating “this dangerous plant”. While! Id quite agree that bract houldb nsidered dangerous, and have heard of Americans and Canadians eating it, the “fiddleheads” (see photograph opposite) more commonly consumed, and indeed considered by some to be quite a delicacy, are the young fronds of Matteuccia struthiopteris (see phtograph opposite). This plant is usually referred to as the “edible fiddlehead” (or “Ostrich fern”) and its fronds have been tested and pronounced free from carcinogens. Indeed, a thriving industry is based on the harvesting, canning and freezing of Matteuccia fiddleheads (low in both calories and salt!) in Canada (see photographs opposite). The fern grows throughout much of the northern hemisphere, and can be cultivated in Britain. It is an attractive plant, with a strong “shuttlecock’’-shaped growth habit impossible to confuse with the solitary fronds of bracken, and although | must admit to being rather unimpressed by its flavour, | would hate to deter future dinner guests from sampling this member of my collection. References: VON ADERKAS, P. 1984. Economic history of Ostrich fern, Matteuccia struthiopteris, the edible fiddiehead. Economic Botany 38; 14-23. The Fiddlehead. A pamphlet containing recipes such as “‘fiddlehead pizza” and ‘‘stir-fried chicken with fresh fiddleheads”, produced by the Food and Nutrition Branch, New Brunswick Department of Agriculture and Rural Development. IN SEARCH OF THE ORIGINAL ‘“VICTORIAE’ NICK SCHRODER 2 The Dell, Haywards Heath, West Sussex, RH16 1UG In his article in the 1980 BPS Bulletin, Jimmy Dyce pieces together some of the history behind what is perhaps the most remarkable variation ever encountered in our native species - Athyrium filix femina ‘Victoriae’, Queen of the Lady Ferns. The early part of the story, dating from its discovery near Loch Lomond in 1861, is now well-known. Equally well-known is the failure, in the progeny from this find, ever to achieve the Stature, symmetry and degree of secondary crossing of the pinnules exhibited in offsets of the original plant. Having been frequently disappointed by the results of purchasing A.ff. Victoriae’ plants as “selected Sporelings” or “from a good original” on offer from several sources | set out to fill some of the gaps in the more recent history of the original stock. My search clearly had to start at Buchanan Castle itself (see photograph on p. 9), close to the site in Drymen of the original discovery, and where part of the plant is known to have remained for many years. Presumably Druery, who wrote of a visit to Loch Lomond shortly before the turn of the century, had been of the same mind. My first view of the Castle, which has fallen into ruin and is now almost as much a home to the local vegetation and wildlife as the woodland surrounding it, was a set-back. Worse still was the realisation that a small estate of modern bungalows built within i Castle grounds and bearing the street name “Castle Gardens” had recently been built upon the site of the old walled garden which housed the original ‘Victoriae’. Preridologist 2, 1 (1990) Bi An open packet of frozen fiddieheads A tin of fiddleheads (Matteucia struthiopteris) (Matteucia struthiopteris) ‘Fiddiehead fern” Matteucia struthropteris Fiidleheads of Matteucia struthiopteris in cultivation in Manchester 9 i Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) wh Athyrium filix-femina ‘Victoriae’. Close up showing secondary crossing of pinnules. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 9 However, | had the good fortune to meet the local officer of the Nature Conservancy Council who, having read the 1980 article, had himself taken up the search for what has locally become known as the Buchanan Fern. John Mitchell, whose assistance is gratefully acknowledged, related his success in locating three such plants in the Drymen area in one of the local Naturalist journals, although a fourth (subsequent) find in a nearby village cast doubt on the originality of the first three finds. The subsequent find therefore appeared to be the most promising lead and my first opportunity to inspect this plant occurred in January 1989. Clearly this was not the best time of year to study a Lady Fern, especially when the plant had been “tidied up” for the winter. Yet this inspection did allow a close examination of the crown mass which was to prove impossible later in the year when the fronds were fully unfurled. All told, some sixteen large crowns were present in a mass the size of a dinner plate. Buchanan Castle as it is today. Furthermore, from the diameter of the remaining frond bases it was evident that each frond had been substantial. A second visit in late summer removed all doubt - this was not merely a seedling from the original. The fronds reached 3ft 9ins from crown to tassel tip, and the three dimensional quality of each frond made for a superb display. The secondary crossing of the pinnules or “‘percruciate’’ character was also very evident. (See photographs opposite). The proud owner of this magnificant specimen recounted the history of his plant, the scarcity of which he had been unaware of until now. In 1956 his father, having been widowed, moved from Drymen to live with his sister in nearby Killearn and the plant was transferred to the son’s garden in a hamlet not far from Killearn where it stands today. For its earlier history there are two equally probable theories to explain how the family may have come to grow this plant. The first goes back to John Mason, of Mason’s Nursery at Drymen who, in the late 1920's had obtained a piece of the original find and had grown this in order to raise sporelings for sale. Several seedlings found in the Drymen area undoubtedly are from this source. The present owner's father, however, was a keen plantsman and was a 10 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) good friend of Mason through the local volunteer fire service - such local brigades were common at the time, and both men served in Drymen. Through this friendship a piece of the original was possibly passed on in the mid ’30s. The second, and more simple, theory stems from the fact that the present owner’s father was a professional waller and worked on the Buchanan Estate. The work would necessarily have brought him into regular contact with the walled garden and stone built fernery. As a fellow member of staff, contact with the Head Gardener would also have been on a regular basis. Whichever theory is correct must remain a mystery, although one thing is certain - we are indebted to the present owner's family for the part they have played in preserving this living piece of pteridological history, which must count as the most substantial clump of the original ‘Victoriae’ known to exist, although it is possible that similar discoveries will hopefully be used by our would-be hybridisers in their quest for new departures in fern variation. References: DYCE, tales Athyrium filix-femina ‘Victoriae’. The British Pteridological Society Bulletin 2, oe MASON, J.B. 1981. The Buchanan Fern. Forth Naturalist and Historian, Volume , 97-101. BOOK REVIEW SOMERSE T FERNS: A FIELD GUIDE by Pat Hill-Cottingham. Aspects of Somerset, Natural History Series No. 1. 84 pp. 1989. Somerset Archaeological & Natural desciga wa Taunton Castle, Taunton, Somerset TA1 4AD. Price £2.50 (£3.00 incl. p.p. This attractive little book attempts to give you all you want to know on ferns (no clubmossess or horsetails) growing in Somerset. Details of the species include descriptions Somerset. There is the usual introduction to ferns and how to recognise them, one dichotomous (often trichotomous) key, one multi-access key, and a glossary. BARRY A. THOMAS Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 11 THE MAN WHO DIED COLLECTING WOODSIA - A brief account of the life of William Williams the ‘Botanical Guide’ (1805-1861) DEWI JONES Bod Orwel, Ffordd Llanllyfni, Penygroes, Gwynedd, LL54 6LY As mountaineering gained popularity during the first half of the 19th century the saga which has evolved from that ‘golden age’ appear in such books as Edward Whymper’s ‘Scrambles Among the Alps’ and John Tyndall's ‘Hours of Excersise in the Alps’. From literature such as this we learn of the vital role that local guides played in early mountaineering and botanical expeditions. Not only did the visiting climbers and botanists benefit from the locals’ intimate knowledge of their native mountains and valleys, but it was fashionable in those days to hire a guide. There were many guides operating in Snowdonia during this period, and although they never attained the same level of publicity as that of the romanticized Alpinists, they form an important chapter in the history of the mountainous region known as Eryri. One of the busiest guides of this period was William Williams of the Royal Victoria Hotel, Llanberis, a man who was known locally as ‘Will Boots’. In addition to the normal services provided by guides in conducting visitors to the summit of Snowdon, Williams was also a specialist. He was familiar with the localities of the rare plants of the district, with a particular interest in the rarer ferns, and occasionally ascended Snowdon three times in one day; his clients mounted on sturdy ponies while he walked. William Williams was born in the parish of Llanfwrog, Denbighshire, in 1805 and entered service as a groom when 13 years old. He worked for M. Turner, Abbots Bromley, Staffordshire for 4 years, and then in the White Lion, Rhuthun, and also the Black Lion, Mold as a driver. He later moved to Bangor, working in the Liverpool Arms and the Penrhyn Arms. During his stay in Bangor he attended school for 6 months, the fees being paid by himself. This was the only course of formal education he ever received. He came to live in Llanberis in 1832 and worked at the Dolbadarn Hotel before moving to the Royal Victoria where he gained reputation as the ‘Botanical Guide’. There is no evidence to show how or when he first became interested in botany, and according to one source, another local guide, his first interests were crystals and insects. It is almost certain that Williams’ knowledge of plants was restricted to the rarities, and that he profited from this knowledge during the fern collecting era. He was known to many of the leading botanists of the day, and it is certain that he benefited from his acquaintance with Charles Cardale Babington (1808-1895) who later became Professor of Botany at Cambridge. Babington was a regular visitor to Snowdonia, missing no opportunity to see in their natural habitats the plants about which he taught. When Edward Newman (1801-1876) published his classic book ‘A History of British Ferns’ we see from a passage on page 77 in the 1854 edition that he also was acquainted with Williams. “William Williams, an active and intelligent Snowdon Guide is but too well acquainted with the Snowdonian station of both the Woodsias: | don’t think he would willingly exterminate them, but he is subject to such constant solicitations from botanical tourists to be conducted to the localities...” - further proof of the demand on Williams’ services during the Victorian fern craze. William Pamplin (1806-1899) was another friend of Williams; born in Chelsea, he came to live in Llandderfel, Merionethshire, where he tried to establish the North Wales Central Botanic Gardens. Pamplin spoke of Williams with respect and praise, but this is not the case with all the botanists who came in contact with him. In an article on the plants of Snowdon by John Barton of Cambridge which was written in April 1857, the author accuses Williams of deliberately 12 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) of Clogwyn y Garnedd. “We had little doubt”, says Barton, “that he was engaged in a-search after some rare plants, as he had the reputation of being well acquainted to us with a magnificent specimen of Aspidium lonchitis which he had just obtained from the heights above.” During the conversation which followed Williams agreed to accompany them to where the Woodsia was to be found, but Barton was still not satisfied. growing in too exposed a situation, so as to prevent all possibility of their being detected. Another piece of information which he volunteered with equal satisfaction to himself other writers on ferns for the localities of rare species.” Williams then led the party to the summit of Crib y Ddisgl, along the ridge to Bwich Coch, and down through Cwmglas Mawr to the Llanberis Pass, seeing su h plants as Saussurea alpina, Polystichum lonchitis, Lloydia serotina, Asplenium viride and Cystopteris fragilis on the way, but not more Woodsias. ‘Williams’ intention evidently was to lure us from the spot,’” moans Barton, and he concludes his article by Stating “! would give my humble advice to all future Pamplin, on the other hand, speaks highly of him in a letter written in Llandderfel in January 1858, in which we get an account of Williams leading a botanical ramble into the mountains. The party left the Rectory at Llanberis at 9 in the morning and walked © are favoured with the above List from the Visitors Book of Mr William Williams, Guide to Snowdon from Llanberis.” In The Gardener's Chronicle of July 11th 1863, Mr John Field mentions a rumour that Williams had planted Irish specimens of the rare Trichomanes speciosum in the Snowdon district. Most probably we will never know if this is true, or if any of the introduced enthusiasts during visits to Snowdonia. (At a later date Herbert Stansfield also reputedly introduced T. speciosum into wild localities in North Wales (Hawkins, 1928)). wdonia, and he regarded the rarer ferns with a distinct possessiveness, and would Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 13 only show the localities to those whom he trusted. He was quite an original character with a flair for gaining publicity and wore a fur cap bearing the words “‘Botanist Guide” in bold letters. The following lines which were sent for publication to the North Wales Chronicle a short time after his death, is said to be the guide’s own work. William Williams, guide to Snowdon, Anxious that all those who ‘bode in England, Scotland, or old Ireland, Should place their feet upon much higher land Than ever was in those parts seen By young or old that e’er have been, Gives notice, that if here they'll ride, He, with much pleasure as their guide, Will show them quarries, lakes, and mines, Snowdon, and the place he finds, Plants that nowhere else abound, And which by him alone are found: Waterfalls with various actions, Minerals, ores, and pertifactions; The house where Margaret Evan died, St. Perry’s well and all beside: Anglers too, who with a boat Can be supplied and when emg Will find at once by askin The places where the best a swim; In fact to him, no place is new, Within the range of Snowdon view Excepting one, which he declares To bring folks to he never dares, Not being on the best of terms With him who owns these hot concerns, - “The Devil's Kitchen”, it is named, And by some tourists is much famed; ‘Tis here, we're told, the king satanic Allures his own by means botanic, But there are guides who know it true, Its inmost parts and master too, And folks who wish to go with these, Can walk the road with greatest ease; To guide elsewhere, ‘midst many millions, There's none so good as William Williams. At 10 a.m. on the morning of June 13th, 1861, Williams set out from the village of Llanberis to conduct a lady and gentlemen to the summit of Snowdon, and then down to Beddgelert. During the course of the ascent Williams left the couple to go and collect plants and rejoined them later on. After reaching the summit he left them again, this time to collect specimens of Woodsia alpina for his clients. On this occasion he failed to return. Meanwhile his clients, who were waiting for him in one of the summit huts, decided to continue their journey guideless down to Beddgelert. Word soon got around about Williams’ disappearance and subsequently a search party was organized. His body was later found at the foot of a precipice on Clogwyn y Garnedd and, according to a report in one of the local newspapers, the accident occurred as a result of a broken rope. 14 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) He was buried at Nant Peris on the 16th of June 1861, and his tombstone is marked with the following inscription. UNDERNEATH LIE THE REMAINS OF WILLIAM WILLIAMS UPWARD OF TWENTY FIVE YEARS BOTANICAL GUIDE AT THE ROYAL VICTORIA HOTEL WHO WAS KILLED BY A FALL FROM CLOGWYN Y GARNEDD JUNE 13 1861, WHILST PURSUING HIS FAVOURITE VOCATION This Tombstone was erected to his memory by a few friends References: The following publications are referred to in this account or have been consulted in its preparation. Caernarfon and Denbigh Herald. June 22 1861. Caernarfon and Denbigh Herald. April 1 1910. DESMOND, R. 1977. Dictionary of British and Irish Botanists &c. London. HASKETT SMITH, W.P. 1895. Climbing in the British Isles. Vol 11. HAWKINS, E.H. 1928. Tribute to H. Stansfield. Br. Fern. Gaz. 5:220-221. HUMPHREYS, H. (pub.) Guide to the Summit of Snowdon. Caernarfon, n.d. JENKINS, D.E. 1899. Bedagelert, It's Facts Fairies & Folklore. Porthmadog. JONES, D. 1988. Old Guides and Woodsias. Pteridologist, Vol. 1, Part 5. Morning Chronicle. June 20, 1861. NEWMAN, E. 1854. A History of British Ferns. London. North Wales Chronicle. June 22, 1861. North Wales Chronicle. June 29, 1861. ist. 185 lin. WILLIAMS, J. Lloyd. 1945. Atgofion Tri Chwarter Canrif. Cyf. 1V. London. BOOK REVIEW HENRY POTTER'S FIELD GUIDE TO THE HYBRID FERNS OF THE NORTH EAST by Frank and Libby Thorne. Vermont Institute of Natural Science, Vermont 0509 1, USA. $14.95 (p & p $2.50). This book, more than any other | have read for a long time, illustrates how an enthusiastic amateur can do so much by discovering and describing fern hybrids. Written as a tribute to Henry Potter by two friends and fellow amateur pteridologists, the book gives descriptions, key factors in hybrid identification and photographs of the 21 hybrids in northern New England and eastern New York. Henry Potter (1891-1986) was a Verne” farmer who studied his local natural history for most of his life and spent many or, later studying fern hybrids, especially of Dryopteris. The book is said to have been written to complete his work and his wish to publish a field guide. The way it is written will ensure its usefulness in field identification and in the herbarium. The book is clearly pias to anyone interested in the American ferns but it should also, hopefully, stimulate other. i ers to search for hybrids as thoroughly as Henry Potter did. B.A. THOMAS Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 15 POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM ‘DIVISILOBUM BLAND’ JW DYCE 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT Although this fern is named ‘Divisilobum Bland’ it is, in fact, a true plumoso-divisilobum. It was a wild find, made about 1910 by J H Bland of Tobarcooran, Carmoney, Co Antrim, on Carmoney Hill a few miles from Belfast. About 1914 the finder sent the fern to a Mr Bensted of Detling, near Maidstone in Kent. Mr J E Austin of West Court, Detling acquired it from Mr Bensted and in 1920 a plant was sent by Mr Austin to Dr F W Stansfield who named it Polystichum angulare (now setiferum) ‘Divisilobum Bland’. It is not only the best divisilobum ever found wild but is, undoubtedly, the finest pure divisilobe i in cultivation, notwithstanding the number of other beautiful forms found wild, It is in every way superior to (of Jones’ Nature Prints fame, - see Pteridologist, Vol 1 part 6, pp. 262-264) thought could hardly be surpassed. Be PLS ‘i Zoltenly tS sae an le “< + * r Ee SZ, 4 SEZ m yang ary ¢ Fig. 1. Polystichum setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bland’ (Reproduced from the British Fern Gazette Vol. VI, 1930). In the lower half of the frond the lower pinnules are very long, overlapping and finely dissected. They are quadripinnate even in the half-mature stage and can even be quinquepinnate when well-developed. The ultimate segments are spiny and very slender, giving the fronds and the plant a very open and airy appearance. The pinnules in the upper half of the frond are tripinnate only and much shorter. The variety is a go grower, is fertile and produces spores freely, as well as bulbils. Right from its early have had very wet summers. In addition, my plant has been very loathe to develop side crowns. 16 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) My plant of ‘Divisilobum Bland’ was received in 1950 from P Greenfield who wrote me as follows - ‘My few Blands were raised from bulbils the first year after the Doctor (Dr F W Stansfield, his father-in-law) gave me the plant - wherein | was lucky, but | have never had an offset from a crown”. | was lucky in that the plant | received from eh . Samoele pinnae Reet tirelve ig. 2. Sample pinnae from twelve different plants. Fig. All first generation Progeny of P. setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bland’. 4s Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) iy Greenfield in 1950 showed a small offset the same year and | was able to detach it from the parent two years later and grow it on successfully. In due course it was presented to another fern grower. | have never had another offset since. In most years myBland produces a large crop of bulbils and in wet summers these develop into tiny plantlets. When this happens, hopefully | peg down some of the fronds on to fine compost and, for a time, they seem to do well, but eventually the young plants die off, confirming the experience of the early growers. Very rarely, a few reach the stage when | can plant them out separately but they have only survived successfully when grown on to a good size in a wardian case. | have never seriously attempted to grow this fern from spores. Looking back through my old records | note that | made a sowing in 1952 which successfully produced a host of tiny plants. These were planted on but following records do not mention them and | presume they were given away - or, more likely, died! | still have only the one plant, growing as strongly as ever, a fern to be greatly admired. In addition, | am lavishing much attention on a 1988 bulbil which has lived through the 1989 drought and, with luck, may become my number two plant. When | submitted this article to our Editor for his approval he promptly wrote back, telling me that he had made a successful sowing some years ago from Bland spores which he had received from me. He sent me twelve fronds from the plants he raised, ranging from exceedingly plumose varieties to some with very simple development in the pinnules. | was most interested in them and depict some of them here. They are the first progeny of Bland | have seen or known about (see Fig. 2). Compared with the parent (see Fig. 1), the progeny demonstrate excellently the wide range of form, including some plants with their division much more elaborated. This can be expected when sowing spores from a good variety which has already diverged greatly from the species form. At present, all my ferns, including my plant of Bland, are being moved to our Editor's garden - sadly, | am getting too old to look after them properly. Any members, interested in P. setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bland’ and wishing to “try their hand” with its spores, can probably obtain some from Martin Rickard this summer and, with some luck and proper attention, achieve results similar to his. EQUISETUM X FONT-QUERI IN ANGLESEY R.H. ROBERTS 51 Belmont Road, Bangor, Gwynedd Equisetum x font-queri Rothm., the hybrid between E. palustre L. and E. telmateia Ehrh., was first noticed in July 1989, during a visit to the small area of dunes at Traeth Lligwy on the east coast of Anglesey, v.-c. 52. This was formerly an attractive place with plants such as Sanguisorba minor, Galium verum, Anacamptis pyramidalis, an abundance of Rosa pimpinellifolia and much Equisetum. However, increasing public pressure over the past thirty years and especially the construction of two large car-parks, one at each end of the bay, has resulted in the destruction of a large part of the dunes. The hybrid was found on the stable dunes furthest from the shore, where it forms a dense and continuous stand for over 65 metres along the dunes and extends for 25 metres inland under the fringe of Grey Sallows which border the dunes at this spot. The plant was conspicuous by the large size of its shoots, many of them over 90 cm tall, and their pencil-thick stems (cf. Page, 1982) with very pale, succulent-looking internodes. These features, as well as the presence of cones on some of the shoots, indicated that it might be the hybrid between E. palustre and E. telmateia. Material sent to Edinburgh was confirmed as this hybrid by Dr. C.N. Page, who commented that 18 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) it had all the features of the previous finds except for the somewhat longer branches (frequently more than 20 cm long) giving the shoots a bushier appearance and often an overall outline closer to that of E. telmateia. robust branches, the broader white margins to the teeth of the branch sheaths, as well as to those of the sheaths of the main shoots, and in the monomorphic habit of the shoots themselves. When the colony was first found, many of the cones had already been lost, but examination of those still intact showed that most of the spores are abortive, being small, deformed and colourless, the few larger ones having “rudimentary though inoperative elators” as Dr. Page remarked. Unlike the Worcestershire colony (Roberts & Page, 1979) which has neither parent in the immediate vicinity, the Traeth Lligwy hybrid has E. palustre growing within a few metres of it on the lower-lying, wetter sandy soil close to the stream, Afon Lligwy, which here enters the sea, while E. telmateia occurs in abundance about 250 metres species. Moreover, the size of the colony indicates that it has been established here for a considerable time. The ability of E. x font-queri to occupy a wide range of habitats from roadside banks and ditches to all gradations of adjacent moorland on the Isle of Skye has already been | am grateful to Dr. C.N. Page for reading the note in manuscript and making some helpful comments. Also to Mrs. M.R. Davies for her help in the field. References: oe C.N., 1973. Two hybrids in Equisetum new to the British flora. Watsonia 9: 229-237. AGE, C.N., 1982. The Ferns of Britain and Ireland. Cambridge. 1:72. aptey ons on a colony of Equisetum x font-queri. Pteridologist 1: spre E1958 The county of Anglesey: soils and agriculture. H.M.S.O. London. ee ERTS, RH. & P AGE, C.N., 1979. A second British record for Equisetum x font-queri and its addition to the English flora. Fern Gaz. 12: 61-62. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 19 BULBILS ON POLPODIUM MARTIN H. RICKARD The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP. At one of Fibrex Nursery’s shows in London during 1989 our member, Stuart Williams, noticed bulbils on Polypodium vulgare agg. ‘Elegantissimum’. Knowing my interest in polypodiums Hazel Key of Fibrex Nurseries drew my attention to this and showed me some plants covered with bulbils. The bulbils are produced direct from the sorus and take the place of the sporangia - a phenomenon known as apospory. Each sorus produces a tuft of several young fronds, all simple, exactly like the first leaf of a polypod sporophyte when produced via the normal sexual process. Virtually every sorus is given over, at least in part, to these aposporus growths with primary leaves at all stages of development. | had never heard of bulbiferous polypods and therefore excitedly made inquiries to some of our more knowledgeable members, but they too had never heard of anything like it in polypodium | was left to wonder why plants at Fibrex should have behaved so unusually; surely, if it happened in 1989 it must have happened before? Sure enough, a search of that unsurpassed mine of all information pteridological, The British Fern Gazette revealed several references to bulbils on P. vulgare agg. ‘Elegantissimum’. In 1915 no less an authority than C T Druery commented: the fern eae pes be a is additionally interesting as a producer of dorsal bulbils on the more dissected fronds under favourable cultural conditions, but our own attempts to raise from them aan so a failed. These bulbils appear in conjunction with the spore heaps, a rare but not unique phenomenon’ (The British Fern Gazette, Vol.3, p9, 1915). Later, in 1971, Druery again wrote on this subject: ---Soral bulbils have been recorded as occurring on aencpanry great veneris ‘Daphnites’ whi find. In all these cases sd bulbils are seated on the soral sites, and are usually accompanied _ sporangia grading from imperfect and aborted ones to perfect ones with a full “eaarinatiy logist, 1988). In the case of the polypodium, such bulbils occur r only on the most highly developed fronds, and on pinnules of extr ste fine cutting, the terminals of which run out into ~~ inch long lingual extensions, pointing, | think, to aposporal tendencies. The sori are mass and consist of filamentous proc ae some of which Sig eal out sa pag while ches form perfect sporangia of normal golden agen ari Mig then, do appear those massive cellular pelivele which are found on hye in time one bulb gets the thao bc and a little plant of several ol Loran is , edened Unfortunately, neither y leisure nor my training permit me to investigate properly transitional stages whi ch must as fie in cases like these,... (The British Fern Gazette, Vol. 3, p196-197, 1917). This quote suggests that Druery might have = plants from his bulbils. More recently, in 1934, Paul Kestner, a Swiss member ; ..Viz. a vulgare binetiptectecnnind which some bulbils in the sori instead of sporangia (so does ‘Cornubiense’ but t lesser extent). | try every year to grow ferns from these bulbils, vies so far wea pe ober . | shall be glad to know if anyone has had success in this direction’. (The British Fern Gazette, Vol. 6 p299, 1934). It is interesting here that Herr Kestner found bulbils on ‘Trichomanoides’ and ‘Cornubiense’. Unfortunately, due to confusion in nomenclature within this group it is difficult to kinowe which varieties he meant but it is possible that either of these varieties, common law ‘Cornubiense’, and what we today call ‘Trichomanoides’ could produce bulbils as well as ‘Elegantissimum’. 20 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) | believe that bulbils on ‘Elegantissimum’ have been seen only rarely because the plant needs to be grown in optimum conditions under glass - rarely available to growers these days. In future, however, it might be worth growing some of these plants under protected conditions in the hope that bulbils will be produced in sufficient quantity to allow some success in their propagation. To date Fibrex Nursery have pegged out several fronds on a heated mist bench and | await with great interest the outcome of their experiment. SHORTER NOTE An idea for growing Polypodiums Polypodium australe, the Southern Polypody, is scarce in the British Isles. It is largely confined to limestone rocks and walls in the south and west. In Europe it is much more common, particularly in the Mediterranean region and on the Iberian peninsula where the summers are hot and dry and limestone is common. P.australe obviously thrives in such situations, enduring the hottest months in a dormant state, not flushing its new fronds until August or September. Transferred to the garden this character of summer dormancy is a nuisance. At a time when most garden plants are at their peak P.australe and its cultivars can look a Mess, with only old dying fronds or, at best, a bare patch of soil. In — garden where | grow quite a lot of polypodiums, this phenomenon is a big problem. Entire beds are non-events for the three best summer months. One way of counteracting the problem on a small scale is to plant clumps of polypods as isolated patches. This | have done with some success but recently in the garden of Robert Bolton of Birdbrook, Essex, | came across a more novel way of growing these fascinating plants. Here Polypods have been planted as a strip around the edge of an island bed. This strip is only about 1 foot (30 cm) wide. The centre of the bed has been filled with other plants of choice. The beauty of this design is that in summer the bare edges of the bed containing the polypods is inconspicuous, while at other times there is 4 handsome fringe of beautiful green fronds - right through the middle of winter, of course. Another advantage of this scheme is that polypods are well able to withstand the exposure inevitable at the edge of the bed. Having seen Robert Bolton’s garden | have tried out the same idea. So far | am encouraged that it will be a success. Time will tell! Footnote: If any member would like to see Robert Bolton’s border for themselves please contact Robert Bolton at any reasonable time (Daytime: Ridgewell 246, evenings OF weekends: Ridgewell 258). MARTIN H RICKARD Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 21 GROPING AFTER FERNS IN THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY E. CHARLES NELSON National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin 9, Republic of Ireland Ferns do not have an especially prominent place in early manuscript herbals which were essentially encyclopaedias of medicinal plants rather than regional floras or field guides. Those ferns believed to be efficacious were f g the flowering plants, mosses, Tungt and ‘cher simples, _ very. tow of the surviving hand- -painted mediaeval h e lity displayed by Ms. Egerton 2020, now in the British Library, London - Blunt & Raphael (1979) reproduced the wonderful Viola odorata (violet) and Vitis vinifera (vine) by the anonymous artist who worked in Padua about 1400. The meticulous portrayal of violet and vine by the master of Egerton 2020 contrasts starkly with the work, one century later about 1500, of another anonymous Italian who illustrated a herbal now in the University of Vermont (580.9 M31-45.716) - in Blunt & Raphael (1979) some folios are reproduced including that which shows ‘polipodio’. At least it is possible to agree that the object is a fern, of the genus Polypodium, but this particular portrait has none of the lucidity of the earlier artist's work. | contrast these two merely as exemplars of the chaotic state of European botanical art during the mediaeval period: just as today there were highlights and nadirs; plants were not usually depicted accurately, and a substantial proportion of the portraits were entirely ficticious. There is, however, one illustrated mediaeval herbal which seems to contradict those general remarks. It is a fifteenth century botanico-medicinal manuscript preserved today in the Royal Library, Albert |, Brussels, and coldly labelled Codex Bruxellensis IV. 1024 (Opsomer 1980, 1984) The text of Codex Bruxellensis IV. 1024 is a compilation mainly derived from Matthaeus Platerius’s De simplici medicina (otherwise known as Circa instans); for convenience the manuscript can be called Livre des simples medecines. It is brilliantly illuminated; whereas the text is the work of a single scribe, the 457 miniatures (almost every page contemporary scenes, each one more or less relevant to the paragraphs that it illustrates: there is a townscape with two chimney-sweeps, one wearing a straw boater, his green tunic covering an ample stomach (f.90r); a glass-maker with a shield over his eyes (f.205r) blows a globe; a man smelting copper in a furnace (f.116r) is assisted by two others working bellows; a housewife with a broom swats huge spiders (f.200r) as her daughter and the cat play around her feet. There are groups of animals in some of the miniatures: the elephant (f.184r) is amazing; on its back is a castle, secured by two buckled leather Straps, in which stand two knights in full armour holding scarlet lances. Elsewhere there are lions: one (f.147v) emerging from a dark forest frightens a man; another wonderful lion (f.123r) firmly restrains a most efficacious ‘“Leontopodium’ (Alchemilla Sp.) with his paws, as the text declaims: Leontopodium is a herb called pié de lion (lion’s foot)... It grows in open fields and near ditches..., a married man who is unable to have intercourse with his wife should gather this plant which has 7 branches when the moon is waning, he should cook it in water and wash the whole of his body in it. On the first night he should make a fumigation of aristolochia in front of his bedroom, then go in to his wife, and he will do his duty. Three hundred and ninety-four botanical miniatures add to the glory of Codex Bruxellensis IV. 1024 which has been published in facsimile (Opsomer 1980) with an accompanying volume of essays that explain the herbal’s origins, and a complete English translation of the quaint text (Opsomer 1984). William Stearn has contributed an essay on mediaeval 22 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) plant names and illustrations, in which he accepts that the mixture of vignettes, and ficticious and real plant portraits indicates the work of several artists. Some of the plants are indeed superbly portrayed - Hyoscyamus niger (henbane, f.105r), Geum urbanum (wood avens, f.96v), Anthemis cotula (stinking chamomile, f.62v), Cichorum intybus (cichory, f.183v), Agrostemma githago (corncockle, f.96r), and Euphrasia sp. (eyebright, f.82v) are a few of the best. The ficticious portraits are crudely imaginative. One of the company of artists who painted the miniatures evidently lived in a city with crumbling walls. He was a most observant person, noticing and painting the gaping cracks between the bricks and stones - the chimney-sweeps (f.90r) are seen against a background of well maintained houses, whereas the furnace for one coppersmith is in a very rickety building (f.78r). What is most obvious in this particular artist’s work is his portrayal of the plants of the decadent city. He saw that there were ferns rooted in the crumbling mortar, and faithfully portrayed them in these habitats - Adiantum ruta.muraria (f.44r - the editors of the facsimile dubbed this portrait ‘ficticious’ because it accompanies the text about ‘Capellis veneris’ but it is surely an accurate representation of wall rue), Asplenium adiantum-nigrum (f.65v - a trifle crude and supposed to be Ceterach officinarum), Asplenium trichomanes (f.169r) and a thoroughly accurate Phyllitis scolopendrium (f.192v). Are these, perhaps, the earliest portraits of ferns in their natural habitats? He also depicted ivy tumbling over a doorway, with its stems creeping through who loved walls but by another who was meticulous in his use of living plants as templates and who, to illustrate ‘polipode’, gathered not a species of Polypodium but a fine specimen of the lemon-scented fern. The original text accompanying the miniatures is in Latin, and the archaic script is not pony 3 decipher, but the helpful translation (Opsomer 1984) allows us to savour the mediaeval herbalists’ lore. Thus of ‘polipode’, we may learn that it cures ‘gripes’. - Crush it and cook it, Or Cook its powder with scented spices and use it... (to) make polypody pancakes with flour and eggs and eat them. They loosen the belly sufficiently, sometimes too much Scolopende’ (hart’s tongue fern) was also cooked, this time in water and wine, and given in a drink to relieve pain in the spleen and ‘to clear the liver passage’. If you can find some in a sunny place, make pancakes of it with flour and give it for nine days at the most. It is very good because this plant makes one urinate very well, Melted the her balist wrote, grows ‘against walls, in wells and damp places’, and the Mustration is startling - a maidenhair spleenwort with crowded pinnae distinctly ‘attached -- Crush the entire plant with leek leaves, 8 grains of pepper and 8 of coriander with some good wine, and give to drink. First of all, the patient must take a bath. Some advice to get rid of almost any manifestation of pains in the neck, methinks, but | have not tried it even ona pteridomaniac. pssacheagas fern-fanciers impaled on barbed wire fences or hawthorn bushes should ommit to memory the invaluable receipt inscribed under ‘Filex’ (not illustrated, but Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 23 identified by the editors as Polypodium vulgare). Here is a wonderful means of extracting arrows, thorns and other things embedded in the flesh or in the body. Mix together fennel and fern root, add a sufficient quantity of honey, boil all these together in an iron saucepan until the mixture takes on the consistency of a plaster, and apply this, it is wonderfully effective. No advice is given on what to do while you wait for the miraculous plaster to cook, but remember to pack an iron saucepan, fennel and honey in your vasculum when next out fern-hunting. As an example of fifteenth century European botanical illustration and of mediaeval medico-botanical treatises, Codex Bruxellensis IV. 1024 is of outstanding importance. The quaint cures regaled in it are entrancing, but the work of the artist who drew ferns growing on walls is probably the most fascinating aspect of this masterpiece. He - and | use that pronoun deliberately - was no unworldly recluse, and his impish sense of humour is very evident. To illustrate grain froissie (f.100r) he created a vignette in which a man is using a pestle and mortar; behind him stands a naked woman who has covered his eyes with her hands; the modern editor suggests that the lady has just surprised the miller, playfully quipping ‘““Guess who?” Even more illuminating is the scene in a dairy (f.30v): a rotund milk-maid churns as a cat steals the cream: there is a man, his face mostly hidden, outside the dairy but so determined to play that he has stretched both arms through the window and is groping the maiden - there can be no other interpretation! And thereby, dear readers, my title. What modern flora gives us such a wonderous insight into pteridophyte ecology and the lust for life? References BLUNT, W. & RAPHAEL, S. (1979). The yee pesbirt Francis eee Londo malate C. (EDITOR). 1980, 1984. e des les medecines. Codex tedianais IV.1024. A 15th-century French herbal. a Se hate tter, tiers ifacsimile with introduction, translation and commentaries by Carmélia Opsomer, Enid Roberts sch William T. Stearn. 2 volumes: vor 1 (facsimile) 432 pp.; vol 2 (English hag pela iaid 294 p asic M. H. 1989. Two spleenworts new to Brit I bsp. pachyrachis nd Asplenium Ehseda aca andes, iin Pteridologist 1(6): 244-248. BOOK NOTES For the attention of holders of Volume 5 of Ferns: British and Exotic by E J Lowe purchased from BPS Booksales | have found among my books in BPS Booksales some loose pages, 139-142 together with two colour plates - LI - Diplazium thelypteroides and LI| - Diplazium pubescens belonging to Volume 5. This small section must have been loose and dropped out without being noticed before the book was sold. Please check your copies and | will be happy to send the pages to the member who lacks them, along with my apologies. New acquisition BPS Booksales announce that the following book is now available - C J Goudey, A Handbook of Ferns for Australia and New Zealand. 1988, Lothian Publishing, Melbourne, Australia. £9.95. Send orders to: J W Dyce, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex 1G10 1LT. ( 9). This book was reviewed in Pteridologist, Vol. 1, Part 6, 198 J W DYCE 24 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) SENSIBLE CONSERVATION JW DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT The following extract is from an article by Robin Page which appeared in the Weekly Telegraph on Saturday 29 July 1989 - “Sadly there is a growing belief in the conservation - people with PhDs gained from years of studying the rear left leg of some years have alarmed me with their tunnel vision, closed minds and lack of common sense and practical experience.” | make no excuse for extracting the above paragraph from its context because it has a strong application, in the world of ferns, to the collecting of varieties - repeat VARIETIES, from the wild. | hasten to add that the criticism does NOT apply to ALL conservationists. | know many whose thinking is clear and logical, and who appreciate that wild varieties of any plant, be it daisy, fern or heather, etc., are very different from wild species. Unfortunately, they seem to belong to the silent kind of conservationist, and the ones who do the shouting and make all the protests are those with closed minds on the Subject, who will not take the trouble to find out the facts about fern variation in the wild, - in other words, the kind so well described in my above extract from Robin Page's article in the Weekly Telegraph. If we listened to them our gardens today would be very much the poorer. A large number of our wild plants, and not only British wild plants, have contributed many first-rate varieties which have been conserved, | repeat conserved, by their removal into gardens where they give pleasure to many - “conserved” in the wild they would have disappeared from our ken long ago. Very few varieties have the stamina to live long in the wild “jungle” in competition with the stronger-growing normal species forms. It is a fact - which | shall go on to demonstrate - that they seem to be incapable, with a few exceptions, of reproducing themselves in the conditions prevailing in the wild and remain “‘one-offs” until they disappear sooner or later. Yet, in the protected conditions of cultivation they flourish and readily reproduce themselves. | shall now confine the rest of this article specifically to ferns, the plants with which |! am most familiar. Several of the fern varieties we grow today are now well into their second century of life, and over the years have reproduced themselves generously, not only in their own form but in vastly improved forms, for it is a recognised fact that a fern plant which has mutated and broken away from the normal species form can elaborate the difference even more in its progeny, and this can be continued through Several generations to finish up with superb plants which bear little resemblance to the simpler outlines of the original break. How very much our gardens would have lost during the past 150 years if our ancestors had been ‘‘conservation-minded”! | will give some examples to illustrate the point | am trying to make, all of them first- rate plants well-known in the fern world and widely grown. In 1861, in Stirlingshire in Scotland, a fine variety of the Lady Fern, named Athyrium filix-femina ‘Victoriae’, was found by a student named Cosh growing by the roadside near Buchanan Castle. It was a most remarkable plant and quite unique in the way it differed from the species shape. (See photographs opp. p 9). It was a fully-grown plant, upwards of 36 inches (90cm plus) high with a few crowns which the finder distributed, one of them going to the gardens of Buchanan Castle. Here the fern prospered, was propagated and distributed widely. That original clone is still with us today - | ac -a part of it. Unfortunately, none of its very numerous progeny quite approaches the origins! IN quality, but it is very widely grown, not just in Britain. A well-grown Lady Fern will produce annually well upwards of 1,000,000,000 yer thousand million) spores. (See my article in the Bulletin, Vol 2 No 5, 1983, pp 247 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) at p . 0 hg" G yfipsaoyy ap ued 105 Aq pasies - (dnoiB Wnwiyyi9e15) Wwnsajnas WwnyoNsdAjog (9 Asenig Wwnsown|d, Wnsajnas WNYyosAjog (q (9 pue (q jo JuaJed ‘ siAag WNsOWN|dg, WNsajes WNYINsAjOg (e 1 “614 26 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 248.) The normal species, in the wild, will spore-propagate like weeds, even in the most unlikely habitats, but ‘Victoriae’, a fully-grown fertile plant which, over its years in the wild, must have scattered trillions of spores, never succeeeded in establishing any progeny in the wild. Yet, in cultivation, it is one of the easiest of ferns to grow from spores. After its discovery many of the fern hunters of the day, including C T Druery, closely searched the area for miles around for any sign of a fern resembling ‘Victoriae’ - not only did they find none but, strangely enough, not even a normal plant of the Lady Fern could be found. Had ‘Victoriae’ itself been left in situ, would it still be there today, almost 130 years later? Your guess is as good as mine! Conservation for that fern meant getting it out of the wild into the protective conditions of a garden. Those of us who know the fern and grow it, and we are many, realise that our gardens would be very much the poorer without it. | can cite many such examples demonstrating the ephemeral life of good fern varieties in the wild, all similar to the ‘Victoriae’ story. | shall restrict myself to two, both o them, like ‘Victoriae’, unique finds. In 1876 a farm worker named Bevis noticed, in a Dorsetshire lane, a fern which seemed very different from the surrounding plants. Knowing that a well-known fern collector, Dr Wills, lived near by, he dug up the plant and presented it to the Doctor who immediately recognised it as one of the finest fern varieties he had ever seen. At the time it was thought to be a variety of Polystichum aculeatum because of its aculeatum-like dark glossy pinnules but now it is | \tob tif is named P. setiferum ‘Plumosum Bevis’. For 30 years the fern was thought to be completely sterile but was generous in its production of side crowns which were distributed widely among fern growers. Finally, spores were found but they consisted of single sporangia which could only be seen with the aid of a magnifying glass. Sowings of the spores produced sensational results and | illustrate here fronds from the parent and some of its progeny (see Fig. 1). Again, as a fully-grown plant in the wild it had not reproduced itself in any way and, if it had not been found by an observant man who knew what to do with it, it '$ most unlikely that it would be alive today in the wild over 110 years later, and another t id! i ble conservation L hm mt p wo ppeared in the history of fern variation. Again, saved an unique fern from oblivion. yitaltya My third example is another find which has been repeated only once, again a fertile fern which must have scattered innumerable spores in its vicinity in the wild without any of them surviving to grow into ferns. Yet, in cultivation it has given us a large selection of good forms, similar to the parent, from its spores. It was a Lady Fern, originally found over 130 years ago in 1857 in Ireland by Mrs Frizell and named Athyrium filix- femina ‘Frizelliae’ (see Fig. 2). Fronds depicted here show the remarkable way the pinnae are curled up on themselves to resemble small green shells. Without having seen this fern no one could conceive of any fern adopting this shape, and again our gardens would have been much poorer if Mrs Frizell had been a “conservationist” and left the plant in the wild to linger on - for how many years? One wonders how many other unique fern variations have had their little day in the wild and faded away before some observant individual could stumble across them and conserve them for posterity. Yet, the conservationists, with muddled thinking, would bees us leave them to perish. First-rate finds continue to be made today by enthusiasts In our Society and some day another unique variety of another unimagined shape will be found - but not if conservationists of the wrong kind have their way. | finish with the statement that nothing | have written here should be taken as referring to normal fern species, particularly the rare ones. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 27 ea, ere “hy na es otteg ig. 2 Athyrium filix femina ‘Frizelliae’ and progeny b), c) and d). : iy A. filtering ‘Frizelliae, original e. b) A filix-femina ‘Frizelliae Ramosum, c) A. filix-femina ‘Frizelliae Multifidum’, ) A. filix-femina Picadas Cristatum ae as gp neaiide in the Jones Nature Prints and reprinted in British Ferns and their Varieties by -T. Druery. 28 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) SOILS AND SOIL ANIMALS IN THE AGE OF FERNS TREVOR G. PIEARCE Division of Biological Sciences, University of Lancaster, Bailrigg, Lancaster, LA1 4YQ Today, many large decomposer animals such as earthworms, woodlice and millipedes are found mainly in moist but not waterlogged, non-acidic soils containing nutritious plant remains. In these soils decay is rapid, the animals playing an important part in breaking down plant debris, and earthworms, in particular, in mixing the fragments with underlying soil. Fossils of some major groups of large decomposers are scarce or absent in deposits dating from the time when pteridophytes were dominant land plants, but the distribution of these animals today suggests that they may nevertheless have been present in ancient soils, assuming that early land plants provided an adequate source of food. ca : is ° Pen eo ee ts coataile Pp tally, I y of a variety of modern fe to woodlice and earthworms was assessed. The common grey slater, Oniscus asellus, readily consumed most dead pteridophyte materials, especially when the plants were rapidly decaying. Earthworms quickly burrowed into and consumed soils containing dead fern and horsetail fragments, and the lobworm, Lumbricus terrestris, rapidly dragged pieces down into the soil, especially when decomposition was underway. Asplenium scolopendrium, Dryopteris dilatata and Athyrium filix-femina were especially palatable, Equisetum arvense and E. palustre very or moderately palatable, while Polystichum aculeatum was least preferred by the animals, probably because of its tough, spiky nature. The generally high acceptability of these modern pteridophytes to large soil animals is not surprising in view of the speed with which dead fern and horsetail fragments disappear in the field. If we assume that some, at least, of the ancient pteridophytes were as palatable to soil animals as these modern ones, then it seems reasonable to suggest that large decomposers and well-humified soils may have been common in the “Age of Ferns” in moist but not waterlogged areas on base-rich rocks. Because of the rapid rate of decgmposition in such soils fossilisation would have been rare, so that only peaty soils formed in the wetter regions have survived in abundance as fossils. However, further investigations are clearly needed into the acceptability of a wider range of pteridophytes to decomposers, and also into the kinds of soils and soil animals to be found under living pteridophyte vegetation. food ae is a summary of one of the papers read at the BPS Indoor Meeting in October THE LAND QUILLWORT IN THE CHANNEL ISLANDS PATIENCE RY, Tamarisk Cottage, Albecq, Catel, Guernsey In 1860 George Wolsey added the Land Quillwort (Isoetes histrix) to the British Flore. when he discovered it on Guernsey. It also occurs on Alderney where it is very scarce. It is unknown in the other Channel Islands, but is locally plentiful in Cornwall. Elsewhere in Europe it is recorded from the west coast of France to the Mediterranean, as far east as Turkey. This small flowerless plant grows flat on the ground; its narrow — green leaves arise from the base, and usually curl in a clockwise direction. Nine populations of Isoetes histrix have been found near the sea on the north and west coasts of Guernsey and its immediate offshore islands. They occur in peaty soil on slightly Sloping ground, either with underlying granite or more rarely in very short turf on ae Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 29 soil. In both cases the ground is very wet in winter, and the plants die down when the land dries out, usually by the end of May. Most of the populations are close enough to the sea to get wind-blown spray. During 1988 the estimated numbers of /soetes histrix found in the Bailiwick of Guernsey, which includes Alderney’s 30 or so plants, was 10,700. The largest concentration of plants is in an area of 17 metres x 1.5 metres, which is in a secluded part of a headland little used by people. Plants associated with /soetes histrix vary slightly according to the habitat, but moss is always present, usually together with Chamaemelum nobile and Plantago coronopus. In one lowlying site subject to flooding in winter, with a slightly different association of plants, the leaves of the /soetes histrix can sometimes be 8-10 cm long. The following plants are among some of the most common found growing with /soetes histrix. HABITAT SITE 1 | SITE 2 SITE 3 SITE 4 ASSOCIATED SPECIES Aira praecox O Anagallis arvensis O O Anthoxanthum odoratum O Armeria maritima O O Carex flacca Chamaemelum nobile Erodium maritimum 0 Festuca rubra Juncus articulatus Luzula campestris Ornithopus perpusillus |__Plantago coronopus O Poa annua tanunculus flammula Scilla autumnalis O Trifolium ith dioid 0 | _T. pratensis | _T. repens O|;O O'O o|o eae L O|}O —— e}te) O|}O Acrocladium cuspidatum O Campylopus sp 0 Ceratodon purpureus Eurhynchium | O z Hypnum if O eudoscl purum O O|}O SITE 1 Lowlying, subject to flooding in winter SITE 2 Damp peaty ground SITE 3 Very short turf, mainly moss. SITE 4 Drier patch, nearer rocks. 30 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) DID THE DANES SHARPEN THEIR SWORDS AT EMBO? HEATHER McHAFFIE 180 Granton Road, Edinburgh, EH5 1AH An unusual colony of Equisetum hyemale (Dutch Rush) was discovered by R.E.C. Ferreira growing in an uncommon habitat on calcareous sand-dunes near the village of Embo in Sutherland in the north-east of Scotland. The shoots throughout this colony are more Slender and prostrate than the typical British form which is much thicker and more upright. This decumbent form is unusual and seems to be a genetically adapted sand dune ecotype. It is not known from anywhere else in Britain other than at this site. Page (1988: 118-119) noted the resemblence of plants at this site alone to Danish material which grows in similar habitats in Denmark. fragments, but it also seems possible that this could be an ancient introduction. A reference ear UIGLIVET p g OT Spec aS to Its introduction. He referred to a battle at Embo in 1259 between the Earl of area which allows for many possible introductions. This, therefore, raises the possibility that the plant could have been thus introduced directly by this route from Denmark. for use in scouring and polishing (Page 1988:24). It was used like sandpaper and one Coast it is perhaps helpful to imagine that the E. hyemale may have been freshly gathered shortly before leaving Denmark and had not been in transit long enough to have lost the ability to grow. This may account for its absence from the west where there are other suitable habitats. A further possible use of this horsetail arises from an account in the appendix of Pennant’s Another use of horsetails was for Staunching wounds. Equisetum arvense was the usual Species used for this purpose but E. hyemale may have bee dint ice especially at a battle site such as Embo. We will probably never know exactly how the plant was Introduced. We can Species. Without a detailed Colony and D Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 31 or eight hundred years. Any human Danish influence became incorporated into the local community, but this horsetail population seems to have retained its distinctive features. References: PAGE, C.N. 1988. Ferns Their Habitats in the British and Irish Landscape. New Naturalist Series, London: Collins. PAGE, C.N. and BARKER, M.A. 1985. Ecology and geography of hybridisation in British and Irish horsetails. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 86B, 265-272. PENNANT, T. 1774. A Tour of Scotland, 1769. Warrington: Eyres. BOOK REVIEW COLOUR IDENTIFICATION GUIDE TO THE GRASSES, SEDGES, RUSHES AND FERNS OF THE BRITISH ISLES AND N.-W. EUROPE by Francis Rose, 1989, 240 pp., 62 colour plates. Viking, London, ISBN 0-670-80688-9. Prices £35. As the title says this book covers north-western Europe as well as Britain. In fact this means very little extra: Marsilea quadrifolia (illustrated) and Diphasiastrum complanatum, although D. tristachyum should also have been included as it is in Denmark at least. The author omits Norway and Sweden which one might have expected to be included. There is some general chat about fern structures and life-cycle, and keys to the main groups (usually families) and then to species. Some larger genera (Asplenium, Dryopteris and Equisetum are keyed out separately; close segregates may not feature in the keys but their diagnostic features are referred to in the text. Thumbnail sketches showing frond shape are given appropriately in the margins throughout the keys and make them easier to use. The main text is interspersed with 12 very fine plates of the majority of species, drawn mostly by Lura Mason. Unfortunately the excellence of the colour as seen on the originals has not been achieved by the printer and on the whole the plates are too yellow. For the most part they are accurately drawn although | believe the two filmy ferns have been mixed up: that labelled Hymenophyllum wilsonii has the broader and more yellow frond of tunbrig Ibeit with perpendi indusia of wilsonit. Polypodium is illustrated by one species only - said to be vulgare but looks more like interjectum. This is a case where all three species could have been illustrated with good effect. The text itself is adequate and emphasises diagnostic characters in upper case. Hybrids are for the most part omitted, although well-known ones like Equisetum x moorei and Asplenium x alternifolium are mentioned. The nomenclature is mixed, following neither one nor other of the standard works. Thelypteris thelypteroides has been resurrected incorrectly and a new name coined for Dryopteris submontana: D. villarii subsp. montana, a typographical error, | suspect, but very misleading. Francis Rose admits in the Introduction to not following standard English names and to creating suitable names for non-British species. He had forgotten that the standard vernacular name given in Schedule 8 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act for the protected species Equisetum ramosissimum is ‘branched horsetail’ which is a more acceptable name than Rose’s ‘Boston horsetail’. As the name of this book indicates ferns are only part of what the author and his artists are portraying; they are less than one sixth of the book - approximately £1 per page. | could argue that some of the colour illustrations are indeed worth that and if the book was priced £12 1am sure many fern enthusiasts would buy it. It is not, unfortunately, but if you consider you are getting some 200 pages on these other fascinating groups, you really cannot quibble. | make no apology for saying this to the readers of the Pteridologist. ff you are garden-minded just look at the variation and attraction of many of the plants illustrated here and their potential for landscaping. If you are a botanist, | need say no more: you will want this book. CLIVE JERMY 32 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM ‘LINEARE HIRONDELLE’ wa, W. DYCE 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT Lineare or Linearum is a kind of variation which can be found in several fern species. It is characterised by extreme narrowness in the pinnules but, unfortunately, is closely associated with depauperation in the fronds (see Fig. 1), which makes the majority of such varieties worthless. When this article was submitted to our Editor he sent it back with some suggestions - he usually does! - along with the pressed frond (Fig. 1). It was received from our member, Bridget Graham of Par in Cornwall, and is from a plant found in 1988 by Gillian Mathews. It represents a very typical form of /ineare in Polystichum setiferum with very characteristic deficiencies. However, a few varieties do retain sufficient control to keep the fault, more or less, at bay and such plants have to be looked at very closely to discern any irregularity. In the 1860/70s J Moly, living at Hawkchurch in Devon, was a very prominent and successful fern hunter in the West Country. Among the many good varieties found by him was Polystichum setiferum ‘Lineare Hirondelle’ which was considered by him to a rare plant is propagated and spread around among other growers, the better are its chances of survival. Shortly before his death Moly disposed of his fern collection to W.B. Cranfield, our Society's president from 1920 until his death in 1947 - and another selected for Wisley (after his death) did not include any of the superb renowned varieties which had been acquired by him. Also, no provision was made for the collectors in odd years which have elapsed since the collection was destroyed, | still “see red when | think of that wanton senseless destruction. : will be seen from the part-frond in Figure 2 that ‘Hirondelle’ was a very graceful ern, fully justifying Moly‘s high regard for it. The name is the French for swallow and _ . well-chosen, for the Pairs of opposite pinnules do closely resemble swallows ight. Some years ago our Editor, Martin Rickard, founda lineare variety of Polystichum setiferum in Moly’s old hunting grounds. (Bulletin, 1980, p.78). A crown from this plant was Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 33 { Why; SBN 7?7- Ki pe eae f ? “bie Ee Sn Fig. 1 Bridget Graham's Polystichum setiferum (Lineare group) ‘Caruggatt’. Fig. 2 P. setiferum ‘Lineare Hirondelle’. : : , from Fig. 3 P. setiferum (Hirondelle group) ‘Chardstock’, a) pinna from J.W. Dyce’s plant, b) pinna tro M.H. Rickard’s plant. 34 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) | acquired it and the memory of it had faded. A phone call to Martin answered my question and memory flooded back. The pinnae shown here (Fig. 3, a and b) are from my plant and Martin's respectively. The slight differences result from differing growing conditions. To our knowledge this is. the nearest approach to ‘Hirondelle’ we have in cultivation today. Really good specimens of lineare are far from common in P. setiferum and | know of only one other, now deceased, which used to grow in the fern border in the Oxford Botanic Garden - and it was noticeably depauperate with many missing parts. Martin's plant is not completely regular throughout but it is a definite acquisition to our collections, although not up to the ‘Hirondelle’ Standard. A look at the pinnae (Fig. 3a and 3b) shows to bulge beyond the margins of the narrow pinnules, emphasising their serrations. This character can also be seen quite clearly in the ‘Hirondelle’ illustration. SHORTER NOTE Athyrium filix-femina (Setigero-percristatum group) ‘Majestic’ This new sport appeared in my fern garden three years ago. | feel it is really an exciting development of the Lady Fern which might be named Athyrium filix-femina (Setigero- Percristatum group) ‘Majestic’. ‘Majestic’ because it appeared not far from a small group of A. filix-femina ‘Setigerum Corymbiferum’ which, however, does not exceed 30 inches (75 cm) in height, whereas my new variety reaches 43 inches (107 cm) by 8 inches not produced Sori. | lifted the original clump recently and transferred it to another bed, after dividing it into the four crowns it had formed. The stipes and rachis are reddish in colour, contrasting nicely with the rich green pinnae. No other setigerous Sporelings have appeared in my garden so far. Athyrium filix-femj (S igero-percristatum group) ‘Majestic’ - mid section of frond. : REGINALD KAYE Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 35 THE GENUS DICKSONIAIN GARDENS INTHE BRITISH ISLES MARTIN RICKARD The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP In the British Isles tree-ferns are only reliably hardy in the sheltered parts of South West England, West Scotland and around the coast of Ireland. In these areas many gardens boast specimens with huge brown fibrous trunks 3 metres (10 feet) or more high and 30cm (1 foot) or more in diameter. In most of these gardens the ferns are referred to as Dicksonia antarctica; however, very often, the English name is given as either Australian or New Zealand tree-fern, presumably indicating the origin of each plant. Unfortunately, this is immediately an impossible contradiction in names. D. antarctica does not grow wild in New Zealand, it is an Australian species. Therefore, if ‘New Zealand tree-fern’ really was imported from New Zealand it has to be either D. fibrosa, D. lanata, D. squarrosa or one of several Cyathea species, but certainly not D. antarctica. L o4 he ; ! cliei , iy inatan D. lanata does not form an erect t p p Its leaves are broad and lax, rather similar in outline to Dryopteris dilatata. For a superb colour photograph of this species see Firth, 1986. D. lanata does grow out-of-doors in Britain and can be seen at Inverewe in Scotland. D. squarrosa can also be easily eliminated because it has a black narrow trunk, 10- 15 cm in diameter (4-6 inches), often bearing lateral buds. Leaves are quite distinct with a rough, reddish brown stipe. This can be seen at Trebah and Trengwainton in Cornwall. Finally, cyatheas can also be easily ruled out, as species grown out-of-doors in Britain have broad leaves with scaley stipes and non-marginal sori quite different from any hardy Dicksonia, and Cyathea spp. with trunks are very rare out-of-doors in the British Isles. We are therefore left with the probability that as sometimes suggested ‘New Zealand tree-fern’ of British gardens is D. fibrosa. Certainly this species is known to be superficially very similar to D. antarctica, so much so that some authorities want to treat them as sub-species or varieties of the same species. What, therefore, is the situation in British gardens? Are the tree-ferns we see D. antarctica or D. fibrosa? Unfortunately, very few, if any, books give a reliable means of distinguishing between the two species. The European Garden Flora, Walters et. al. (1986) could have been more helpful and the dichotomous key separating the two species is of little help except with very mature specimens. The trail of trying to sort out these two species started to clear for me when, during a visit to Savill Gardens in 1987, | saw mature labelled specimens of both species growing side by side in the Temperate House. With permission from John Bond, Keeper of the Gardens, | picked a pinna from each specimen and kept them for reference. Apart from the pinna of D. antarctica being much the larger | could not, however, really put my finger on any key difference between the two samples. Since Spring 1986 | have been growing a dicksonia in my garden. This fern was given to me as a young trunkless specimen by gardeners at Glendurgan in Cornwall. It has thrived but as it was slow to produce a trunk | actively searched all possible sources for a specimen with a trunk at least two feet tall, as such a plant would reputedly be hardier. In this | drew a blank as most outside populations had suffered badly in the winter of 1986/87. Fortunately, one of our British Pteridological Society members, Christopher Fraser-Jenkins, took up my quest during a tour of south-west Ireland. At one garden, Kells House by the shores of Dingle Bay, he was successful and very kindly Pinnae from broadest part of fruitin at Leinthall Starkes. a) D. fibr Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) , S Se oct py? —> frond base . m4 n ? in cultivatio g fronds of two species of Dicksonia. Both plants i osa. b) D. antarctica. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 37 collected a magnificent specimen of Dicksonia with a trunk two feet nine inches tall (c 80 cm). (Fortunately, he drives a Volkswagon camper - it would not have gone in a normal vehicle; with leaves and roots the whole package was 10 feet long}). This Kells House specimen was safely installed in my garden alongside the Glendurgan plant. Both have thrived, each producing sporing fronds 5 feet 9 inches (173 cm) long. However, a year later, once acclimatised, | realised that the two plants are very different. The Glendurgan plant has narrow leaves and narrow pinnae which do not, or only rarely, overlap, while the Kells House plant has broader leaves with pinnae overlapping so that alternate pinnae are almost touching. Comparison of pinnae detached from the two specimens (see illustration) with New Zealand fern floras (eg Dobbie and Crookes, 1952) and books of pressed ferns make it clear that the narrower pinna is D. fibrosa. The broader specimen similarly matches with D. antarctica in Australian literature (e.g. Bailey, 1892), as well as with the Savill Gardens’ plant of this species. In the light of the above it is clear that both D. antarctica and D. fibrosa are grown in gardens in the British Isles. At the moment | can only say that D. fibrosa is grown at Glendurgan, but | suspect many other Cornish specimens will turn out to be D. fibrosa and hence so will many young plants bought in nurseries. Conversely, are all Irish specimens D. antartica? | doubt it, but at present it does seem that there is a better chance of finding D. antarctica in Ireland. Suggested features for separating D. fibrosa and D. antarctica: Dicksonia fibrosa Dicksonia antarctica Frond: Narrow Broad, particularly in the third quarter from the base. Ratio, length: breadth (approx.) (based on fronds 173cm long) 6:1 4y,:1 Pinnae: Narrow, usually not Broad, often strongly overlapping overlapping so that alternate pinnae almost touch Ratio, length: breadth (approx) 4y,:1 a4 Pinnules: Pinnules longest at base of Pinnules usually longest in pinna, particularly middle part of pinna. acroscopic ones The reliability of these characters has not been fully evaluated in the field. Any comments on their usefulness would be gratefully received. Acknowledgemen f | would annie like to thank Dr Patrick J. Brownsey of the National Museum o New Zealand for many constructive comments on the draft of this article. References BAILEY F.M. 1892 Lithograms of the Ferns of Queensland, Brisbane ae DOBBIE H.B. & CROOKES M. 1952. New Zealand Ferns. Whitcomb and Tombs. Auck! —_— FIRTH S, FIRTH M & FIRTH E. 1986. Ferns of New Zealand. Hodder and Stoughton. ae an WALTERS S. M. et al. 1986. The European Garden Flora Vol. 1. Cambridge University Press. 38 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) GROWING THE KILLARNEY FERN ALISON RUTHERFORD Moniaive, 19 South King Street, Helensburgh, Dunbarton GB4 PU7 ‘In the spring of 1843 | received a small portion of rhizome some five or six inches long, which | placed in a bell-jar about fifteen inches diameter. In December 1846 it quite filled the glass, and in that month | removed it into a case 3 feet 10 inches by 2 feet 6 inches, and 3 feet 4 inches in height - ... the plant now (3 August 1852) nearly fills this case’. - Letter to Nathaniel Ward from Robert Callwell of Dublin. Quoted in Ward’s On the growth of plants in closely glazed cases, 2nd ed. The Killarney Fern (Trichomanes speciosum) is not easy to grow and, like many plants, it can, for no apparent reason, begin to sicken. It is also not easy to find out what it likes; being so rare and with its localities closely guarded secrets, you cannot visit it in the wild and inspect the rocks, humidity and light levels to check if you have got these right, and it is, of course, heavily protected by law. It may reach its northernmost point in Argyll and, from what | have heard travellers say, it is more common in France and Spain. It obviously enjoys an oceanic climate, but from descriptions of it in cultivation it has been grown in a wide variety of humidity and light levels. The Victorians commented on how it did not spore in cases but often grew more luxuriantly due to the congenial atmosphere. | noticed what looked like the beginnings of fertility on one frond on my plants in December 1988, tiny dots at the vein ends, which gradually swelled and darkened. Over the next few months further fronds followed while the earlier ones looked as if tiny cigars grew on them. By April 1989 it seemed that almost all the fronds of one clone were fertile. The bristles resulting from the development of the sporangia are not easy to see. | have grown Trichomanes since about 1963 when Reginald Kaye sent me a bit (originating from the Chelsea Physic Garden) and about a year later | got a large sheet of trimmings from the filmy fern house at Glasgow Botanic Gardens, which was very different from Reg’s. His is slower to increase, more prone to sudden collapses and has narrow upswept fronds; the Glasgow plant (origin unknown but we like to think it might have come from Arran or Loch Fyne-side) is very fast growing, more robust and almost foliose. A year or two ago | acquired a very small dense form originating in the old Liverpool Botanic Gardens (now no longer existing); this did poorly but when put in a carboy as shot away and become more like Reg’s which could be var. andrewsii of Newman. Both the Glasgow plant and Kaye's have kept their characters in a wide variety of conditions. (See photographs opposite page 40). My first case had no earth-box. A handyman ran it up from red cedar and plate-glass, shaped like a giant pencil-box, the roof being the lid. A life-boat buoyancy tank (you would be surprised at the things for sale in Scotland's first container nursery!) made @ good but rather deep earth-box. The same man made my second case, an oak-framed one with sliding doors at the front and a lift-off lid-roof. This allowed space for a proper bed of compost and lumps of rock and, being much larger, allowed the ferns to grow without touching the glass. The first case was passed on to Anne Ashberry who runs @ miniature plant nursery in Essex The ferns did Particular! gable end nearest to the light but shielded from the glare by the curtains. They increased Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 39 coast, till one day a visitor said | should seal the top. The lid consisted of a wine glass broken at the top of the stem, set right way up in the neck of the carboy, by no means a tight fit. What possessed me to listen to this advice | do not know. | had to be away for two weeks and returned to a disaster. The seal had been too much for three large earthworms that | did not know lived in the bottle; their deaths made gasses and the ferns were very sick. | had to wash them along with the rocks and begin again. It took many years for them to recover. | moved out of town to a cottage which had a generous space in the bend half-way up the stairs, with a large skylight over it. This north light with glimpses of the morning sun pleased the Trichomanes in the carboy and the frond size increased to about 8 inches (21 cm) with little watering and again with a broken wine glass seal. The fronds were constantly beaded with moisture from the enclosed humidity and were a source of interest to visitors walking upstairs. The main colonies | moved into a real wardian case, or perhaps it should be called a warrington, being a hybrid aquarium/plant case. This was set at the top of the stairs and got a little more light than the bottle. | missed having the fern so close to my bedside, as having it visible from my pillow made me aware of how true Dr Ward’s views on encouraging invalids must have been by giving them a few ferns under a dome or a mini-case at their bedsides. | think any fern lovers forced to be prone for a few weeks would enjoy such a sight. The only other fern | tried with it was the Sea Spleenwort (Asplenium marinum) which lived nine years before it died. This fern was one recommended by Victorian authors as a companion plant for the Killarney Fern. When | moved back into Helensburgh about eight years ago the fronds were starting to touch the glass of the warrington case but | had a wonderful replacement to hand. The cottage had a vast sash-window in the (north-facing) kitchen and | had a reproduction window-case made of galvanised steel to fit over the lower half and all the plants did well due to overhead light. The kitchen gets morning sun but only in heat-waves do | need to protect the ferns with a yellow-green net window-curtain. They “om able to tolerate mobile gas heaters though these are not used much. They do not mind the glass being cleaned with Windowlene, but if the case had to be repainted | would move them back into the oak-framed case. They are a lot less sensitive than Leptopteris which expires at a puff of gas and cannot bear tobacco smoke or household chemicals - | know, | lost a couple! | do not think the Killarney Fern is much bothered about composts as long as they are well-drained, damp-retentive and acidic, and the same applies to the rocks. | crock the base well with broken clay pots, hump side up, then add a layer of sphagnum moss or fibrous peat to stop the compost working down. Pieces of charcoal and sandstone are mixed with the compost, more or less as recommended in Kaye's Hardy Ferns. | think this fern prefers to creep over rocks rather than soil; at least in my experience it does, so initially | tie the rhizomes with sewing-thread on to chunks of sandstone gathered from the coast. These have been left a good many months in the garden in case they are impregnated with anything, such as salt spray, which would upset the fern roots. Until | read Chris Page’s book The Ferns of Britain and Ireland | did not know that the Killarney Fern liked acid conditions. The sandstones of the Clyde area vary a lot in their pH, which may explain the odd sudden die-back here and there. This happened a year after my plants had been settled in their new house. Slowly the tips of the fronds went brown and crisp and | thought possibly the rhizomes were sick and would ne to be started up again with fresh rocks and compost. When | tried to lift a large portion of the Glasgow plant up it was as firmly attached to the rocks as Ivy to a wall, So they were only given a few new rocks and a top-dressing. The dead parts were cut 40 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) off and they seemed to improve very rapidly. A problem the books say nothing about is some rocks exude salts such as you find on old clay pots and the Killarney Fern dislikes meeting them. But getting stuck-down rhizomes off rocks to put in fresh ones is not easy as they stick hard and are brittle. | do not syringe the ferns; usually when the rocks are dry | use an atomiser set at “jet as the rock surfaces become almost waterproof. In high summer, if the whole case looks dry they get a house-plant can of tepid water (acid and lead-enriched!) all over. The Killarney Fern does dislike being in stagnant water so | encourage the rhizomes to go along the upper surfaces of the rocks where they do best. | have noticed that rhizomes creeping too low do a lot less well. Someone, on seeing my fern cases, once said it was very obvious | was a true pteridophile - | had got my priorities right; ferns first, house long way behind! References: KAYE, REGINALD, 1968. Hardy Ferns, Faber, London. PAGE, C.N., 1982. The Ferns of Britain and Ireland, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. eer N.B., 1852. On the growth of plants in closely glazed cases, second edition, Van Voorst, ondon. BRITISH FILMY-FERN GAM ETOPHYTES F J RUMSEY & E SHEFFIELD Department of Cell & Structural Biology, University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Manchester, M13 9PL DR FARRAR Department of Botany, lowa State University, Ames, lowa 50011, USA The Hymenophyllaceae are known as the filmy ferns because their membraneous leaves, but for the veins, are only a single cell thick. While predominantly tropical, there are three species in the British flora. Trichomanes speciosum, the Killarney fern, is a common in western Britain and lreland, but always a treat to find clinging to rock faces and bases of trees alongside fast-flowing streams and deeply shaded gorge habitats. Hymenophyllum Species illustrate another special character of many filmy ferns, that of growing in the manner of bryophytes; their threadlike rhizomes twine over rock oF peculiar among f In both genera, t of 10 to 100 cm2 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 40 i Close up of frond of Trichomanes speciosum. Plant originally from Chelsa Physic Garden i ta by Allan Mc G. Stirling). Plant originally from Glasgow Botanic 2. Trichomanes speciosum growing in Wardian Case. ae (Photograph by Allan Mc G. Stirling). Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) ‘Otyx 6 ‘GEez~ } (6) eewwab payoeieg (6 gy ‘Ovz* ‘(46) s9;1WiWab UO aUjJ0q (6) eWWaNd (a ‘00Z* ‘(46 *6°9) suajimwab Bulieag jUawe|!4 (p ‘OZZX ‘ploziys pue juaweyly (9 “ppx ‘!elep ‘yqeH (q qeH (e OLTX ‘Biplusyjue jo j1e}9q (Pp ‘Gex ‘e1uoBaydie Buidojanap pue elpriayjuy (9 ‘Spx ‘alAyudojawiey (q ‘ayAydoiods pue (smouie *6'a) sajlAydojawey (e asuabliqun) winjjAydouawAy *| Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 41 Growing in this manner, gametophytes of the Hymenophyllaceae may persist indefinitely and independently of the sporophyte generation. In the northeastern United States where they have been studied extensively (Farrar, 1985), at least one species of Trichomanes and one of Hymenophyllum exist solely as gametophytes more than 1000 km from sporophytes of their species. In both these species, gametophytic persistence is further enhanced by the production of gemmae. These are multicellular vegetative units, specialised for dehiscence from the parent thallus, with the capacity to establish new gametophyte colonies. During the autumn of 1989 we made a concerted effort to discover gametophytes, and to determine the extent to which the British species of filmy ferns may occur as independent colonies. We are pleased to report success in finding gametophytes of all three species, and do so with the hope of encouraging further study of this phenomenon in Great Britain. Our first discovery was of gametophytes of Hymenophyllum tunbrigense in North Wales. These we found growing in dark moist recesses in vertical cliffs which also supported abundant growth of sporophytes of the species. The g tophytes f d colonies mostly about 10 cm? and were found to be producing numerous young sporophytes by sexual reproduction. Also in North Wales we found similar occurrences of gametophytes of H. wilsonii, again in the vicinity of sporophytes of the species. These, however, were not producing young sporophytes. Neither of the British Hy phyllumg phytes h hown evid f reproduction by gemmae. An earlier study of H. tunbrigense gametophytes also reported an absence of gemmae (Janczewski and Rostafinski, 1875). Gametophytic gemma production isa specialised characteristic in ferns and as the British species are among the more primitive of the genus, we suspect gemma production may indeed be absent from these species. This may account for our failure to find more extensive gametophyte colonies of these species and to find them outside the immediate environs of their sporophytes. On the other hand, gametophytes of Trichomanes speciosum do produce gemmae and do occur well beyond known occurrences of the sporophyte. We found independent gametophyte colonies of this species in nine different sites in the Lake District, the Yorkshire Dales and North Wales, in only two out of which the sporophyte has been recorded (in both it is now apparently absent). These occurred as wefts or mats of gametophytes covering up to 100 cm? of rock surface. Generally they occur in deep, dark, humid grottoes in non-calcareous rock. In North Wales and the Lakes, these rocks were volcanic; in Yorkshire they were millstone grit. In such habitats the gametophytes seem to occur where the light intensity is too low for growth of most bryophytes. Indeed, one has little chance of observing them without the aid of artificial light. Our rate of success in finding Trichomanes gametophytes was such that we suspect they may be widespread across Britain and Ireland in habitats similar to those described above. This is especially significant for this rare and protected species. Though we have not yet observed gametangia or sporophyte production in the gametoph observed, the potential should remain for these plants to reproduce sexually and to restore sporophytes of T. speciosum to areas where they have been extirpated in historic or prehistoric times. In the meantime it is rewarding to know that T. speciosum probably still occurs in some abundance throughout its previously recorded range, albeit as the gametophyte generation alone. Description of British Filmy Fern Gametophytes Hymenophyllum These ae as mats of branched ribbon-like prothalli up to 3cm long and 0.5cm se (see Figs 1a & b). They can be differentiated from liverworts by being everywhere nee a single cell in thickness, whereas similar sized liverworts either have a distinct midri 42 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) or are generally more than one cell thick. Hymenophyllum gametophytes are further distinguished by their male and female gametangia (antheridia and archegonia) which occur on the undersides, near to the margins of the prothallus and are typical of ferns and markedly unlike those of bryophytes (see Figs 1c & d). Gametophytes of H. tunbrigense and H. wilsonii cannot readily be distinguished from one another except by chemical methods such as enzyme electrophoresis or by the presence of attached young sporophytes. Trichomanes The much branched filamentous mats of Trichomanes are, at first sight, similar both to some species of green and yellow-green algae, and to the protonemal stage of mosses (see Figs 2a & b). They differ in the possession of short brown unicellular rhizoids, gemmae and gemmifers (the specialised cells upon which gemmae are produced) of the type illustrated in figs 2c - g), all of which are visible with a hand lens. Under the mi pe they can be diff iated f gae by the fact that Trichomanesfilaments are regularly divided into cells never more than 3 times longer than broad, with each cell containing numerous discoid chloroplasts (see Fig. 2c) (Filamentous algae have 1 to 4 very large chloroplasts or, if they have many small chloroplasts, have cells that are much longer). The authors would like to thank Clive Jermy, Nigel Brown and the staff of the Nature Conservancy Council for their help with this study; and would welcome information on the suspected occurrence of filmy fern gametophytes. It should be stressed that the law does not permit the collecting or disturbing of Trichomanes gametophytes oF sporophytes, and specific locations cannot be disclosed except to authorized persons. References FARRAR, D.R. 1985. Independent fern gametophytes in the wild. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. 86B: 361- JANCZEWSKI, E. and J. ROSTAFINSKI. 1875. Sur le prothalle de L’'Hymenophyllum tunbrigense. em. de la Soc. Nat. des Sci. Nat. et Math. Cherbourg 19: 89-96. BOOK REVIEW MOSSES, LICHENS AND FERNS OF NORTHWEST NORTH AMERICA by Dale H Vitt, Janet E Brown & Robin B Bovey. Pp. 288, 410 colour photographs, 35 b&w illustrations 215 x 128 mm. University of Washington Press, 1988. US ISBN 0-295-96666-1. Price $1 7-50, paper only. Only 28 of the 100 species of ferns and fern allies known from northwestern North America are included in this book. It is therefore clearly not a book for the fern specialist. In fact, it is a general field guide to the common mosses, liverworts, lichens and ferns growing in the area. There are general introductory chapters and keys to species before each systematic section. 170 mosses are listed (of 900 known in the region), 156 lichens (of 1200) eine 20 liverworts (of 250) as well as the 28 ferns and fern allies. Overall the book deals with about 15% of the terrestial green cryptogams of northwestern North America. Every species included is allocated half a page. Each is illustrated in colour by photographs about 5cm Square; most are of good quality. A distribution map and indication of ee preference is given, as well as some general notes on each species that might be relevan in the field. cae 'S @ very useful book bound in stiff card of a size to fit easily into most po it will be of great value to the amateur North American naturalist with a general interes In Cryptogams. MARTIN H. RICKARD Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 43 COLLECTING FERN SPORES A. R. BUSBY 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry Collecting fern spores is a relatively straight-forward task as long as a few simple rules are followed. Normal species usually provide normal spores which, when grown on a suitable compost and given a little warmth and light, will germinate readily. Most hybrids produce abortive spores which will not germinate. Hybrid spores are easily recognised, if they are examined at around 100x magnification they will appear white and somewhat wizened. Healthy spores have a uniform shape, often round or similar to the segments of an orange. They will vary in colour according to species: i.e. yellow, black, brown or green. Spores of Garden Ferns Hardy ferns in British gardens usually produce their spores from June onwards. When the spore cases are ripe they will appear light brown and often show the colour of the spores inside - Polypodium = yellow, Athryium = black, etc. Another indication that the spore cases are ready is that the protective scale, the indusium, will have withered or completely disappeared to give the spore cases room to dehisce. A hand lens, preferably with a 20x magnification, is useful for checking the condition of the spore cases on the frond. Remember, if the spore cases have a ragged appearance and/or if there is lack of spore colour, the spores have probably already dehisced. In most cases two or three pinnae will provide an ample quantity to sow. Simply place the pinnae in a paper envelope and keep it somewhere warm and dry for a day or two. Never use polythene bags as any trapped moisture will delay or even prevent the spore cases dehiscing. After a day or so give the envelope a few flicks with a finger to ensure that the spore cases have opened and that a dusty deposit, including the spores, is in the bottom of the envelope. The pinnae themselves can be discarded. If there are no spores then the pinnae were either picked too late, and the spores have gone, or too soon. Indoor Ferns : The spores of tender indoor ferns are available almost all the year round, although during the short days of winter fewer fronds are produced. Nevertheless, the technique for collecting hardy fern spores applies equally to indoor ferns. Cleaning Spores ; do not consider it essential that spores are separated from other sporangial debris but there is always the possibility a contaminant may be introduced and cleanliness is going to increase the chances of a successful spore sowing. To clean the spores brush (I always use an artist’s natural bristle paint brush) them onto a sheet of paper. | find newspaper excellent for this, but any type of non-shiny paper can be used. Slowly tip the paper on edge, the heavier sporangial debris will fall off the paper while the much smaller fern spore will adhere to it. A small quantity of spore may be lost but what is left will be more than adequate for most needs. Next, carefully fold the newspaper in two and tap gently, this traps the spores along the crease and they can be brushed onto a crock saucer. (Not plastic as any static electricity present will render the spores uncontrollable.) To sow them, gently brush a small quantity onto the surface of the compost The Longevity of Fern Spores The longevity of fern spores is often discussed between growers and involves much ch genera as Osmunda have never received any complaints concerning lack of germination. The spores of other 44 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) genera may remain viable for weeks or perhaps even months. | recommend that we ignore all this and obtain spores as fresh as possible and sow immediately. Storing Spores | have one recommendation on this - DON’T! Fern spores are much better off on the surface of the compost rather than languishing in an envelope. Of course, spore from the Society’s Spore Exchange have to be stored and because of this the Society cannot guarantee the viability of the spores that are freely given. (But most grow - Ed.) The Society’s Spore Exchange Scheme When collecting fern spores please do not forget our Spore Exchange Scheme. While collecting one or two pinnae why not press the entire frond between sheets of newspaper? The surplus spores, carefully named and fully labelled, will be gratefully welcomed by the Organiser, Margaret Nimmo-Smith. Even our most common species are in demand by our overseas members. | wish you every success with your endeavours. BOOK REVIEW INDEX HORTENSIS VOLUME 1: PERENNIALS. Compiled and Edited by Piers Trehane. Pp. 504. 216 x 125mm. Quarterjack Publishing, Wimborne, 1989. ISBN O 948117 00 1. Price £25 (hardback) from Quarterjack Publishing. Hampreston Manor, Wimborne, Dorset, or major booksellers. In reviewing this book | must come clean and admit that |, along with Alison Paul at the Natural History Museum, was given a sight of the fern sections prior to publication. Nevertheless, as the overall Style and the vast majority of the input on ferns is the work of the author alone, | hope | can comment fairly on this book. with the International Code for the Nomenclature of Cultivated Plants (ICNCP). These are, with suggested alternatives: Athyrium filix-femina ‘Bornholmiense’ - varietal name now changed to ‘Bornholm’. Athyrium filix-femina’ ‘Crispum grandiceps Kaye’ - now (Grandiceps group) ‘Kaye's Crisped’. Polystichum setiferum’ ‘Broughton Mills’ - now (Congestum group) ‘Broughton Mills’. One other change in the ICN g CP is the need for all words in cultivar names to begin with a capital letter Despite these minor problems this book will, | believe, be of immense use to all dedicated gardeners. It will inevitably be compared with the also excellent Plant Finder, but Index Hortensis differs from that book in not giving a guide to individual nursery’s stock, but instead a much fuller guide to the nomenclature of garden plants. This includes: More synonymous names for cultivars and species. : Usually a fuller list of cultivars and species. Over 20,000 perennial taxa are listed. Guide to the growth form of many plants and where further information can be found, including good illustrations. Authority for the name of all species and some cultivars. Date of description of all species and some cultivars. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 45 Index Hortensis is printed clearly on good quality paper and is bound in stout boards of a size that will slip into most pockets. Like the Plant Finder, taxa listed have been collected from modern sources. All have been available through the trade since 1984. Neither Index Hortensis nor the Plant Finder attempts to include all plants in cultivation. This volume of Index Hortensis contains perennial plants only; Volumes 2 and 3 will include woody plants and indoor plants, whereas the Plant Finder includes all these groups in one volume. At £25 this is not a cheap book but | believe the years of painstaking research that have gone into its preparation have produced an end product of a quality which justifies the price. Footnote: Most ferns named since 1959, and hence subject to the most controversial part of the ICNCP, are not in general horticulture. The three name changes suggested here are the exception. It is hoped to include a full update on fern variety names in the proposed BPS centenary publication as part of a list of all cultivars introduced over the last hundred years. The 1990/91 edition of the Plant Finder will probably have been published by the time this part of the Pteridologist appears. For the record, however, details of the 1989/ 90 edition are as follows: THE PLANT FINDER by Chris Philip and Tony Lord. Pp. 570, 19 maps. 210 x 145mm. Hardy Plant Society. 1989/90. ISBN O 861 O 325 O (paper back). Price £8.95 (p & p extra). Unlike Index Hortensis the Plant Finder is a guide to which nurseries stock each of the 40000 plants listed. MARTIN H RICKARD SHORTER NOTES Abstracts from the 1989 Fern Gazette Main articles: : The history of Diphasiastrum iss/leri in Britain and a review of its taxonomic status by AC Jermy. The existence of two types of clubmoss within the Diphasiastrum alpinum group in Britain is confirmed (i.e. D. alpinum and D. issleri). Due to introgression between taxa and the likely hybrid origin of D. iss/eri it is proposed here that both D. issleri and D. alpinum are reduced to subspecies of D. complanatum. Compression and slingshot megaspore ejection in Selaginella selaginoides, a new phenomenon in pteridophytes by C N Page. An aberrant form of Equisetum telmateia from the west of ireland by M R | Westwood. A new species of Selaginella from Cameroon, West Africa by N Quansah. New ferns of Madeira by Mary Gibby and J D Lovis. This fascinating and well illustrated account describes five endemic taxa from Madeira. Hymenophyllum maderense - an allopolyploid derived by chromosome duplication from a hybrid of H. wilsonii and H. tunbrigense - a species which might turn up in Britain. 46 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) Asplenium trichomanes subsp. maderense. Ceterach lolegnamense Polystichum X maderense. A handsome hybrid between P. falcinellum and P. setiferum, therefore almost certain to be hardy in Britain. Polystichum falcinellum x ?. A hybrid whose second parent is uncertain. The ecology and distribution of Pteridophytes of Zomba Mountain, Malawi by A Berrie. This is a comprehensive fern flora of a mountainous region of central Africa. Since frosts are known from an altitude of 1500 metres up to the summit at 2085 metres there is a chance that some species could be hardy. There is a comment that frost damage to tree-ferns (Cyathea dregei?) has been seen. A candidate for testing in Cornwall? Preliminary report of chromosome counts in the genus Azolla by K K Stergianou & K Fowler. Short Note: Dryopteris x fraser-jenkinsii - a correction by Mary Gibby and C J Widen. Book Reviews: Pteridophyte flora of Oaxaca, Mexico by JT Mickel and J M Beitel. Azolla utilization, edited by W H Smith and E Cervantes. MARTIN H RICKARD Poirot gets it right? - Not so, Agatha! The other evening | was idly entertained by one of those delightful films of Agatha Christie mysteries starring Peter Ustinov as Hercule Poirot, the Belgian sleuth who, like Cagney & Lacey and ....... all those others, is always there when there’s a murder. In EVIL UNDER THE SUN (1982) the scene was set in a rich peoples’ escape hotel on a tiny, quiet Greek Island (ironically fil Majorca, British lager louts’ new paradise). Diana Rigg had been strangled on the beach and the culprit, of course, had to be one of the company. At the end of the film the great man held us all in suspense as he revealed who the killer was. Actually, on this occasion he did it rather clumsily, failing to convince the party until the very last minute when he urgently sought the signature of the one -“ all knew did it: Patrick Redfearn. Now you begin to see why I’m writing this for the Pteridologist. You see Redfearn accidentally signed himself by his real name: Felix Ruber as Poirot knew he would, having worked out that his English pseudonym was simply a translation from the latin of that well-known criminal’s real name ...... ahem! This of course reminds us of Rudolf Hess who, on parachuting into Britain during the last war, announced that his name was Alfred Horn. However, he was right and Agatha Christie was not. But wouldn't the story have been a bit of a flop if the dastardly best had called himself Patrick Redcat? M'lud, | offer as evidence the sacred word of Edmund C. Jaeger in his Source of biological names and terms: fel. L. felis=feles, genit, felis, a cat, the prolific one, she that bears young wei: a to a cat. Ex: Fel-idae (mam.); Fel-ichtys (Pisc.); Feli-opsis (Mam.): ‘= am. Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) 47 felic-L. felix, genit. felicis, fruitful, productive. Ex: Felix (Mam.); Felix-astraea (Coel.); Felixi-gyra (Coel.) See also fel. feline-L. felineus, of or belonging to a cat. See fel. filic-L. filix, genit. filicis, a fern. Ex: filic-ial; filic-inus; filici-form; Filix. filix-see filic. Oh, but they should have asked for Dyce advice first! They'll be talking about Dryopteris felix-mas before long! JAMES W. MERRYWEATHER PHOTOGRAPHING FERNS Part 1. A picture is better than a thousand words. C N PAGE Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh EH3 5LR This is the first part of a longer article. Further parts will appear in future issues of the Pteridologist. A personal view | am an amateur at photography. So this is not one of those articles that says everything technical about photography, but does not, in the end, seem to apply much to the subjects that you are particularly keen to photograph. Such photographic skills and tips that | have accumulated, and want to try to pass on, are ones which have been acquired from using a camera as a means of recording ferns and their habitats, endeavouring always to achieve the best result possible, and to build upon the experience so-gained. | have been photographing, or attempting to photograph, ferns and fern allies for more than a quarter of a century. Most of my techniques and equipment probably reflect this. Nevertheless, having started as a rank beginner, | have gradually improved and refined these techniques, and in the process have accumulated a library of both slides and black and white negatives covering most of the myriad of ferns which | have found in both temperate and tropical parts of the world. It has been my practice to photograph ferns, in preference to collecting them, unless there was some good reason for pressing a frond. | have always approached ferns in this way, long before conservation was a byword. When | first began, | found that photographing ferns was not easy. Indeed, ‘who said it was’ was what | kept saying to myself when, in less than ideal photographic situations, | found myself hanging by one hand from a tree trying to align a camera on toa particularly attractive tropical epiphyte, while mosquitos nibbled at my ankles and leeches dropped on me from the branches above. Now, so many years later, | still think that ferns are some of the most difficult of enacts it was my tutor, Dr. T.G. Walker, who undertook the hard work of initiating me into the mystique of the rites and rituals of photographic film exposure and developing, fern- frond silhouetting, and darkroom printing, and his patient tuition has certainly stood me in good stead as a baseline from which to develop this branch of pteridology ever since. 48 Pteridologist 2, 1 (1990) The sequence of headings used below (and in subsequent parts of this article) begins with the plant and its environment rather than with a long check-list of equipment. What then follows is distinctly a botanist’s approach to photography, rather than a photographer's approach to botany! Where are we heading and what are we after? A photograph of a fern is to me not just a straightforward image of a plant, although if it is correctly exposed, sharp, and annotated with species, place and date, it is an important enough achievement. But our aim can be more than that. Photographs of ferns can also say much about the form, seasonal phase and sequencing, habit and texture of a plant, as well as its colour, if taken on colour film. Further, if taken in the plant’s wild habitat (and most of the ones | have shot are) then a photographer can also show the plant in its wild setting and, possibly, give some indication, be it even only a marginal glimpse, of where that setting is. Additionally, it may be possible to include in the photograph some indication of the conditions under which the fern was growing, perhaps during a shower of rain or after, perhaps in mist, or fresh with dew. A fern photograph can thus convey not only the form and setting of the plant with which we are dealing, but can also capture something of the atmosphere of the setting and climate of that plant too. Thus approached, such a photograph can technically, | think, say much more than does either a herbarium specimen or perhaps a thousand words. Taking and choosing your time My first piece of advice is: be patient and avoid hasty and ill-considered shots. Unlike animals, ferns will not run away. So, with such a captive subject, you can afford to choose your moment with care. You can also carefully choose your plant or plants. Decide, for any particular species, what you want to show. A single plant? A trio? A group? (Pairs, alone, seldom give a Satisfactory result). Or you may wish to show a whole habitat and to supplement this with a more distant view. Look for plants in a suitable setting - preferably one characteristic for the species at the particular site, as well as ones which are photogenically attractive. No fern will look at its best in a poor setting, and some situations might be more appropriate to colour than black-and-white work (the latter always requiring a background colour which, when converted to shades of grey, will not ‘lose’ the fern in question). Quite often, such settings ‘choose’ themselves. The trick is in seeing them - another reason for not hurrying. | find that there is a special, little-stated, law of pteridology that invariably comes into play here. It States that the most photogenic fern is alwayS to be found ten minutes after you have run out of film. So be prepared for this major part of the enjoyment. (To be conti 1. Subs exposure, filters, choice of films, equipment, printing and reproduction). t composition, STOP PRESS lam pleased to announce that the winner of the competition set in Letter from Hawaii in the 1989 Pteridologist is Bridget Graham. Congratulations! | hope it will be possible to publish the winning suggestion in the 1991 Pteridologist. CHRISTOPHER FRASER -JENKINS SION he ay pe ee eT eee ee BRITISH FERNS AND THEIR CULTIVARS A very comprehensive collection is stocked by: REGINALD KAYE LTD. SILVERDALE, LANCASHIRE CATALOGUE ON REQUEST FIBREX NURSERIES LTD. Honeybourne Road, Pebworth, Nr. Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire CV37 8XT Hardy and tender ferns Begonias, Gloxinias, Hederas, Hydrangeas, Primroses, Arum Lilies and Plants for the cool greenhouse Catalogue on request MRS J K MARSTON Specialist Fern Grower A wide range of hardy and greenhouse ferns, especially Adiantums Culag, Green lane, Nafferton, Nr. Driffield, East Yorks. Send 60p for catalogue ‘An Introduction to Fern Growing’ also available, £2.50 inc. postage a ielaeeleerpeotmeemece eccmeteennemeee FANCY FRONDS Specialising in North American and English hardy ferns Send two International Reply Coupons for Catalogue Judith |. Jones, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, Washington, 98119, USA cre een eeeeenemetennnceecernmennenntmrennta GROW GREAT FERNS Los Angeles International Fern Society LAIFS Fern Journal bimonthly, includes fern lesson. Educational meetings, materials, spore store, books. Annual dues: $15 domestic, $19 overseas, $24 overseas airmail. PO Box 90943, Pasadena, CA 91109, USA. See ee The British Pteridological Society PTERIDOLOGIST Contents Volume 2, Part 1, 1990 MAIN ITEMS: Ferns on the Menu Bridget Graham 1 The BPS Spore Exchange Margaret Nimmo-Smith 5 Fiddlehead Food E Sheffield 8 In Search of the Original ‘Victoriae’ Nick Schroder 8 The Man who died Collecting Woodsia Dewi Jones 11 Polystichum setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bland’ J W Dyce 15 Equisetum X font-queri in Anglesey R H Roberts 17 Bulbils on Polypodium Martin H Rickard 19 Groping after Ferns in the Fifteenth Century E Charles Nelson 21 Sensible Conservation JWDyce 24 Soils and Soil Animals in the Age of Ferns Trevor G Piearce 28 The Land Quillwort in the Channel Islands Patience Ryan 28 Did the Danes Sharpen their swords at Embo? Heather McHaffie 30 Polystichum setiferum ‘Lineare Hirondelle’ JWDyce 32 The Genus Dicksonia in Gardens in the British Isles Martin H Rickard 35 Growing the Killarney Fern Alison Rutherford 38 British Filmy Fern Gametophytes FJ Rumsey, E SheffieldandDR Farrar 40 _ Collecting Fern Spores A R Busby 43 _ Photographing Ferns, Part 1 (to be continued) CNPage 47 SHORTER NOTES: Notes for Contributors 4 The past and the Future JWDyce 7 An idea for Growing Polypodiums Martin H Rickard 20 Book Notes JWDyce 23 Athyrium filix-femina (S istatum group) ‘Majestic’ | Reginald Kaye 34 Abstracts from 1989 Fern Gazette Martin H Rickard 45° Poirot gets it right? - Not so, Agatha! James W Merryweather 46 Stop Press Christopher Fraser-Jenkins 48 BOOK REVIEWS: ; Somerset Ferns: A Field Guide 10 Henry Potter's Guide to the Hybrid Ferns of the North East 4 Colour Identification Guide to the Grasses, a SS and Ferns pe / Mosses, Lichens and Ferns of Northwest North A pie Index Hortensis Volume 1: Perennials/Plant Snir “ : The Pteridologist Volume 1 Part 6 was published on 31 May, 1989 Published by the British Pteridological Society Printed by METLOC Printers Ld, Loughton, Essex Cs LS POR Se SRE EY USD PRR Saar FES Sitteeee SO WAM LN a yl awl PO a ED LS SNe ct AED ae ace OK 2K] Volume 2 Part 2 1991 3 oo Ss cama Seta ES eer | tinea tama MES sacs ST aoe BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY / PTERIDOLOGIST | Edited by es. MH Rickard es CENTENARY 1891 ~1991 THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY Officers and Committee for 1991 President: Dr B.A. Thomas President Emeritus: J.W. Dyce Vice-Presidents: J.A. Crabbe, A.C. sai R. Kaye, G. Tonge Honorary General Secretary Busby, ‘Croziers’, 16 Kirby Corner Road, Bee: cae CV4 8GD (Tel: Coventry 715690) Assistant Secretary (Membership); and Miss A.M. Paul, Editor of the Bulletin: Department of Botany, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD Treasurer: Dr N.J. Hards, 184 Abingdon Road, Didcot, Oxon, OX11 9BP Meetings Secretary: A.C. Pigott, 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts. SG14 3AQ Editor of the Fern Gazette: J.A. Crabbe Material for publication should be sent to Department of Botany The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD. Editor of the Pteridologist: M.H. Rickard, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP assisted by J.W. Dyce Committee: P.J. Acock, P. Barnes, J.H. Bouckley, J.M. Camus, C.R. Fraser-Jenkins, J.M. Ide, Mrs M. Nimmo- Smith, R.N. Timm, Dr T.G. Walker, J.R. Woodhams Fern Distribution Recorder: A.J. Worland, Harcam, Mill Road, Barnham Broom, Norwich, NR9 4DE Spore Exchange Organiser: Mrs M. Nimmo-Smith, 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge, CB4 1AH Plant Exchange Organiser: Mrs R. Hibbs, 30 London Road, Hailsham, East Sussex, BN27 3BW Archivist: N.A. Hall, 15 Mostyn Road, Hazel Grove, Stockport, Cheshire, SK7 5HL Booksales Organiser: S.J. Munyard, 234 Harold Road, — Hastings, East Sussex, TN35 5NG Trustees of Greenfield Fund: A.R. Busby, Dr N.J. Hards, Dr B.A. Thomas for fem enthusiasts R proncay SOCETY, was founded in 1691 and today continues mau was enthusiasts. It pr _ Its publications and available literature. it aso SO organises formal talks, informal discuss! Coca — ; » garden visits, plant exchanges, hange ern book sales. The our Mp which — Secerers, sukcterymen ones botanists, pn are published — iety’s ji i idolo matter chi ety of specialist erest on internatio' eee > general appeal, and the Bulletin Society business and meetings SS on nterested in ferns and fern-allies. SUBSCRIPTION RATES (due oS | Personal Members £12.50, Personal Members not receiving the Al; Di PJ wie TUE ner.) Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) PRESIDENT’S LETTER BARRY A THOMAS Welcome to our Centenary Voor. | am sure that it wil be a good one for all of us, as several years of planning a y beginning to Its. We have an excellent programme of events spanning the year to culminate ‘with ¢ our September Centenary Celebration meeting and A.G.M. in the Lake District. Come to it so you can see where it all started one hundred years ago. We will be at the Southport Flower Show as usual, but, in addition, we have a competitive fern show at Pebworth. The organisers of both hope that members will make a special effort to exhibit this year so, if you have never contemplated showing your ferns, try it this year. For the first time, we will be at the Chelsea Flower Show where we hope to spread our enthusiasm to some of the many thousands who will visit us there. We have our own Stand in the Scientific Section and the R.H.S. will also have a major display of ferns to which many of our members are contributing. Sometime during the year you should also catch sight of one of our travelling exhibitions “One Hundred Years of Ferns” as they tour around the British Isles. GARDEN LIBRARY Our two special publications are well underway. ‘Ferns of the World’ with its 180 colour photographs will be available at a very cheap price thanks to the generosity of sO many members who loaned their colour slides. It is expected to be very popular and a must for you all. “One Hundred Years of British Pteridology” should also be compulsive reading for those who want to know a little more about our Society and the history of fern study. Both will be available from B.P.S. Booksales. The programme is almost complete for our Symposium on the Propagation and Culture of Pteridophytes and Martin Rickard is taking bookings for the National Tour of Fern Gardens. Both events offer unparalleled opportunities for our fern-growing enthusiasts. Make a special effort this year, come to the meetings and enjoy yourself. This is the only B.P.S. Centenary year that you and | are going to have. Have a good time and join in because you can't wait for the next one! SHORTER NOTE My Interest in Ferns It began so long ago that | do not now remember when it was, or how it became a consciously-felt thing: as distinct from the parental interest in natural history, of which my inheritance was very strong. Perhaps being a Devonian, and in continual contact with a set of plants about which no one seemed to know much, induced a wish to find out more about them. They were to a great extent looked on as freely available for decoration, and yet not much use for this purpose owing to their tiresome habit of fading almost at once. This may have produced a feeling that there was surely more we be aan for them, than just this only. But it did not, batt long after, lead to any attempt which tested tll my early twenties. About 191 3 understanding and opportunity | suddenty came, together; though even so, | do not recall exactly how. But it has (as a combined thing) never failed since: and when, in or about 1923, | had a garden of my own, and still more when about 1925 contact was S$ made with the British Pteridological Society, “fern fever” b pp incurable; which | am more than contented it shall be. Rev. E A ELLIOT Editor of The British Fern Gazette 1949-1958, Secretary of the Society 1951-58. 50 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) MUSINGS ON ANOTHER MAIDENHAIR MYSTERY JUDITH JONES, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, WA 981 19, USA It seems that | cannot leave the subject of Adiantum pedatum and its subspecies alone as concerns articles written for the BPS (Jones, 1986, 1989). | have lots of unanswered questions concerning other species that | grow but this stubborn interest in ferreting out the origins of certain accepted trade names for pedatum “forms” has been plaguing me for some years. It seemed that, with the publication of the proper denomination of Adiantum pedatum subsp. subpumilum for the dwarf five-finger maidenhair, many illegitimate names would be laid to rest (Wagner and Boydston, 1978). It did deal with the confusion of linking this dwarf form, sometimes referred to as “Aleutian Island Form” or “aleuticum”, (based on a rumour of its occurrence there), and set it apart from the recognized subsp. al/euticum, which is not imbricate although it may have reduced stature in some ecological niches. Also discounted were epithets such as “minor” and “imbricatum”. It is the last named form that has continued to distress me. | definitely felt that what | had seen in English gardens as “imbricatum” was a taller less congested plant than the subsp. subpumilum (Fig.1) | had been growing in the Pacific Northwest. For those of you who do not know the history of the dwarf maidenhair it was introduced into cultivation in the 1950s by a prominent Seattle horticulturist, Dr. Car! English. Rumour had it that Dr. English had discovered the fern growing wild in the Olympic Mountains of Washington State. It was believed there was no support for that rumour and it was reported by Dr. C. Leo Hitchcock, an eminent botanist at the University of Washington in Seattle, that “Dr. English was only repeating what he had heard about it having been found on the Olympic Peninsula; he did not collect it there.” In fact, since the publication of Dr. W.H. Wagner's article in 1978, subpumilum has been found along the coast of the Olympic Peninsula. It is considered a coastal fern as the type description is that of a single population found in 1977 on Brooks Peninsula of northwestern Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. It is important to note that Dr. English was a close friend of Ed Lobrunner of Victoria, B.C.; a talented alpine nurseryman well-known for his observant eye and skillful hand at bringing selected variants of choice native plants into cultivation. If, indeed, the first subpumilum to parent the 1950s introduced stock did not come from the Olympic Peninsula it might well have come from Vancouver Island Ed Alverson, Studying at Oregon State University under Dr. David Wagner, has colle ppecimens of subsp. subpumilum and subsp. aleuticum from various northwest sites. Story. icial Getting back to my puzzlement with the “imbricatum’”, keep in mind that the er description of subpumilum states that it comes true from spore. As detailed in my °~ ; ; stl © subpumilum, and a fair mix between those in the intermediate range, with modestly Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 51 Fig. 1 - yas: pedatum — subpumilum (nursery stock). Fig. 2 - Adiantum latum subsp. subpumilum from Alverson collection, Mystic Cove, Vancouver island, eo Columbia, reads (2 fronds). Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) m ~ Adiantum pedatum Sporeling from reverted plants selected from an Adian Fig. 3 ; Sowing. Very much like English plant material labelled Adiantum pedatum ‘Imbricatum . Fig. 4 - Adiantum pedatum subsp. pedatum. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 53 congested pinnules, and those that resemble the more typical pedatum subsp. pedatum allowing for the usual pinnule variation (Fig.4). It is my surmise that since spore of subpumilum has been available for over thirty years it seems likely that the English “imbricatum” arose from a sowing of subpumilum. I'd love to hear from anyone who has information or conjectures about this very likely probability. eferences: JONES, J 1986. Adiantum pedatum: Another variation. ee 1; 96. JONES, J 1989. New fern variation - USA. Pteridologist, 1 WAGNER, W H Jr & BOYDSTON, K E, 1978. A dwarf catty variety of Maidenhair fern, Canadian Journ. of Bot. 56: 1726-1729. SHORTER NOTE Centenary Fern Show - Pebworth - Saturday 13th July This Show is the first specialist Fern Show organised by the Society for very many years, possibly the first this century. Fortunately, the Southport Flower Show continues to hold fern classes, and will again this year, but for those of us living in the Midlands or the South it is not always the most convenient site. This one-off chance to exhibit at Pebworth on the Worcestershire/Warwicxanere borders is, therefore, hopefully going to tempt many more g, as well as appeal to the Southport regulars |, for one, have never shown but this year | intend to have a go. Perhaps it is not ideal for the blind to lead the blind, but Hazel Key of Fibrex Nurseries, who is organising the Show for the Society, has passed on a few tips to me. Hazel suggests that if plants are to be lifted from the garden specially, a simple system is to water abundantly two days before the Show, then lift and pot up a day before the Show. Also ensure that pots are clean, and that plants are correctly and neatly labelled. It would be even easier if you select your ferns now and pot up in soilless potting compost and place in a shady spot outside; if you don’t forget to water regularly your ferns should be fine for the Show. An occasional general liquid feed would be helpful. Remember a fern does not have to be big to be beautiful and the best! lf for any reason any potential competitor is unable to stage an exhibit on the Friday night or Saturday morning of the Show, Fibrex Nurseries have kindly offered to do it, as long as the ferns are delivered to them in a show-ready state during the seven da before the Show. In this case it would be as well to contact Hazel Key first, either when returning the Show Schedule, or by phone on (0789) 720788. If you have not yet had a Show Schedule write off for one now to Fibrex Nurseries, Honeybourne Road, Pebworth, Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire CV37 8XT. Because Fibrex Nurseries have ample space to accommodate quite a few caravans, any member with a touring caravan or tent can stay on site overnight and make the whole event an enjoyable weekend away. The Show will be advertised to non-members of the Society and is timed to coincide with an open day in the village of Pebworth and with the visit of the BPS Centenary Tour of British Fern Gardens. It should be terrific fun; do enter if you can and help ensure the success of this project. | nearly forgot! Another good reason for entering is the chance of more than paying your way. Over £300 in prize money, divided into 60 different prizes, has been put up. There is ample opportunity for every entrant to win something. For further information on any aspect of the Show please contact Hazel Key. MARTIN RICKARD 54 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) VARIATION IN BLECHNUM SPICANT J W DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex |G10 1LT. Blechnum spicant, the Hard Fern, is a very common fern throughout most of Britain. The Atlas of Ferns in the British Isles shows it to be less than common only in central Ireland and in the English eastern counties. To quote the Atlas, it is ‘a sub-Atlantic species widespread throughout wetter parts of the British Isles. It is restricted by lack of suitable acid sandy substrate in much of lowland agricultural England. Similarly, absent from the limestone areas of both England and Ireland”. It is very much a lime-hating fern, but even so can be found on the limestones of the north of England - in hollows in the accumulation of surface detritus from which all the lime has been leached. This fern, in the species form, is of very simple construction with two kinds of fronds. The sterile ones are evergreen, up to about 12 inches (30cm) or more in length, narrow, lax and outspread; the pinnae are narrow, undivided, dark-green in colour, glossy, hard and tough in texture. The fertile ones are deciduous, upright and rigid, with smaller pinnae which become progressively reduced in size towards the frond base where they become very rounded and widely spaced. The sori are linear. Although the Hard Fern cannot be regarded as a great variety producer, it has been fairly generous in the past in giving us some good ones. But it has been sadly neglected, undeservedly so, | consider. Even in the normal species form it makes a handsome garden plant with its dark-green glossy foliage and upright rigid fertile fronds. It is overdue for a ‘come back” and some active spore-sowing by today’s fern growers could achieve that end. To our knowledge, relatively few varieties remain in cultivation today. One recent find is a first-rate deeply serrate variety by Martin Rickard. We hope we can keep this variety which, we are pleased to note, can not only reproduce itself, more or less, true from its spores but give us other kinds of variation as well. | am afraid that this review of variation in the Hard Fern must really be an informed obituary, to some extent, to keep alive in our minds what the fern is capable of in the production of varieties, so that fern hunters will not pass the species by in the wild and dismiss it as of no account without giving plants a close scrutiny. Past records include some first-class forms. As with other variety-producing species, crested varieties feature largely, some of them quite elaborate, most of them very ordinary. Pinnae overlapping has produced some good imbricate plants, as has crisping of the pinnae. Plants with serrated pinnae, as in Martin Rickard’s find, have been recorded more than once, the finest being ‘Plumosum Airey’. Ramose varieties have turned up at times in the past - and still do; most of them are very dwarf and most attractive: Rotundatum’ with the pinnae reduced to rounded lobes is still being found in the “— Plants with very narrow pinnae, ‘Lineare’, can also be noted in the wild, but they aa not exciting finds although interesting. An intriguing variety produces spores on t har £, 4 eee iW refer ee 1 in diceriiecai B S. (Crispo-minutissimum n trier OT 2° v group) ‘Hall’. In the following list of varieties it will be noted that, while | have used the old ea naming for varieties found and named prior to 1959, | have (reluctantly) conform to the ruling of the International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants in the nam! 9 of later finds. My list of varieties is arranged - with some amendments by Rickard - in spans? with my Classification of Fern Variation in Britain, published in the Pteridologist, Vol." part 4, pp.154, 155, 1987. It includes not only varieties which may be obtainable — from nurseries or from private sources, but possible refinds from the wild by the observa" hunter. | would add that it is not impossible to find an entirely new variety. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 55 Cristatum - is the most common variation may to be ROUNE, ranging’ from isla forked frond tips to more complex division (Fig. 1a). T but the only one listed in commerce under the name is a » find by Reginald Kaye in an old garden many years ago. It grows to about 12 inches (30cm) high with the frond apices neatly crested. Ramosum - plants with fronds branched two or more times from the base of the blade, usually narrow, dwarf or fairly dwarf and heavily crested, have been found a few times in the post-war years. One very good one, found in the Outer Hebrides several years ago, was given to a nurseryman for safe-keeping but | do not know if it is still alive. Also existing is a named plant - Ramo-cristatum - a dwarf form with the branching fronds neatly crested. An interesting variety in this Group is a brachiate form which we hear nothing about these days but which seems to have been quite a common find around the beginning of this century, chiefly in Ireland. It is called - Trinervium - with the two lowest pinnae considerably elongated in typical brachiate manner. Druery tells us in Ne, Sritieh Ferns and their Varieties, page 137, Rises in athe Mountie Mountains | ty our member, W H Phillips. Does this variety of the Hard Fern still exist in those areas? If it was so common in the Mourne Mountains area in Phillips’ time it would seem safe to assume it can still be found there. Perhaps some of our fern-hunting members, exploring the area, can refind this fern. It would be interesting to have it in cultivation again. , Druery also lists a similar variety, named Trinervium Hodgsonae, which he describes as “extremely distinct’. It was found on Kirkley Moor but | cannot trace this locality on any of my maps; | assume it is somewhere in the Midlands. Angustatum - plants with very narrow fronds can at times be found but no named ones are, to my knowledge, in cultivation today. Druery, in his above-mentioned book, lists a few, one called - Linearum - found at Witherslack in Cumbria, with fronds evenly narrow, undivided and almost strap-like. Unnamed varieties under the Section names Linearum and Rotundatum are grown by a few of our members. In the Pteridologist, Vol.1, part 1, 1984, p.43, an inconstant form is depicted, found by Martin Rickard in Powys, Wales. Unfortunately, the frond depicted here (Fig.1b) is the best one from the same plant; none of the others are so neat, but he hopes for better things from its spores. A word of explanation is called for here. The names Angustatum and Linearum mean narrow, and the variety mentioned above is indeed a true linearum since its narrow fronds are undivided and almost strap-like. But there can be confusion in this species Blechnum spicant, over the names Linearum and Rotundatum because the linearum description can also be applied to the rotundatum varieties of the fern with their small rounded pinnae which make the fronds very narrow or linear. In 1989 | received from our member, C E K Scouller, who lives in the Western Highlands near Ullapool, two Blechnum fronds, one fertile the other barren, belonging to the otundatum section, which, to me, were most exciting (Fig.1e). | wrote to Mr Scouller, asking if he had the plant, but alas! it was about 20 years ago, before he began to keep records, that the sight of the plant had intrigued him and he collected only the nds. The fertile one is somewhat irregular but the barren one is nearly perfect - BUT, were the other barren fronds equally perfect? | have suggested to Mr Scouller that he tries to refind the fern - who knows, it may be an exception which contradicts my oft-repeated pessimistic statements about the longevity of fern varieties in the wild; Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) \ peeweoes OF WALA Md eo \ 4X ™% +: POSTION ITB 0m tin a AK MS ales. Fig. 1 - Cultivars of Blechnum spicant. a) ‘Cristatum’ form. b) ‘Linearum’ form from dryers ¢)(Serratum group) ‘North Wales’. d) ‘Concinnum’ - reduced x 2/3. e(Rotundatum group) ~ fertile and sterile frond. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 57 it may even have reproduced itself in good progeny! It would be an exciting event to refind this fern. (NOTE - Fern hunters visiting this part of Scotland, the Loch Naver area, should contact Mr Scouller for details of the locality - his address is in the Membership | ist published in the 1990 Bulletin, Vol.4, No.1). A plant which Druery regarded as one of his best finds was in this section. He called it - Concinnum Druery - with regularly rounded pinnae, sharply and evenly toothed. The barren fronds were less than half-an-inch (1.25cm) wide and 9 inches (23cm) long. In Druery’s words, they were “like a string of scallop shells”. The fertile fronds were merely beaded stalks. In spite of Druery’s strong regard for this fern which was one of his earliest finds (1881) and helped to fire his enthusiasm for fern variation, | can find no trace of it being depicted anywhere in his voluminous writings. This is most surprising considering that he was no mean artist with his line drawings. There is, however, a very small illustration of it in a plate of line drawings of B. spicant varieties in the British Fern Gazette, Vol.2, No.14, 1912, p.25. Druery’s find was made on Exmoor in the West Country and, subsequently in 1909, an exactly similar variety was found in the Lake District by W Lancaster. This fern Druery did choose to illustrate in the British Fern Gazette, Vol.1, No.8, 1911, p.174. (Fig. 14d). Crispatum - plants with dwarf or semi-dwarf fronds, very congested in growth and with crisped or twisted pinnae and also some turgid brittleness. Druery listed several varieties but none have survived. Several years ago | found, growing on rocks by a waterfall in South Wales, a small colony of Hard Fern varieties, all about 6 inches (15cm) high, with very crisped and overlapping pinnae. | collected one of them, but it never did well and struggled on for some years before dying. | am sure this variation could be found, at the least quite frequently, in areas where the fern abounds, if it is looked for carefully. The only plant of this variety we have today - or did have? - is a very dwarf find - (Crispo-minutissimum group) ‘Hall’ - found in the post-war era by Nigel Hall on one of the North Wales mountains. It is only 2 inches (5cm) in height, very congested, crisped and fleshy. (See Pteridologist Vol.1, Part 1, 1984, p.43). When found it had one tiny fertile frond which was in very poor condition, but it provided a few scrapings which were sown in the hope that some spores still remained. Nothing came up in the spore pot! A few growers possess, or did possess, this small gem but | have heard nothing about it for a long time and | hope it still survives. My plant started behaving strangely several years ago by developing abortive spores on the barren fronds and then died the following winter. Dentatum - plants with deeply crenate or serrate fronds are far from common, although Druery depicts some in his book British Ferns and their Varieties, and there are frequent recordings of very good serratum finds and bred varieties in the early volumes of the British Fern Gazette, along with photographic plates - some are reproduced here. Plants with minor serrations can be found if searched for but the really good ones are very rare and have the serrations so deep that they become almost or completely bipinnate and plumose, so much so that they have been called plumosum. | list a few of them here, not because they still exist - they don’t - but what has been found once, and more than once, can be found again - Serratum, Smithies - found in 1913 by J J Smithies on Dartmoor. It was said to be one of the best wild finds but, unfortunately, no photo was published in any of the fern literature. Serratum, Henwood - found in 1916 by C Henwood as a small plant growing on a wall in Buckinghamshire. It ranked among the best and was very foliose, UOpjesys winjeuuidig, jJueIds WnuYydalg - € ‘BI4 4918104 winsown|d, JUedIds WwnuYdajg - Z “Bi4 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) a 4 vie a 3 ‘ Hae Sar yes Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 59 with broad overlapping and deeply divided pinnae. Again, we have no photographic record, due to economies dictated by the First World War. Plumosum Forster - bred by W Forster and exhibited by him to the Society in 1924. Its origin is lost. It was foliose and bipinnatifid with slight cruciation which was only partial and occasional. It is depicted here (Fig.2). Bipinnatum Sheldon - raised sometime between 1916 and 1930 by J J Sheldon from spores of Henwood’s Serratum listed above. It had the same characters in a more pronounced form, being thoroughly bipinnate. It is depicted here (Fig.3). We now come to the very finest variety ever produced by this species but, strangely, neither Martin Rickard nor | can find much more detailed information about it than appears in Druery’s British Ferns and their Varieties, page 134. All the published references to it at the time, in the final decades of the last century and the first few of the present one, in the gardening literature of the time by Druery and in the early volumes of the British Fern Gazette, give us no further details. We have a photograph of it, nothing more, and this same photograph (Fig.4) appears in several publications of the time. | rather suspect that the fern had a very short life and the most was made of the only surviving record - this photograph! The variety was - Plumosum Airey - raised by T Airey. Druery states - ‘Decidedly the finest form of all; tripinnate and robust”. The pinnae were divided into half-inch (1.25cm) pinnules which were themselves deeply divided. The photograph was from Druery’s own plant. Airey was an active fern hunter in the Lake District in the 1860/70s and several of his finds have been recorded in The Ferns of the English Lake Country by W J Linton, second edition 1878. One of his finds was made at Windermere, described as almost bipinnate with very large secondary segments and we think it must have been from the spores of this plant that he produced his ‘Plumosum Airey No. 1’, depicted here. An inferior form ‘Plumosum Airey No. 2’ was also bred but we hear nothing further of this. It is pleasing to report that, although all those fine varieties of Blechnum spicant have been lost, the variety Serratum has again been found in the wild in the post-war years. This find is a first-rate plant, ranking equally with the best finds of the past. It is called - (Serratum Group) ‘North Wales’ - found by Martin Rickard in North Wales in 1973 (Fig.1c). It has fronds up to 9 inches (23cm) long, the barren ones having very regularly and very deeply indented pinnae which have a pronounced upward curve and in well-grown plants can be very much more than just serrate. The fertile fronds have very narrow pinnae which have a backward curve, just like Revolvens. In cultivation, my plant developed pi g t h enlarged to b Imost pinnules. In 1977 Richard Rush sowed spores from the Rickard find and successfully raised several plants, among them a very good bipinnatifid form, (Bipinnatifidum group) ‘Rush’. This is depicted in the Pteridologist, Vol.1, Part 1, 1984, p.43. It seems obvious that the variety ‘North Wales’ has great possibilities and can emulate the very best of the past varieties. A minor form of Serratum is Incisum, but it could, in my opinion, be a producer of much better things in its progeny. It can be found occasionally in the wild but is not sufficiently attractive to appeal to the majority of variety collectors. But it can present a challenge! Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 60 SUBA|OASY, JUBIIdS WNUYIa/g - g ‘B14 Aeiny winsownid, 1uedds wnuyselg - » “B14 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 61 Two types of variation remain to be mentioned. One is - Revolvens - by no means a common kind of variation found in this species and, indeed, has only been recorded once and named - Revolvens - found by C T Druery near Barnstaple in Devon round about 1913/ 14. It will be seen from the illustration depicted here (Fig. 5) that it was a very good example of its kind with very fully recurved pinnae. It was said to yield quite true progeny with the incurved character as fully marked as in the parent. Like all the others, it has passed on. My last variety is a very strange and unique plant which was named - Paradoxum - found by G Whitwell in Bannisdale, Westmorland in 1877. It is difficult to picture this plant and | can best describe it in Dr F W Stanfield’s language and leave the reader to build up his/her own picture. ‘It was an absolutely unique plant, no fern with this three-winged character having been recorded in any species so far as the writer knows. The frond was, at first sight, somewhat of the strictum (contracted, narrow) character with toothed and abbreviated pinnae, but along the middle of its upper surface was an upright ridge like the crest on the back of the male newt. The ridge was, however, divided into lobes, corresponding to pinnae, and the frond was consequently described as having ‘three rows of pinnae’, viz. the two normal lateral rows and, in addition, the vertical pinnate ridge. The upright row had no lower surface but both sides had glossy epithelium similar to that of the upper face of the normal frond....The plant was given to Mr Barnes, a very successful grower of Blechnums, to look after...and it became established and developed over twenty fronds of some three inches in length...Unfortunately, ...the plant was divided with a knife, the result being that one of the pieces perished entirely while the other was all but killed....lt never became robust...and eventually died without progeny more than thirty years after its discovery.” Dr Stansfield laments its passing as a great disaster to the fern world, more than the loss of many more beautiful plants, even though its decorative value was very small. Unfortunately, no frond, photograph or drawing of the fern exists. | hope this paper will stir up enough interest in this neglected species to encourage hunting for varieties and to grow and experiment with them in the hope of recovering some of the past losses. | think the great trouble with this fern has been overlooking the fact that lime is a positive poison for it. | admit | have been at fault in this respect by using hard London tap water, but my ground dries out so much in the summer - particularly in the two past summers - that | can never get enough rainwater for watering purposes. To succeed with Blechnums a moist, open, loamy and leafy soil, free of lime, is needed. It is somewhat of a bog lover, growing largest in moist shady conditions with water available below for its roots to tap. SHORTER NOTE From the Spore Exchange Organiser: | am hoping to build up a file of information about the ferns usually offered on the _ Spore list and would like to hear from members on two points in particular. | am interested to discover whether there are ferns which people have tried to grow repeatedly from spores without succcessful germination. Also | would like to hear from members who are growing outside many of the foreign hardy or near hardy species which are now more widely available, particularly which species have survived unscathed in the recent cold weather and those that have succumbed. Correspondence about this or other matters concerning the Spore Exchange should be sent to me at 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge 1AE. MARGARET NIMMO-SMITH 62 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) EQUISETUM FUNGICIDES? R.N. TIMM, Castle Villa, Church Lane, Minting, Nr. Horncastle, Lincolnshire LN9 5RR The traditional use for Equisetum in polishing and cl ing is probably familiar to everyone; however, in Plants a Plenty by C Osgood Foster, an American book which gives a slightly ‘off beat’ introduction to the propagation of plants, | found a paragraph on sowing seeds, which seems to refer to a natural fungicide or sterlizing agent - Keep the workbench and containers clean, too, by using a 1% solution of clorox. Or you ight want to try an Equiset luti his can be prepared by combining 1 cup of Equisetum weed - known as horsetail - with 1 cup of water in your blender. Then blend on medium speed for a minute or so. If you have the weed itself, it might help to bury pieces of it in the soil. Though it seems, from this paragraph, that this is a familiar and perhaps traditional practice in America and, from subsequent lines, that the solution may be commercially available, few other horticultural books appear to have anything to say about this use of Equisetum. In a book on folklore, however, | found this one short line - Mildew - scatter dried marestail on the ground round plants likely to be affected. Neither of these give any clue to the origins of this idea, or to which species or species to use. The former does state that it grows in ‘sandy places’ - could this be E.arvense? Scattering dried material on the ground beneath a plant would seem a doubtful way of preventing mildew unless the active component is extremely potent! Equisetum, being a genus with a long evolutionary history, however, may have evolved a biocide for its own protection, powerful enough for use in disinfection. Alternatively, could this simply be an idea which has arisen out of confusion over the use of Equisetum in scouring? Several other B.P.S. members | asked said that they had no knowledge of the subject therefore, there could be a great deal of interest, if anyone familiar with the facts could provide more information. SHORTER NOTE WHAT'S IN A NAME? Common names for plants are a fascinating study. They tell us so much about pres folklore, medicine and country practices. Yet they are disappearing fast In this vite ‘standardisation’. As new species appear in our flora new ‘common’ names at ype sometimes translations of the foreign name, sometimes descriptive, sometimes not poe the earliest British Floras English names were given, e.g. Hudson's Flora plo hem and Withering’s Systematic Arrangement of British Plants (1776) and most of t most descriptive. The danger with a national list (like English Names 0 jatter Dony et al. 1974, 1986) is that those interesting regional names get host. ue hens also introduced a way of signifying a ‘generic’ common name by introducing wise which play mockery of the English language. | am keen to collect local names tor © Als ferns (and allies) - in English, Welsh, Gaelic, Urse, Doric or any other language oF postin And if you have interesting stories about old uses for these plants, please let me about those too. AC. JERMY Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 63 MY FILMY-FERN HOUSE CHRISTOPHER J. GOUDEY, R.M.B., 1175 Cozens Road, Lara, Victoria, 3212, Australia An Introduction to Leptopteris About sixteen years ago, | was shown a plant of a Leptopteris sp from Mt. Bartle Frere, North Queensland” in cultivation at Montrose, Victoria (see fig 3, rear). It belonged to David Jones (well-known author). To me, it was the most beautiful fern | had ever seen. David had a spare plant and it was not long before | managed to relieve him of it and set it up in a large terrarium in my glasshouse. | have still got the same plant to this day, although considerably larger. | soon learned that there were two more species in New Zealand, Leptopteris superba and L. hymenophylloides, so in March of 1975, my wife and | set off for a holiday to New Zealand. We returned home with many ferns including the two Leptopteris spp. They suffered a severe setback whilst in quarantine, but they survived and in a few years grew to become quite large. It was not long before | had acquired a pliant of L. fraseri from the Blue Mountains (Fig. 3 opp. p.64), west of Sydney and L. moore from Lord Howe Isiand (Fig. 1 opp. p.64). In 1978, we moved from Werribee to a five acre property at Lara near Geelong, Victoria. The Leptopteris spp were all transported to Lara in large plastic bags and set-up again in terrariums under a skylight in a large shed. We built several large glasshouses and commenced growing ferns commercially. The Leptopteris soon outgrew their terrariums, so | set aside an area in one of the glasshouses for them. | built a wooden frame approximately 18ft long (5.4m) by 4ft wide (1.2m) and 4ft high (1.2m), with a lift-up lid. | covered the polybox as | called it, inside and out, with clear polythene. | had a raised soil bed in the base, into which | planted the Leptopteris spp. They flourished in their new environment and were soon out-growing their polybox. The Remaining Species | collected L. wilkesiana (Fig. 2 opp. p.64) in Fiji in 1982 and again in 1989 in New Caledonia. My first plant of L. x intermedia came from lolanthe Small from Pukekura Park at New Plymouth, New Zealand, and in 1988, | travelled to Papua New Guinea to seek out the two remaining species, L. alpina from Papua New Guinea and L. /axa from Bougainville Island. | was very fortunate to obtain the latter as, shortly after, the unrest started at the island’s copper mine. Amongst the other filmy-ferns | grow, my next favourite would have to be Trichomanes (Cardiomanes) reniforme. Establishing the Filmy-Fern House (Fig. 4 opp. p.65) For many years, | had been planning the construction of a filmy-fern house. | wrote to the curators of the filmy-fern houses, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew and the Huntington Botanic Gardens, San Marino, California for any information they could give me. | commenced building in January, 1988. The house was to be 32ft long (9.6m) by 16ft wide (4.8m) and the walls were constructed of concrete blocks 8 inches thick (20cm). The roof was covered with alternate sheets of corrugated fibreglass and corrugated iron. The iron was used to help cut the light back. The entrance was through an airlock. The ceiling was lined with ultra-violet inhibited polythene, to give a double-glazing effect. The soil beds are all raised and the run-off is drained into a pit which is pumped out automatically onto the garden outside. Two spinning disc humidifiers were installed, . Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) drawing in only tank water, and two small fans circulate the air in the house. A small quantity of fresh air is drawn through a system of pipes and introduced at floor level, and a exhaust fan draws out the stale air at the other end of the house. All this sounded good, but | had many problems the first year. The hot summer sun heated the north wall and the inside temperature was getting too high. The humidistat was not functioning accurately. | like to keep the humidity above 80% at all times. Eventually | had to house the humidistat in a cylinder into which a small low voltage fan had been mounted. The fan keeps a constant flow of air moving across the humidistat to keep it dry. Before | used the fan the moisture in the air was condensing on the humidistat, causing me no end of problems. With the sensing element wet, it would shut the humidifiers down until it dried out. By this time, the humidity in the house was becoming dangerously low. | shaded the north wail in the second summer and this helped to keep the temperature down. | also had problems with pockets of stale air in the house. Many of the ferns had a grey mould growing on them and some of them were growing deformed. | installed an evaporative cooler this year, which automatically switches on in the morning and off in the evening. | have had no fungal problems since. The walls are sprayed automatically for three minutes and the soil beds are watered for ten minutes every second day. The watering jets have been inverted so that they spray onto the soil and not the foliage. | have found that if the fronds of Leptopteris Spp are wet too often they turn black. Hybridising Leptopteris spp In 1985, | began experimenting with the hybridisation of Leptopteris spp. | had already successfully developed a few Asplenium hybrids and was anxious to try my hand with Leptopteris. My method is simple and it worked. | sowed the two species together in anticipation that the spores of one species might be fertilised by those of the other species, whic worked in most cases. | successfully crossed the following species - L. superba x hymenophylloides L. superba x fraseri(see Fig. 2 opp.) L. superba x moorei L. superba x sp Mt. Bartle Frere, North Queensland” L. moorei x hymenophylloides Dr Patrick Brownsey of the National Museum of New Zealand sent me a pied ee paper on ‘A Biosystematic Study of a Wild Population of Leptopteris Hybrids 'n ne Zealand’, New Zealand Journal of Botany 1981, Vol 19, and | was fascinated to we : that L. x intermedia (L. superba x hymenophylioides) produced good viele — the plant was large and fertile, so | collected spore and sowed it and to my surprise end result was many hundreds of L. x intermedia. i ; if an This year, | am going to collect the spore from some of my earlier hybrids and if of them produce viable spore | will attempt to cross them back with L. superba knows what | may end up with? " ; nistS The Leptopteris sp. from Mt. Bartle Frere in North Queensland is regarded by eon by as just an isolated population of L. fraseri, but | have grown the two species side for many years and | feel that they are quite different. 2 (1991) , Pteridologist 2 od, i. ol ae - ‘a1944 ajieg IW wo 'd: 4€ 6 14 y6u) euersayyim siuaidojida7 pue (ay ) € 64 $ X l4aSe1j Si1ajdojda7 Z ae ‘1a100w! ssaydoide7 16 4 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) Fig. 4 The filmy-fern hou mounted above the roof Se showing the double-glazed window and outer door. The pipe frame IS used in summer for shade cloth, although it is not being used this year. Asplenium trichomanes (Incisum group) ‘Greenfield’ Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 65 ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES (INCISUM GROUP) ‘GREENFIELD’ MARTIN RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops SY8 2HP. | am endebted to Reginald Kaye for sending me the photograph of this superb little fern and for allowing me to publish it here (See Photo opp.). This is surely the most attractive cultivar of Asplenium trichomanes still in cultivation. Indeed, we have Reginaid Kaye to thank for the fact that it is still with us. It was found by Percy Greenfield in 1960 on the Society's annual excursion. It was growing on a roadside wall among a large colony of normal forms of Asplenium trichomanes near the village of Crowcombe in the Quantock Hills in Somerset (Dyce, 1961). As a keen variety hunter, | can easily imagine the thrill Percy Greenfield must have experienced on that September day thirty one years ago. Jimmy Dyce was present and had they been walking in a different order this charming little fern might now be called ‘Dyce’! The fern had two crowns and one was given to Jimmy Dyce. Later, this one died but Greenfield's flourished. However, some years later the two members concerned decided to pass on the surviving crown to Reginald Kaye at Silverdale. They felt strongly that it had a better chance of survival in the Silverdale nursery’s natural limestone pavement with its soft north Lancashire climate. Time has proved that this decision was correct. It is, perhaps, relevant to add that ‘Incisums’ have proved difficult in cultivation. Indeed, many years earlier Reg had already lost a fine ‘Incisum’ when he split a well grown plant from the Barnes collection into about 20 crowns only to see all the divisions die! As he observed more recently he has no plans to split the Greenfield plant! (Kaye, 1968). Asplenium trichomanes (incisum group) ‘Greenfield’ is an example of the true plumosum form of Asplenium trichomanes, the pinnae are deeply and finely cut and the plant is completely sterile, quite unlike the coarser and quite common ‘Incisum Moule’. Greenfield's is the most recent of several similar plumose finds: ‘Incisum’ - in Jersey by Sherard? in British Herbal 1743 (Druery, 1910). ‘Claphamii’ - found at Smeerset, near Settle in 1859 (Lowe, 1890). ‘Incisum’ - found in Westmorland by Mr Wollaston in 1870 (Druery, 1910). ‘Incisum’ - found near Burnley by Mr S Gibson (Lowe, 18 ‘Incisum’ - found in Borrowdale by Miss Wright (Lowe, 1890). ‘Inciso-crispatum Clementii’ - found in a mason’s yard in Lancashire, apparently the best find of all. (Druery 1910). So often choice: plumose forms of our smaller British ferns heve disappeared from gia It; cultivation, b will deliver as renewed hunting of the treasures that are surely still growing J undetected. References: DRUERY, CT pees British Ferns and their Varieties, London. DYCE, J W(1961). The British ion 1960, The British Fern Gazette, KAYE, R (1968). Hardy Fer. LOWE, E J (1890). British prose London. 66 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) REPLY FROM CORNWALL - WINNER OF THE COMPETITION SET IN 1989 BY C R FRASER-JENKINS in ‘LETTER FROM HAWAII’ BRIDGET GRAHAM, Polpey, Par, Cornwall, PL24 2TW One possible solution occurs to me that would resolve Mr Fraser-Jenkins’ problem concerning the distribution of Dryopteris aemula and its surprising occurrence in Hawaii. It is based partly on information and partly on speculation. } ee ai arcal Although the author does not believe in “random and especially world p p for any but, perhaps, a handful of tropical adventives”, it could be the answer in this case, depending on what you mean by “random”. One of the earliest records of migrating birds is that of Colymbus pedviridus, the Green- footed Poker Bird, which existed some time in the Cretaceous Period, possibly before the North American continent began to split apart from Europe. Remains of this ancient bird have been found in China, Patagonia and on several Pacific islands, including Hawaii. One or two bones of the bird have recently been identified in Central America, but the incontrovertible evidence of its characteristic beak, discovered on several of the Isles of Scilly, proves that the Poker Bird was there in great numbers, where it is also significant that Dryopteris aemula is still plentiful. Whether Colymbus pedviridus was forced to make long migratory flights by reason of the ever widening gap between the continents, the subsequent rising of the levels of the oceans and the submerging of the range we now know as the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, must remain a matter for conjecture. But the flight path of the bird would appear to have followed the equatorial counter current, turning east at Panama and then joining the course of the Gulf Stream as it crossed the Atlantic. There is little doubt that the bird would have rested on islands which have since disappeared under water. The bird was a wader with a highly developed sense of smell. The name derives not only from the green webbed feet but also from the peculiar bill. This was used Tor stabbing the foreshore in search of food and later, forced by a rising tide-mark, ios Poking in the humus of woodland and scrub, not only to extract food but also to bury it. This changing habit forced a bird of the foreshore to adapt to an inshore owen It became fully adapted to prodding for food in the undergrowth. The olfactory ipeee located at the base of the bill, enabled the bird to return and collect the meal at a later date. This was a very necessary skill to develop in view of the great energy a to make its long flights, especially as the bird was not fully evolved to its nad potential. There is ample proof, from the analysis of its fossilised stomach oe that the Hay Scented Fern was most attractive to the Poker Bird. Possibly it was attra po by the smell, or the scales, or by the spores which had an irresistible flavour. yep Mt the scent of hay would have made it easier to detect underground. The fern coul : i have been used to line the nests which, it is thought, were large and untidy, bul a ground-level within sight of the sea. In any event one can be sure that spores of ee would have adhered to the bill, feet and even feathers of the bird and could se i been transported across the waters, even to our own shores. The bird's summer lL was discovered to be on Lyonesse, the lost land between the Isles of Scilly and ai Bs By all accounts this was a paradise on earth with a gentle climate that was an ad habitat for vegetation of all kinds. Botanical investigation has shown that the port ee pteriodophyte was D.aemula, beating Bracken at its own game. A mere 10, aa ago, as the result of tectonic action between Atlantis and Eldorado, the land of ag ooded was drowned by enormous tides, and the fertile fields of waving fronds were and swept away. ; ‘eved fossils Now we come to the most crucial evidence. Over the last decade, divers retriev Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 67 of ferns between the layers of slate, for which Cornwall is famous. Furthermore, there are impressions of fronds embedded in strata of serpentine rock. These have been reliably identified as D.aemula. | have little doubt that were Mr Fraser-Jenkins to see the collection of fossil sporangia preserved in the Museum of Relics of Lyonesse which is on St Marys, the curator would be delighted for him to examine them under a microscope. He would then see that they are indeed exindusiate as are those in Hawaii. Minor differences between the varieties of the fern may be accounted for by geographical, climatic and ethnicarian influences (as Darwin proved). Plus ¢a change, plus c’est la méme chose. (Don't take this too seriously! Ed.) BOOK REVIEW FARNE IN NATUR UND GARTEN EIN NACHSCHLAGEWERK DER ARTEN by Helmuth Schmick, pp.324, about 114 full page line drawings and numerous other smaller figures, 22 x 31 cm. Text in German. Privately published by the author, 1990. Available from the author at: lm Grund 6, D-2056 Glinde, Germany. Price 99 DM including postage. It is oo pleasing to see this substantial book published in a country where books fern growing have been few. The author has been a member of our Society for many years wie contributed to the Bulletin in 1981. In general format the book is reminiscent of The Gardener's Fern Book by F G Foster. Each species is allocated a double page spread, with an illustration opposite copious notes including a description, details of garden merit and wild distribution. The illustrations are the key to the book, all drawn by the author in a most attractive style. For the most part they are of a very high quality and should readily enable the recognition of even the more difficult species eg. in Dryopteris. | only noticed one exception, oodsia pulchella, which would be difficult to recognise from an uncharacteristically sketchy illustration. An unusual inclusion is a series of sketches of the cross sections of the stipe of many species showing interesting differences between genera. Unfortunately, perhaps because this is a book for the gardener, there are no drawings of the sorus structure of each species. Only species and hybrids are covered by this book, cultivars are excluded. There are nevertheless many interesting taxa included. | was particularly impressed by Dryopteris formosana - one of several species to add to my wants list. Of great value to the gardener in colder regions will be the tables giving details of hardiness in central Germany as well as situation and pH preferences in the garden. | do not think the nomenclature used here is likely to prove controversial, the only questionable names to catch my eye were Phy/litis scolopendrium instead of Asplenium scolopendrium, Ceterach officinarum instead of Asplenium ceterach and Dryopteris x tavelli instead of Dryopteris x complexa Even with my rudimentary German it has been possible to extract tips on how to grow these ferns; however, for patient English speaking members the author has expressed the hope that an edition in English will be produced in the future. MARTIN RICKARD 68 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) PTERIDOLOGY IN FRANCE PAST AND PRESENT: A BRIEF SURVEY ANDRE J LABATUT, Puypezac Rosette, F-241 OO, Bergerac, France. MICHEL BOUDRIE, Les Charmettes C, 21 bis Rue Cotepet, F-63000, Clermont Ferrand, France From a geographical point of view. France occupies a choice location in Europe. The large size of the country and the variety of landscape allow for a multitude of climatic influences. The most important of these climatic factors which bear on fern growth and distribution are: - the Atlantic on the Western seaboard. - the Mediterranean on the Southern seaboard. ~ the five major mountain ranges, namely, the Alps, the Jura, the Pyrenées, the Vosges, and the Massif Central. The easternmost ranges exert a central European climatic influence which results in the occurrence of a boreal pterido-flora. Lying in the Mediterranean sea, Corsica proves to be a major element of the French flora. As a consequence of such varied environmental conditions, the presence of a large number of fern species in France has been recorded, indeed, one of the largest for a European country. Up to now (1990), 121 native species and subspecies have been listed, four of which (Asplenium jahandiezii (Fig. 1), Dryopteris ardechensis - discovered by C.R. Fraser-Jenkins in 1981 Isoetes boryana and Isoetes velata subsp. tenuissima) are endemic. Three further species (Cyrtomium fortunei, Matteuccia struthiopter's, Selaginella kraussiana), are idered lized or established, whereas the indigenous Status of Pteris vittata in SE France is still at issue. To this list must be added 49 hybrids. It has to be admitted that pteridological study in France during the 19th century was not So active as in other countries: it lagged behind research carried out in the U.K. and Germany, for example. However, as there was a general increase of interest 10 Botany everywhere, a large number of French local floras and catalogues were published by keen botanists. These publications are invaluable today but ferns in general were unfortunately poorly studied and, as a result, references remain too frequently doubtful. Yet, that period saw the publication in 1893 of the earliest of the very few books solely devoted to French ferns: Les Fougéres de France by C.de Rey-Pailhade. At the turn of the century, H.J. Coste (1858-1924), while compiling his remarkable Fi = de France which is still very much in use today, provided the basis for pteridolog systematics. 7 : in Although no major comprehensive treatise on French pteridophytes was pe the first half of this century, a large amount of regional notes on specific subjects Francaises, but his locality references, unfortunately, are not all reliable. | ferns, Tardieu-Blot Produced the second publication entirely devoted to French eae Ptéridophytes (Fougéres et Plantes Alliées). Despite these works, French fer He pods the fifties used to be relegated either to the very beginning or end of fed nsible under outlandish, obsolete names, as if they were mysterious and incompreé . Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 69 Fig. 1 - The five Asplenium species originally described from France and not native to Britain A. Asplenium foreziense Le Grand, Indre, France, leg. M. Boudrie, Jan. 1988 ahandiezii (Litard.) Rouy, Gorges du Verdon, Alpes-de-Haute-Provence, France, leg. M Boudrie, July 1985 trarchae (Guérin ) DC., Pyrénées-Orientales, a dh 80 Boudrie, April 1 D. rs fontanum (L.) Bernh., Alpes-de-Haute-Provence, France, leg. A.Labatut, “odheg 981 E. A .obovatum Viv.subsp. obovatum var. obovatum, Fader France, leg. A Pesca July 1982 70 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) plants. And then in the 1960s a new light began to dawn on French pteridology. J. Vivant, an excellent field botanist, developed a special awareness for ferns; within a very few years, he was credited with the discovery, in his area (SW France) as well as in Corsica, of several very interesting new species, such as Stegnogramma pozoi, Cystopteris diaphana, Dryopteris submontana. Most of his finds were published in the two famed French botanical journals, Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France, and Le Monde des Plantes. E. Contré, too, became more attentive to the various pteridophytes he encountered on his field trips in Central and Western France; in 1972 he corrrectly identified the hybrid A.adiantum-nigrum x A.septentrionale in central France, which was later named after him, A. x contrei. At the same time, A. Berton made a close study of Horsetails. The mid-seventies saw the arrival on the French pteridological scene of two botanists. F.Badré and R. Deschatres, both fern specialists. F.Badré, in charge of the Pteridophyte Herbarium at the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris, set up an extensive work programme with a view to publishing a flora of French ferns. He received great help in his task from D.Deschatres, one of the leading French field botanists with a sound knowledge of Corsican flora and to whom we are indebted for a number of new Species for France and Corsica, i.e. Cheilanthes hispanica and more recently Asplenium balearicum (Fig.2). F.Badré was warmly encouraged by Professor T. Reichstein of Basel who, incidentally, had introduced him to the fern world. Their combined efforts led to the publication in 1979 of an excellent updated synthesis on French pteridophytes, Les Pteridophytes de la France, liste commentée des espéces. This annotated list of all pteridophyte species, subspecies and hybrids then known in Continental France and Corsica, provides cytological and ecological data as well as general distribution for each and every taxon entered. For twelve years now this work has been the major basis for all pteridophyte research in France. No further publication on French ferns can afford to ignore this synthesis. It must also be mentioned that F.Badré, due to his thorough knowledge of fern hybrids, described in 1981 two interesting Asplenium hybrids, new to science: A. x sleepiae (Fig.2) and A. x bouharmontii. He also produced in collaboration with R.Deschatres and A. Faber Tryon, an exhaustive paper on French Cheilanthes 1n 1982. Concurrently, a number of famous foreign pteridologists, H.W.Bennert, C.R. Freee ; and Jenkins, H. & K. Rasbach, Prof. T. Reichstein, J. Schneller, who explored France i nium Corsica, published their discoveries in different foreign bulletins; for example, $i A. x x cyrnosardoum and Cheilanthes x insularis were described from Corsica W found ruscinonense was described from Southern France. Woodwardia radicans was in Northern Corsica by a German botanist, G.Shulze, in 1963. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 71 Fig. 2 - Some other Asplenium taxa from Fran . qa balearicum Shivas, Désert ion Agriates (shore zone), leg.R.Pre B. pinot x costei Litard. (A. foreziense x leg.M.Boudrie. C. oy Nae x sleepiae Badré & Boudrie (A. billotii x A. foreziense) Andabre, Hérault. May 1988, leg. M.Boudrie Haute-Corse. April 1990, A. septentrionale), Col de Madale, Hérault.May 1989, 72 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) However, the French botanist whose name occurs more and more frequently at the bottom of current pteridological publications is that of our good friend, Rémy Prelli. Introduced into the fern world by F.Badré, his passion for pteridophytes caused him to produce in 1985 a long awaited Guide des Fougeéres et Plantes Alliées. This manual (reviewed in the Pteridologist |, 3, 1986) soon proved to be indispensable for all botanists with an eye for ferns. Its main merit is a short description of all known French species accompanied by an illustration or line drawing. These line drawings pinpoint diagnostic characters which separate plants otherwise morphologically alike. It must be stressed that this handbook is the third publication solely devoted to French ferns - if one considers that Badré and Deschatres’ annotated list is more intended for the specialists. The first edition of this guide soon ran out of print and a second enlarged, revised edition has been recently published (Sept. 1990). The descriptions and determination keys for genera, species, and subspecies have been greatly improved allowing for the possible occurrenc of hybrids. Photographs have been replaced by diagnostic line drawings and photo-silhouettes. New species recently discovered have been added. Nomenclature has been up-dated. Reflecting the author's improved knowledge of French ferns, the book oi datailcor Ai Bey : io pone ey “ ep er 1 4d dictrihi ition n wv y v a PCUVUIvyy av This addition to the Study of French flora proves beyond doubt that if pteridology in France had a rather belated Start, today’s French botanists are intent on making up for lost time. Fern research and studies of all kinds thrive. Major results are published in Le Monde des Plantes, and in the excellent annual publication of the Société Botanique du Centre Quest. This very active society is considered by many to be the leader in the French botanical field today. Another proof of this renewal of interest in French pteridology was the successful one- day symposium on French pteridophytes (systematic, chorological, biological, and ecological aspects), held at Paris University on November 9th 1990. It was organised by M.Boudrie and S.Muller under the auspices of the Société Botanique de France, whose Bulletin will publish the different papers presented. Recently a collation of distributional data has been undertaken under the guidance of R.Prelli for the whole of France, with the kind help of French and foreign eee Preliminary results have led to the discovery of a large number of new localities . rare and very rare taxons, and to the re-discovery of ancient localities believed to hav disappeared, resulting in a burst of enthusiasm among all fern fans! The outcome all this will be the publication of an Atlas Ecologique des Ptéridophytes de France. And So as the foregoing amply shows, French pteridology is gathering mone It 's undoubtedly heading for promising days, as there is no denying that France s sec for woods Streambanks and mountain screes still keep in store precious ferny finds inquisitive pteridologists. References: (limited to publications strictly devoted to ferns) especes. BADRE, F & DESCHATRES, R 1979 - Les Ptéridophytes de France, liste commentée des Taxinomie, cytologie, écologie et répartition générale. Candollea 34: 379-457 PRELLI, R 1985 - Guide des Fougéres et Plantes Alliées. Ed. Lechevalier, Paris, 199 P- lier, Paris, PRELLI, R 1990 - Guide des Fougeéres et Plantes Alliées, second edition. Ed. Lechevailer, p. de REY-PAILHADE, C 1893 - Les Fougéres de France. Ed. P. Dupont, Paris, 193 P- _ TARDIEU-BLOT, M L 1954 - Ptéridophytes (Fougéres et plantes alliées). Sedes, Paris, ve. For further pteridological references, please consult the first three references given abo 105 p. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 73 PHOTOGRAPHING FERNS Part 1 (cont.). A picture is better than a thousand words C N PAGE, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh EH3 5LR The hunter and the hunted No fern oF fern- “ally © ever grows where it does to = me — of a photographer. Indeed, it they grow where they d s, under cliff overhangs, on the roof of a cave, or half-way up a tree, “especially to avoid undue media attention (I'm sure many of us know the feeling). Finding a reclusive species can be an exercise in itself which has long been an important part of pteridological cotton. But don’t get carried away in the excitement. Survival (of both the photographer and the plant) is the most important point here. | once slipped and took an unplanned tumble down 15 feet of rough cliff, cracking my camera against a boulder on the descent and landing on it at the bottom - needless to say, the camera was in better shape afterwards than | was, and turned out to be rather better insured. Thereafter, | decided on a new principle: It is always better to return with no photographs, than not to return at all. So if a plant is really inaccessible, look for another one. And if you really have to risk life and limb, do try to make a regular point of not trampling most of the other vegetation to death in the process of reaching the plant with your camera or, worse still, taking it with you as you fall. Telephoto lenses with a macro-zoom capacity can be especially useful in situations of difficult access, but more about these later Controlling (!) the environment Having found your quarry, tried about 25 different poses and finally, probably returned to the first one, the next thing to do is think. Light and wind are usually the two next considerations. The former is usually easier to control than the latter. The chief problem with light, it seems to me, is that there is usually either too much or too little of it. My best advice is to wait for a day when the light is good and bright but lightly overcast by high cirrus clouds, and thus diffused. Light thus coming from all directions is excellent for ferns, right down to quite misty conditions and exposures of half a minute or more, and it would be difficult to stress too much the importance of getting this right. Using a tripod and, providing that there is no wind (a soft, bright, early morning is often best), you can stop down well (to increase depth of field), and compensate for this with a slow shutter speed. | usually stop-down as far as possible, and then make my exposure as long as practical. If using colour film, photographs taken under such conditions also have the advantage of better colour saturation, which | prefer and which can be particularly useful if the result is to be reproduced. ify vait for better natural d people can’ t), then | recommend ph pata herd light with a very technical piece of equipment called a ladies’ umbrella (‘ladies’ because they come in a range of pale colours [the umbrellas, not the ladies}, while gents ones, for reasons I’ve never thoroughly understood, seem to come only in exciting Shades of black). Le this wo hoo work only when there is no wind. If light ctors, carefully positioned, can be additionally is W 1ostly f Wit useful. Bright, undiff be effective though. But to use it well, | recommend breaking all se rules and shooting three-quarters into it, as | find that a wholly backlit fern frond, set against a dark ground, can show details such as sori beneath a frond particularly well, although exposures here can be tricky. Bracketing the exposure helps, 74 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) and filters can also be valuable. Filters will, of course, themselves further modify the exposure (usually with a loss of 1 or 2 stops), but | will deal with them later. | usually prefer to use natural light, however modified, for fern photography, rather than to use a flash gun as a light source in the field. For the use of flash raises problems of differential exposure of nearer and more distant parts of the same specimen, as well as tending to flatten the form of a fern even in a successfully exposed photograph (especially if the flash gun is mounted on the camera). My main use of flash has been as a fill-in light source in whole-tree conifer photography - but that is a subject which has an order of magnitude of difference from photographing ferns. Wind, as you will gather, is the fern photographer's particular delight. Even the gentlest of breezes makes the tips of many fronds quiver in most undisciplined fashion, and if you wait long enough, it can have much the same effect on the photographer too. Wind is less easy to control than light. If the day is even moderately windy (ie. above about wind force 0.001), it is usually better to come back on another day. If the wind is already gentle, but needs that extra bit of stilling to dampen it a little further, | usually fall back on my umbrella again (which is why it looks so tatty). The personal touch At this stage, some people have uncontrollable urges to ‘garden’ their subjects (ie. tidy them up a bit, as if preparing a display of cauliflowers for the county show). Others Say that this is cheating, and that the debris surrounding the plant is all part of the natural scene and should be left. Personally, | steer a course of moderation here, usually preferring to remove the odd decaying bicycle wheel and cola can from the picture (the latter usually to be found in the most remote corners of tropical forests) and anything else that looks offensive or intrusive. Amongst the latter, | number especially grasses (I hope there are no grass-lovers reading this). Grass blades are wearisome things. They turn-up everywhere. They turn annoyingly pale out-of-season, last forever, and usually cut diagonally across the frame Lag nf carefully lined up (which the eye will then follow). They can become especially conspicuous in black and white work, when they appear nearly white against darker backgrounds. | carry a special pair of anti-grass scissors for trimming them away (never pull i: as half the landscape will usually follow). By comparison, fallen leaves do not usually matter (providing you can see the plant for them), for they are usually part of the scene. At this stage | usually add a scale of some sort into the picture - a relfex action eon resulting from my scientific training. | personally dislike seeing endless shots of pe Caps or coins (all of which vary in size anyway). | am, however, happy with a yee placed hand lens, a pencil or penknife (more standard sizes). Some people think ! : Sacrilege to use any scale at all, but scientifically, it provides a valuable Oe Particularly for unexpectedly small or large subjects. And when you are finish ae not to forget, as | do, to pick it up again. For, to me, this has not become bs gore reaction, and in many places, from Britain to the tropics, there are ferns growing hand lenses carefully posed beside them still. Travelling solo raphy, Some things are best done in teams (though I’ve personally yet to find one). £ hotog setting however, | find is a very personal business. Every photograph takes time - time in Ait up or dismantling your tripod, adding or taking-off filters, setting up reflectors iat pies choosing the perfect angle, setting focus and exposure, and waiting for ie ane when at ing entarily stops. Then, of course, there is the repeat pe! that you because, at that perfect moment when you pressed the shutter, you sera ain. had forgotten to wind on after the last shot, and so the whole process begins 29 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 5 So allow yourself plenty of time. Have patience (quite a lot of it). Don't try to hurry. And finally, if you have a good friend to go walking and exploring with, my advice is to go alone, for unless your friend is also very patient, you will one day look round and find that he or she has also taken to working solo instead. (To be continued. Subsequent sections will cover composition, exposure, filters, choice of films, equipment, printing and reproduction). CAVING WITH A FEMININE TOUCH RAY WOODS, NCC, The Gwalia, Ithon Road, Llandrindod Wells, Powys, LD1 6AA Worming your way down mud filled crevices between razor-sharp limestone blocks is not my idea of fun. To the caver it is one of the most promising ways of discovering new caves. Unfortunately, often after weeks of digging, the bedding planes may narrow and most “digs” end in disappointment. It’s often difficult to decide out of many possible sites which is the most likely to “go” or lead into a substantial cave passage. A strong draught, typically into rock crevices on the upper hill slopes in the summer and out in the winter is recognised as a good sign of a cave below. At a time when photographs from the edge of the solar system are commonplace and the whole of the electromagnetic spectrum can be used to probe into the structure of things, it comes as a bit of a shock to discover there does not seem to any sort of a gadget practically capable of detecting cave systems. Could there be any biological indicators of hidden cave passage, | was asked by the cavers? Having watched for over a decade the almost entirely futile scrabbling, digging and dynamiting that had gone on in the search for new caves across Ogof Ffynnon Ddu National Nature Reserve and the adjacent areas of limestone at the head of the Swansea Valley in Brecknock, | hadn't the heart to say no. The whole area is so full of depressions and sinks there just has to be more cave there. To add insult, a huge hole suddenly opened up outside one of the caving club cottages recently. Ten yards to one side and it would have swallowed the cottage. So | found myself having to present a paper to assembled cavers on a “brainstorming day” designed t up with new ideas for locating s. |lappeared on the programme, | think, between the impulse radar man and the dowsers. Cabaret was provided by the satellite image man. Like on a TV talent show the audience picked the most promising act and the Lady Fern won an overwhelming vote. She was, | suppose, my only hope. Pursuing hibernating moths, counting stomata on rock cress leaves and the search for obscure frost sensitive liverworts clearly had not impressed. But the possibility that heaven in the shape of a monstrous cave system might lie behind an apparently feminine fern-fringed crevice had to be investigated. Out with the cavers back on the hill it certainly began to look quite exciting. Ferns were very limited in their distribution. Sink holes associated with known caves were rich in ferns. As the air sank into them on a mild summer's day moisture condensed in the bedding planes and kept the adjacent soil damp - an ideal situation for prothalli. Lady Fern seems to be fairly frost sensitive. In the 2nd week of June recent frost damage was evident on many fronds. Did warm air venting out of the caves in the winter assist the growth of sporelings? Buckler Fern seemed to replace Lady Fern on the gritstone cliffs nearby. Moving away from known cave systems a search of holes with and without Lady Ferns certainly made the cavers rethink their views on potential sites for digs and some new draughting holes were found. Perhaps the first cave discovered by the Lady Fern test might be called Ogof Athyrium. 716 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) FERN HUNTING JW DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT About the middle of the 19th century the Victorians discovered ferns and the beautiful variations produced by some of our British species, particularly the Soft Shield Fern (Polystichum setiferum) and the Lady Fern (Athyrium filix-femina), which could be found in the wild by the diligent hunter. Thus began the ‘Victorian Fern Craze” which lasted into the opening years of the present century when it began to decline, and the First ‘World War effectively finished it off. In its heyday it became a mania and enthusiasts combed the ferny parts of the country for variations, all of which, no matter how minor, nondescript or ragged, were eagerly collected and named. Most of them were fitted only for the rubbish heap, and in the course of time that is where they probably finished up, but among the finds in lanes, woods and on mountain sides were some with regular and beautifully divided fronds, and our garden varieties today are the descendants of those plants. Some are divisions from the actual original finds which still exist, in many cases over 100 years old. For some reason, which we cannot satisfactorily explain, the best fern varieties seemed to be concentrated in only a very few areas in the country. Some people try to account for this by saying that these regions were more intensively hunted, but | do not think this is the reason, for during the height of the Craze hunters were eagerly exploring, throughout the whole land, every nook and cranny where ferns were to be found growing, and although some of the best of the well-known varieties originated outside the epicentres, they were very few compared with the numbers collected in the two main centres, the West Country and the Lake District. A possible explanation is the abundance of the variety-producing species in these areas - for instance, the West Country is the chief centre of the Soft Shield Fern in Britain, and most of the good varieties of this species originate there, while the same applies to the Lady Fern, to a large extent in the Lake District. Both areas had many resident collectors whose names eine prominent in the fern world, and their memories are perpetuated in the names of severa of our best garden plants. Best-known of the on-the-spot West Country fern men were Dr E F Fox, Col A M Jones, J Moly and Dr J S Wills, with E J Lowe not far pee in Monmouthshire. Others further afield who made this centre their happy hunting groun were C T Druery, Dr F W Stansfield and G B Wollaston. Moly is credited with vt! 600 varietal finds but, in common with so many of the ferns collected in those — the large majority of them must have been very ordinary, and many more so very er that it would take a lot of imagination to tell them apart. In the North, R Whites” G Whitwell, J Wiper and members of the Bolton family (now famed as specialist ee! or Sweetpeas, and still possessing the Bolton fern collection) were a few of the i ; Bone : those active, hunting the dee j i Lake District. And it was © g Pp valleys and high hills of the Lake Nore British For a period of about 50 years fern varieties became some of the most important aa plants and the demand for them was reflected in the growth of the many pei? inn nurseries scattered throughout the country. The foremost were Stansfield of T loguess and Sale in the north of England, Birkenhead of Sale and May of London. Their — is assuming book proportions, remain treasured possessions in the hands of so ware men today, and contain the most remarkable and comprehensive lists of pact! illustrated by excellent line drawings. Some of the plants were priced at psn a very large sum in those days. Other well-known nurseries were Askew © Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 77 in the Lake District, Perry of Enfield in Middlesex, Sim of Foots Cray in Kent and Taylor of Bracknell in Berkshire. Alas! they have all gone and now we are left with only one really preh ive fern variety specialist nursery in the whole country, that of Reginald Kaye of Silverdale in Lancashire. It is pleasing to add that, with the revival of interest in fern growing, other nurseries are again specialising in ferns, chiefly Fibrex Nurseries by Judith | Jones, an enthusiastic grower of our British fern varieties. The craze for collecting ferns in Victorian times led to the disappearance from the wild in many parts of the country of many of our rarer and uncommon species. Even normal species plants were collected and sold in the markets and from street barrows in our large towns by the “spivs’” of the day who invaded ferny areas and dug up every fern they found. The beautiful Royal Fern (Osmunda regalis), in particular, suffered greatly and has now disappeared completely, or become very rare, in many of its old haunts where at one time it was common. The Killarney Fern (Trich peci J is another example which, because of publicity giving exact locations of its habitats, has vanished from practically all of them. Today, there are only about five or six known colonies of this very beautiful fern in our country, and those of us who know where they are keep silent or mention localities only in the very vaguest of terms. Of course, the more common species in their favourable habitats are as indestructible as the weeds in our gardens, and their removal by the fern-vendors only left room for others to grow and replace them. This is particularly applicable to the Soft Shield Fern in its chief centre in the West Country where it is cut back ruthlessly in the lanes by the hedge-cutters every year and dug up to clear the ditches, but this has in no way reduced the abundance of the species in that part of the country. In other areas the Lady Fern is equally abundant and resistant to the onslaughts made on it to keep it in its place, and this also applies to most of the larger-growing members of the Dryopteris genus in certain areas. The dominant ground cover in many Forestry Commission fully-grown and more open forest is composed of vigorous Lady Ferns and various Male Ferns, and when the trees are eventually cut down and dragged from the sites the fern population is virtually destroyed, but such is the resilience of these plants that in a year or two, with tree competition removed, they are more profuse on the ground than before. However, this does not mean that we can go into the ferny districts and dig up the plants with impunity. Nowadays we are conservation-minded, and laws against the removal of plants from the countryside are strict and well enforced, and are likely to become more so in the future. While the removal of the odd common fern cannot upset the survival chances of the species, there are many ferns in Britain which are far from common and the removal of even one plant from a colony of such ferns can have a detrimental effect on the strength of the colony to survive. | cannot stress this strongly enough. Besides, very few of our rare species are decorative garden plants, and the fact that they have a struggle to continue living in the wild demonstrates convincingly that only the very skilled and knowledgeable plantsman is likely to have any success with them in cultivation. Leave such plants well alone - you will be most unlikley to keep them alive and are only helping to hasten the day when they will become extinct. If you really think you can succeed with some of our rarest and most difficult ferns, grow them from spores. Provided the plants in a wild colony are flourishing and healthy with full complements of fertile fronds, the removal of one tiny pinnule containing ripe spores will do no harm and will be more than enough to provide you and all your fern friends with as many plants as you can find room for. BUT, it is forbidden to collect even this small part of our rarest ferns, and | have to insist that this ruling must be respected. When it comes to fern varieties the situation is very different. Varieties are not species, 78 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) they are what botanists call ‘‘monstrosities’’, although not in the same rather contemptible way that you and | would use the word! Very rarely, where a certain variety is found inthe wild, willth b th ne plant, and for this reason th tionists, rather muddled in their thinking, who insist that such plants should not be touched ut left where they are. Variant forms are mutations and as such, speaking generally, are weaker in constitution than normal forms and less likely to survive in competition with them. Also, as genetic mutants, they may not only have changed their form but also their sensitivity to their surroundings. In favourable circumstances in the wild they may survive - and even flourish - for a time, but inevitably in the end, by one means or another, they will be destroyed. | can instance many examples known to me of the fate of good varieties which were not collected - a wall or hedge has been removed, a site has been churned up by tractors or animals, a rock face has been blasted, a fire has swept the area or a quarry has been filled in, - and a beautiful fern variety has been lost for ever. Even if such catastrophies pass them by, they will eventually, in the end, be choked out by the more vigorous growth of their own kind or by other plants. Being unique forms they have no brethern near by - or anywhere else : to support them and ensure their survival. It is noticeable that the spores of wild varieties, even when fully viable, rarely seem to achieve any success in the wild. The rare species, on the other hand, is unlikely to exist as just one individual in the habitat, and their Spores do germinate and grow on in suitable places to keep the species going. If on plant is lost there are others to continue the fight for survival, unless the habitat IS changing to the detriment of that species, a circumstance to which, | think, insufficient consideration is given, in which case its eventual disappearance is a foregone conclusion. There is only one way to conserve fern varieties - get them out of the wild as quickly as possible and into the protective conditions of the garden where they can grow and flourish, freed from the strains of competitive struggle. There they can be propagated, both by spores and by vegetative division, to become not just one vulnerable plant 'n precarious conditions, but a large number spread around in many gardens with a — future. This is how the fern treasures in our gardens have been obtained and althoug it may be unnecessary to go out into the countryside for our ferns nowadays a there are enough in cultivation to supply all our propagation needs, nevertheless t = occasional excellent variety may be found by the diligent searcher - and It could a new unique variety - and it should be conserved in the only way which can conserve it - get it into a garden quickly. | shall conclude with the names of a few of our best-known unique fern wae = existing, which originated in the wild as single plants and have never been pate second time. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Clarissima Jones’ was found in 1868 in Nowe wie A.f-f. ‘Frizelliae’ in 1857 in Co. Wicklow, A.f-f. ‘Victoriae’ in 1861 in Sin Gymnocarpium dryopteris ‘Plumosum’ about 1910 in the Lake District, ne st setiferum ‘Plumosum Bevis’ in 1876 in Dorset and Osmunda regalis _ i purchased by a London nursery from a street vendor as a dormant crown who in the 1860s/70s. (It was later spotted growing in the nursery by GB woe but made an offer of £25 for it but was refused!). Not only these plants themse ane: their progeny have contributed greatly to the enrichment of our gardens. big in unique finds, and it is possible that other equally unique fern varieties pee the wild awaiting discovery, hidden away from seeing eyes i qui : For this reason alone, conscientious variety hunting in the ferny parts can still be fully justified. of the country Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) ‘g/m NATURAL CHOICE TO LAND AND OFS | ts. is AIF | ee Organic Based Fertilisers Humber Fertilisers Ltd, PO Box 27, Stoneferry, HULL HU8 8DQ Telephone: (0482) 20458. Fax: (0482) 212825 80 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) SHORTER NOTE Collectors Corner - Nature Printed Plates of a different kind | am sure that there are many of us whose interests in ferns spread ever widely away from the plants themselves. This can lead to a passion for collecting ‘ferny’ bits and pieces with almost as much enthusiasm as was given to the botany or horticulture that attracted us to ferns in the first place. The Victorian craze for ferns gives great scope for collectors for it was clearly reflected in the range of china, glass and cutlery that was decorated with their and our favourite plants. Most of the ferns portrayed on china were either transfers or individual paintings, but at least one firm sold ‘nature printed’ plates. H. Adams and Company of Longton in 1870 used living fern fronds to impress the moulds from which the plates were made. The ferns are therefore elevated with their veins and Sori clearly visible in relief, making the species themselves very easily identified. There were at least eight different plates and they were made in cream or pale blue china with the ferns over-painted in very bright colours. They are the most striking and indeed attractive pieces of ‘ferny’ Victoriana | have ever seen. Beware, for if you see them you will almost certainly want to buy them. BARRY A THOMAS BOOK REVIEW FLORA OF THE EAST RIDING OF YORKSHIRE by Eva Crackles. Pp. xii, 271, ye maps, 4 overlays. 1990. Hull University/Humberside County Council. Price .00 We are in the age of recording and there is a great desire now to see what changes the havocs of man are reeking on our countryside and flora. Some surveys are short, and give quick guides to the state of the local flora. Others are more substantial, pe stimulated initially by the BSBI Maps Distribution Scheme, and painstakingly pursu over many years. The book under review is one such project, culminating in forty year® of intensive study by the senior botanist for many years of the East Riding, Eva Crackles. The Flora follows the familiar pattern of local floras with the earlier part of 59 wees being an introduction to the area - its soils, geology, habitats, former botanists (2 P ; | always find fascinating) and conservation. In the account of the flora detailed pean are given with dates and observer or reference. This book has been well edited e the press but | am glad to see Eva Crackles acute field observations being quoted 7 full. She often has gems to offer about the niche and behaviour of plants that other do not see. Furthermore she is just as keen on ferns as the flowering plants. ’ ubt The author has thrown out a number of challenges to re-find extinct species. | do the reason for the disappearance of Lycopodiella inundata, for instance, 'S epg pe has Dryopteris cristata or Phegopteris really disappeared altogether? D. affinis IS se given as the aggregate which is excusable, but it is not excusable to map Popes vulgare only in the wide sense. The problem with a project that has indeed yess life’s work is that the time scale becomes blurred. For Eva Crackles the lg of Pilularia at Skipwith Common in 1964 is recent enough but that is over 25 ce ago. The plant was known to be there in 1987, and | am sure still is, but oe na of 1990 does not tell me that. There is, therefore, much work yet to be pete sollect East Riding as far as ferns are concerned, and the BPS could help. For those that ¢ county Floras, this is certainly a nice one to have. A.C. JERMY Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) ell ies, 4 * spe (tnennanen=~smnnn en Plates manufactured by H. Adams & Co. Figure 2 - Male fern frond Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 81 SHORTER NOTE Fern corbels in church Corbels, roof bosses, and pillar capitals in mediaeval churches were commonly carved with representations of foliage. Fruit and flowers ti included. A combination of oak leaves and acorns, for instance, is often to be seen. Though the kind of plant depicted is generally recognisable, it is often despite the most detailed carving, either not certainly identifiable or apparently fictitious. Yet among the wealth of foliage decorating churches everywhere fern fronds are exceedingly rare. | never remember to have seen them except in the church which is the subject of this note. And these, | am sorry to say, were not mediaeval. St Michael’s Church at Farway, in east Devon, though Norman is origin, was altered in the 14th, 15th, 17th and 19th centuries. During the Victorian restoration in the 1870s by Sir Edmund Prideaux two stone corbels were added at the base of an arch on either side of the north aisle. The corbel on the north side of the arch shows a frond of a Harts-tongue Fern (Figure 1), and that on the south side comes closest to representing a frond of Dryopteris filix-mas or the D. affinis aggregate (Figure 2). In view of the distinctive features of fern fronds it is surprising that mediaeval sculptors were so averse to depicting them, especially as ferns must then have been a far more abundant feature of the natural vegetation than they are today. TD V SWINSCOW SHORTER NOTE Cards and Posters In our Centenary Year there will inevitably be a lot of material produced to promote ferns. Most new books published get reviewed in this Journal but cards and posters tend to be overlooked. Two or three years ago the Society started selling fern greeting cards, postcards and notelets. These are reprints of some of the famous Henry Bradbury Nature Prints and feature Polystichum lonchitis, Athyrium flexile, Thelypteris palustris and Polypodium australe ‘Cambricum’; all are of the greatest scientific accuracy. These have been well advertised on inclusions in our recent journals. This year the National Museum of Wales has produced a set of eight notelets, four featuring ferns and four featuring fungi, all painted by Dale Evans. Although paintings, aS Opposed to the above nature prints, these too are good representations of the species depicted; Phegopteris connectilis, Pteridium aquilinum, Athyrium filix-femina and Cystopteris fragilis. | am only aware of one fern poster, prepared by Dale Evans for the National Museum of Wales. It is entitled Woodland Ferns and carries paintings of complete plants of 14 different species, including the four extracted for use on the above notelets. Small detail of a further 5 species has been added, along with distribution maps for Europe. Aesthetically, it is a very pleasing item and, technically, it is clear. There are some omissions, eg. Dryopteris aemula and Dryopteris carthusiana; nevertheless, this poster will double as both attractive and informative. It is available from the National Museum of Wales, Cathays Park, Cardiff or through BPS Booksales at £2.60 each, including post and packing. MARTIN RICKARD 82 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) THE HARDY FERN FOUNDATION BREAKS GROUND SUE OLSEN, President of The Hardy Fern Foundation, 2003 128th Ave., S.E. Bellevue, WA 98005, USA As the British Pteridological Society approaches its centenary celebration a fledgling fern organization is emerging in the United States. At the suggestion of the New York Botanical Garden’s Curator of Ferns, Dr. John Mickel, a group of Pacific Northwest horticulturalists has incorporated the non-profit Hardy Fern Foundation in the State of Washington. Their goal is to establish a comprehensive collection of the world’s hardy ferns for display, testing, evaluation, public education and introduction to the gardening and horticultural communities. Ferns from nurseries and private sources as well as spore- grown rare specimens will be tested in selected environments for their different degrees of hardiness and ornamental garden value. The Foundation’s board of directors has arranged to have the primary research garden at, and in conjunction with, the Rhododendron Species Foundation Garden at the Weyerhaeuser Corporate Headquarters in Federal Way, Washington. This 25 acres facility is divided into scientifically arranged study gardens shaded by a canopy of native conifers - a most inviting setting for an understory of ferns. In addition there is a pond area for moisture loving species and a rock garden to accommodate Cheilanthes and those of the ferns with a xeric preference. The climate is rather similar to Britain’s and tt is expected that upwards of 1,000 different temperate ferns should adapt to this environment. The planting is to be laid out systematically, with deference to habitat requirements, So as to show the scientific relationships and differences amongst the species and genera. Hybrids will be planted so far as possible with one parent on either side and varieties will be grouped to show the genetic diversity of a given species. To date two initial work parties in the spring and fall of 1990 planted 333 ferns representing 101 different species, varieties and hybrids. Almost all of this material was donated by local growers and foundation members. In addition to the reference garden at the Rhododendron Species Foundation, the hap: Fern Foundation has installed a display garden at Lakewold, the Tacoma estate an public garden of Mrs. Corydon Wagner. It is the intention of this planting to demonstrate how a diversity of ferns can be used in the landscape. 42 species and varieties were Set in a sylvan entryway garden and supplement an extensive fern collection already established on the property. A small handout identifies the ferns which are divided into a native and exotic section respectively. Future plans call for expanded testing and displays at satellite garden locations. be = (Nov. 1990) the Board has received applications from seven potential sites depen ee the climatically severe (Michigan) to the benign (Florida). While the south can ha a be used to test cold tolerance, observations can certainly be made on ae ene rigors of heat. It has also been suggested that a warm climate be included in our rese ats to investigate which of the deciduous ferns can survive without a period of _ the The potential for accumulation of scientific and horticultural data is as varie saciile localities. Periodic newsletters will keep the membership informed of both 7 know and subjective observations on the plantings. Our belief is that it is one thing to ae that a plant will survive under snow at 15 degrees F, and quite another to saat it looks like after the storm. The Foundation’s initial membership drive of spring 1990 brought an encouraging 20 positive response. Membership represents 32 states plus Canada. Furthermore, Holland and offers of assistance have been received from as far away as Great —— and the former East Germany. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 83 in addition to progress reports members will have access to spore through a co-operative arrangement with the American Fern Society's spore exchange and, as material becomes available will have an opportunity to buy plants as well. . There are test gardens throughout the world devoted to roses, annuals, bulbs etc. The Hardy Fern Foundation’s living collections should provide an equal exposure for the promotion of ferns. The Organization h ived f the Nortt Horticultural Society and has the support of the American Fern Society, but is primarily dependent upon donations and memberships for its funds. Membership classifications range from U.S.$20 for an active individual membership to $1,000 for patrons. Studert memberships are available at $10. Memberships and inquiries should be sent to the Hardy Fern Foundation, P.O. Box 60034, Richmond Beach, Washington 98160-0034 U.S.A. AND look for some of our members at the BPS festivities in 1991. We look forward to meeting you all there. J FERN MANIA JW DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT Ferns! What a strange interest! Over the past 55 years how often | have heard these words, or similar ones, aimed at me. Up to the age of 29 | knew nothing about ferns, although | still remember very clearly, as a boy during the first world war while my Father was in the army, walking with my Mother along the side of a wood where a magnificent specimen of Dryopteris affinis, the Scaly Male-fern, was growing, a perfect shuttlecock of fronds 36 inches (90cm.) high. | admired it so much that | went back the following day, dug it up and transplanted it into a pot. How long it lived in that confined habitat | cannot say - no memory exists of its subequent fate! An exile from my native Scotland, immured in an international bank in the City of London, | looked forward eagerly to my annual leave when | could not get back quickly enough to my family home in Strathspey in the north of the country. On the way | usually interrupted my journey to spend a day or two with a close friend in Edinburgh. He was a keen gardener with a casual interest in ferns and had several Hart’s-tongue Ferns, Asplenium scolopendrium, in a special corner. He wanted more and asked me if | could find him some up in the north where | was going. Oh! yes, | replied, there are plenty up in my part of Scotland. Arriving home, | told my Father, a professional gardener, of my quest, to be met with a very quissical look and the question - “Where are you going to find them?” On my blithely answering that there were plenty all round the area he dryly remarked that in this part of Scotland the Hart’s-tongue Fern was completely absent. In parenthesis, if one looks at the Atlas of Ferns, published by the Botanical Society of the British Isles and the British Pteridological Society in 1978, it will be seen that there are, or were, only two post-1930 records for the area. Several years later, in the post-war period, | found this fern growing very rarely in the country just west of Inverness. The fern | fusing with the Hart’s-tongue was the Hard Fern, Blechnum Spicant - so much for my knowledge of ferns! BUT, an interest was kindled, and on my frequent walks in the surrounding countryside with my Father, who not only knew his garden plants well but the local flora as well, he fanned the flames by pointing out and naming the many local ferns to me. Two still remain fresh in my memory, the Oak Fern, Gymnocarpium dryopteris and the Beech ern, Phegopteris connectilis. The beauty of these two ferns, seen for the first time with open eyes, completed my conversion to a new an was reinforced a few days later by seeing a tiny Oak Fern frond growing out of a hair- Crack in the cement of a granite wall. | got my first lesson on spores from my Father, 84 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) and how this tiny frond was the result of a wind-blown spore from the colony seen a few days earlier, which was the only one in the area and two miles distant. | could hardly wait to learn more about my new interest and one of the first things | did on my return to London was to phone my gardening paper, Amateur Gardening, asking them to recommend a book on ferns. The Editor, A J MacSelf, was an active fern-man whom | got to know well in the post-war years. He recommended British Ferns and their Varieties by C T Druery, and on my 30th birthday | was presented with a copy. It became a “bible” and was quickly absorbed from beginning to end. Then, another piece of good fortune helped me on my way. A friend had recently got married and on a visit to meet his wife | was full of my new hobby. The lady remarked that her Uncle Joe was a fern-man and active in a society dealing with these plants. There was nothing for it - | had to be taken to visit Uncle Joe who lived at Great Bookham in Surrey. He turned out to be J J Sheldon, the Treasurer of the British Pteridological Society and a very active grower and breeder of ferns. | paid him my ten shillings (fifty pence) on the spot and became a proud member of our Society.” In those days | only had two weeks’ annual leave from my work and always spent them at my parents’ home in Scotland, so it was not till 1939 that | managed to attend the Society's Annual Excursion, held that year at Chard in Somerset. This introduced me to the fern riches of the West Country and awakened a love for this part of the country and its ferns which has continued strong and undimmed to the present day. During that meeting the then Secretary, Percy Greenfield, took me under his wing and he remained my beloved mentor until his death in 1970 at the ripe old age of 90 - | still have four more years to go to catch up with him! That Meeting saw the end of ferns for the next eight years during which a war was fought and won. Back in “Civvy Street” in 1946 my thoughts returned to ferns and | eagerly waited to hear that the British Pteridological Society was coming to life again. | waited in vain, and at last | wrote to Greenfield who straight away came up to see me in London. It transpired that most of the Committee members, none of them young men, had died during the war years and the feeling among the remaining officers was that the Society should be allowed to fade away and die a natural death. This did not Suit me at all - | had only recently, cutting out the war years, become infected with the fern craze, | still knew very little about ferns, and only through this Society bie: | likely to learn more. | prevailed on Greenfield to call a meeting of the remaining Committee members of which | was one, having been elected as Auditor at the 1939 meeting: Six of us met, in September 1947, W B Cranfield, President, P Greenfield, Secretary, AH G Alston, Editor of the British Fern Gazette, the Rev E A Elliot, Professor F E ee and myself. The general feeling was one of apathy, but | took a stand against it, Greenfle rallied to my side and we won the day. For my pains | was given the job of Treasurer which incorporated that of Membership Secretary, with a commission to gather —— the straying membership which had been on the loose since 1939. Before the end : the following year, 1948, | had shepherded back into the fold 100 fully paid-up member and the British Pteridological Society was actively back in business again after evading an early death! | have had my wish - | now know a /ittle more about ferns! | often wonder what won have happened if my Edinburgh friend had not asked me to get him some Hart s-tong' Ferns! MY life would have been very much more empty but, no doubt, in time, someone else would have revived the British Pteridological Society. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 85 NEW ZEALAND FERN SPECIMEN BOOKS ETC. - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MARTIN H RICHARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops. SY8 2HP. In the 1986 Pteridologist, while listing all the commercially produced New Zealand fern albums | had been able to trace, | made a request for any additional information on the subject (Rickard). This p ked such a good resp that! ble to significantly supplement the original article. For additional information | would particularly like to thank Dr Patrick Brownsey of the National Museum of New Zealand, Wellington; Miss Jeanne Goulding, formerly of the Auckland Institute and Museum; Bolton Metropolitan Borough, Department of Education and Arts; Bridget Graham; J W Dyce; Miss Ruby G B Laidlaw and our Hon.Sec. Matt Busby. | am also grateful to the Natural History Museum London for finding several useful additional items. All too frequently the dates of these items are not known; however, it seems reasonable to assume that most were produced in the period 1880 to 1900. Additional specimen books etc. - commercially produced (Anon.) New-Zealand Ferns. Beautifully bound in leather with title blocked in gold. 25 sheets, names in manuscript. 27 x 14cm. Craig, E. New Zealand Ferns. 25 miniature sheets of dried ferns, 14 x 21 cm, printed labels. In a wooden box with a splashwork fern design on the lid, 19 x 27 x 5 cm (Goulding). Craig, E. New Zealand Ferns and Fern Allies. Two sets each of 24 cards. Printed labels. The cards mounted on a folded sheet of paper such that when fully open all 24 specimens can be seen at once, 4 across and 8 down. There is no duplication between the two sets, i.e. there are 48 different specimens. Craig, E. New Zealand Ferns and Fern Allies. Folio album with mottled kauri wooden covers. As entries in original list except; An issue in Bolton Museum has 60 sheets with 118 specimens, 30 x 45 cm. Another issue in Auckland Museum with 152 specimens, 32 x 45 x 10cm (Goulding). Another issue in the Natural History Museum, London. The wooden covers for these books were made for Craig by Wilson and Horton (Goulding). (? Craig, E.) New Zealand Ferns. Neatly bound in red cloth blocked in black. 20 sheets. Printed labels identical to those ? exclusively used by Craig. 27 x 32 cm. Cranwell, T. (New Zealand Ferns) prepared and mounted by T Cranwell, Folio, 34 x 48 cm with wooden marquetry covers. Another copy as on the 1986 list except this one has fewer sheets (c.60), the central design on the cover is a display of two ferns (not one) and this copy comes in its own carved wooden case. The inlaid covers for these books were almost certainly made by Anton Seifert, a well known furniture maker resident in New Zealand in the late 19th century (Brownsey, pers.comm.). Cranwell, T. Ferns were also mounted on cardboard in sets of 24 sheets (Goulding). (? Cranwell, T.) (New Zealand Ferns). 4. quarto edition with the above type of marquetry cover is in the Auckland Institute and Museum, without preparer’s label. 23 x 29 cm (Goulding). (? Reid, W.) New Zealand Ferns. A quarto volume bound in brown cloth with the title blocked in gold on the cover, 24 x 30 cm. 30 sheets, but no author given, however, writing is unusual and indistinguishable from that used in the Reid volume described in the 1986 list. This book was given by C Howard Tripp of Timaru to Dr F F Laidlaw 86 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) in 1901 (R. Laidlaw, pers.comm.). There was a Miss A Reid who mounted ferns (Brownsey, pers.comm.) - is there a connection? Tait, James. Collection of West Coast Ferns, Lycopods and Mosses in Natural Colours (mounted). Hokitika. Printed title page plus 20 sheets of ferns. Fern names in manuscript. Most sheets arranged with lower margin dressed with mosses and lichens. Wayte, Edward. Ferns mounted on boards or in books with carved mottled kauri covers, — 100, Queen Street, Auckland (Goulding). | have seen a large collection of loose, but well presented, quarto boards prepared by Wayte. Each specimen was protected by a fly sheet. Wildman, W. Addendum to the details published in the 1986 list. Miss Goulding (pers.comm.) has suggested a link with stationers Wildman and Airey at Auckland around the turn of the century. Other Fern Specimen Books There are probably large numbers of books in existence without printed labels. | have seen otherwise unlabelled examples with the following names added in manuscript: Clark, Sir Mayfield. Heape, Richard. 1876. Leider, Louis - folio volume with manuscript notes on each species. Tangy, Sir Richard. Tinsley, William. 1891. Quarto, brown cloth album blocked in gold in same style as that sometimes used by Craig. Wells, W.C. as well as many totally anonymous volumes. | had assumed that these were always “one offs’’ and privately compiled by amateurs but | am not now so Sure since W C Wells is on record as having shown at least four albums in exhibitions (see below). Other names associated with New Zealand ferns around the turn of the century were (Brownsey, pers.comm.): Atkin, William. 1872. High Street, Auckland. Burrett, R. Wellington. Austin, Frederick. Fern collector. Dall, James. Fern collector. Pittosporum dallii was named after him. Harrison, Thomas. Fern collector. Leighton, J F. Bookbinder and Stationer, Shortland Street, Auckland. ; er There may be books in existence compiled by some, or all, of these people. | have nev Seen any but the names are worth looking out for. Exhibitions of Dried Ferns Several albums, or collections of pressed New Zealand Ferns, were exhibited during the later part of the 19th century (Goulding). In Dunedin in 1865 the Governor General, Sir George Grey, exhibited a collection —— by the Misses Sinclair of Auckland. Ferns mounted by St Johns College, Auckland se exhibited by Rev. Blackburn of Taranaki. John Buchanan presented 73 species apie: from Otago, while H F Logan of Wellington showed “one of the best collections in Exhibition’. in London in 1886 G K Burton of Nelson, T E Ellis of Wanganui and T C Tims of Te Puke all exhibited albums of ferns. Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 87 In Melbourne in 1888 W C Wells and J Marshall of Hokitika each showed two albums, while E Maxwell of Opunake exhibited a large collection of dried ferns. In Dunedin in 1889-90 W C Wells of Hokitika again showed albums, this time entitled Fancy Books of Specimen Ferns, while C Hicks of Greymouth, Miss L Manis and Miss N Falla of Westport and G M Thomson of Dunedin all displayed dried ferns. In addition Miss M Barclay showed “Plush curtains, plush cushions and New Zealand ferns”! The only examples of work by any of these exhibitors that | have seen are by wc Wells, and it may be that this album (entirely handwritten) was one of those originally exhibited at Melbourne or Dunedin, and G M Thomson author of the 1882 book Ferns and Fern Allies of New Zealand. Printed Books on New Zealand Ferns - additional to the 1986 list Details of Craig and Dobbie volumes from Goulding, 1977: Brownsey, P J and Galloway, T N H. 1987. A Key to the Genera of New Zealand Ferns and Allied Plants. Wellington. 31pp. Brownsey, P J and Smith-Dodsworth, J C. 1989. New Zealand Ferns and Allied Plants. Auckland.viii, 168pp. Craig, E c.1888. New Zealand Ferns, 167 varieities. 104pp. Craig, E c.1890. Catalogue of Ferns and Lycopodiums in the Herbarium of Eric Craig, Princes Street, Auckland. Birmingham, 31pp. (Not exclusively New Zealand ferns). Craig, E c.1892. New Zealand Ferns, 172 varieties. Second edition. 100pp. Dobbie, Herbert B. 1880. 145 Varieties of New Zealand Ferns, illustrated. Either in 2 parts, pp.1-48 and 49-104, or 1 part pp.1-104. Firth, S, Firth, M, Firth, E and Morrison, R 1986. Ferns of New Zealand. Auckland. 80pp. Craig's two New Zealand books were little more than re-issues of Dobbie's work. None of these three books had any text but consisted of a collection of fern prints in white on a bright blue background - hence the descriptive name “Blue books . These “Blue books” are very rare today and | know of no copies in the United Kingdom. Correction to 1986 article: Handbook to the Ferns of New Zealand given as: Anon. c.1861, | now know to have been written by Mrs S Jones in 1860 (Brownsey, pers.comm.). Footnote For more information on many of the points raised in this article | strongly recommend Jeanne Goulding’s article, see below. References: GOULDING, J H 1977. Early publications and exhibits of New Zealand ferns and the work of Eric Craig. Rec. Auckland Inst.Mus. 14:63-79. RICKARD, M H 1986. New Zealand fern specimen books. Pteridologist 1,3:120-125. ON THE TRAIL OF COLLECTIONS AND COLLECTORS PAST NICK SCHRODER, 2 The Dell, Haywards Heath, West Sussex, RH16 1JG In this, our centenary year, we focus rather more than usual on the activities of the Victorian fern collectors and are fortunate in having an excellent supply of literature at our disposal with which to study them. When reading the old fern books, particularly Lowe's “Our Native Ferns”, apart from the minute detail of the varieties themselves, one gains an insight into the activities of the people involved. The number of amateur Pteridologists referred to when Lowe put quill pen to paper !n wonder why we didn’t celebrate our centenary twenty years ear n collections evidently in existence at that time, how much remains awaitin lier. And with so many g rediscovery? HHI — / AH Ht c) ttl i‘ a) Forms of Ath akin to ‘Monk frond . b) Plumose yrium filix-femina in the garden at Scarborough. a) Incised form. b) manii’. c) Depauperate form Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 89 With the sad loss of so many fine varieti lier inthe p t century when horticultural fashions changed and whole collections were lost to cultivation, we should be especially conscious of the need to seek out and conserve what we can. Returning to Lowe yields some clues as to which Victorian collectors may be worth tracing. Several of those mentioned are referred to again and again, and one can even begin to build up a picture of an individual enthusiast - their particular areas of interest, geographic “hunting ground”, and success at raising new varieties from spores. One such collector whose name appears frequently is ‘Mr Clapham of Ramsdale Bank, Scarborough”. Here is a clear enthusiast with many finds to his credit, and being responsible for the several varieties bearing the name Claphamii. In Athyrium varieties alone, Lowe describes 18 varieties as Clapham’s finds, a further 4 raised by him, and 8 where he is acknowledged as the grower of a scarce variety. And so it was that, finding myself in Scarborough last autumn, | decided to attempt to trace the garden where such treasures as Athyrium filix-femina ‘Acrocladon’ were known to have grown in the mid 1850s and the 1860s. | will recount my experiences for the benefit of any like-minded pteridological historians. | started with the Postal Sorting Office which yielded no knowledge of “Ramsdale Bank” either as a house name, street name, or district - ‘And I've been here years, mate!”’. Inspection of the local street maps providing no further clues, led me to the reference section of the local library to search the W H Smith Street Directories. The 1915 edition showed a house, Ramsdale Bank, situated at No 5, Belmont Terrace. There could, of course, have been other houses bearing this name fifty years earlier, but at least this street was in a part of the town which existed from pre-1850 and was also little-changed to the present day. The 1850 Ordnance Survey map yielded both Belmont Terrace and a single residence - Ramsdale Villa. | was then thrown off the scent by the 1851 census, which was available on microfilm in the library and which showed no trace of a Clapham in the vicinity. However, the following census, 1861, did list one Abraham Clapham, retired wine merchant, living at 6 Belmont Terrace with his wife Mary and daughters Marian and Jessie. This left some confusion as to the precise location of the Clapham residence - further research showed the street to have been extended to form Belmont Road and renumbered, and Ramsdale Villa split, or rebuilt, with Ramsdale Bank standing on a plot precisely adjacent to it. Moreover, the latter plot was clearly shown on a later map as a substantial house with a conservatory and a large garden on a north facing slope. Armed with my maps | set off to Belmont Road where | found the site now to be occupied by the Cumberland Hotel. The original Ramsdale Bank exists as the easternmost part of the hotel frontage which has been extended to fill part of the former garden. With the permission of the proprietor a search of the garden followed. Whilst the paths were still laid out as shown in the Victorian maps, | could find but three varieties ~ all lady ferns. One was an incisum, another bore the marks of an early plumosum similar to Lowe s illustration of A.f.f. ‘Monkmanii’, and the third attempts rather unsuccessfully to combine several characters and is obviously a descendant from one of the treasures which once grew in that garden. Spores collected from the latter two may in due course —— further evidence of the fern wealth of our forbears. On the other hand, | suspect it will be more rewarding to follow a fresh trail... ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS My thanks are due to Miss Bishop and Mrs Monteith of the Cumberland Hotel and to Bryan Berryman at Scarborough Reference Library. 90 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) MORE ABOUT FERNS WITH OTHER PLANTS PETER TEMPLE, Wingfield, 2 Deneside, East Dean, East Sussex The last issue for 1989 of the Pteridologist contained an article by A R Busby under the title “Ferns with other Plants’. This contribution provides much guidance and interest to us gardeners who, besides growing plants which can delight us, fight those which do not throughout the year; yes...weeds. However, there is a combination of ‘Ferns with other Plants’ which are those which introduce themselves without help to another section of the garden; this is the greenhouse whether heated or not. The average greenhouse is used for a number of different purposes; seed growing, tomato growing, pretty flowers to be taken into the house, with generally a row of raised shelving on one or both sides. Tucked away but clearly visible is a hotch-potch of objects, flower pots, sowing and potting composts, weed killing and fertilizing cartons or bags and puffers and maybe a variety of other objects. Even in those unimpressive and uninteresting structures there is no immunity from the softening effects of the minute intruders - fern spores, but rarely, because of the misguided outlook of some greenhouse owners, are the resulting sporelings allowed to ‘disfigure and disgrace’ that mishmash within the glazed walls. These minute specks of life-to-be which float around us and, indeed, which we breathe can and do find their way into more welcome acceptance. |.have the good fortune, pleasure and excitement of allowing these floating unseen specks to settle and germinate where they will in my greenhouse where, for some forty years or so, | have been collecting and growing members of the Pineapple family, the Bromeliacae together with members of the Cactacae, the Rhipsalis. | cannot think of any plant more naturally suited to companionate Bromeliads and Rhipsalis than ferns of every species dependent only on the growing temperatures of a greenhouse such as | have and, particularly so, since | endeavour to provide an environment which gives a happy home to all three families where they can grow epiphytically, in the greenhouse soil and in the flower pots, living as near to their natural lifestyle which means taking the rough with the smooth. It is very rewarding and surprising to see what results, and which find a happy home with the other genera. In addition to the wanderers, | have methodically blown yer spores received from the spore offers of the Society around the greenhuse so that nature growth results, sometimes in numbers and sometimes singly - and sometines not at all! My greenhouse presents a ‘homely’ greeting to the visitor - if she or he is able to get in ~ entirely due in my opinion to the association of my ferns growing among ! bromeliads and rhipsalis. | do not have any staging. However | must say that occasionally | have to cull some ferns which seek to take over, but without them the greenhouse would not be so intimate if there were no ferns to soften the picture. The ferns are not troubled by snails or slugs, but woodlice, which are a plague In bay area, do cause some nuisance at times since they are very partial to bromeliad and rhipsalis flowers and seedpods. | have to weigh up carefully my method of control with liquid Derris and Malathion and dusting the junctions of floor and walls with Gamma BHC dust. Derris does not appear to disfigure the ferns but Malathion can and often cuts them down, but in most cases, s ti a very long interval, they will reappeal Literally | have to cut out fern plants from the bromeliads and rhipsalis before they Smother but in most cases | replant them haphazardly. es | would say to those greenhouse owners who want a natural effect in their greenhous s of which they can be proud and ‘at home’, let nature do its job for them and per aid them in concealing their brickabrack which is found in the greenhouse and t 5 give a friendly and natural touch. Of course there is a wealth of other combinatio Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 91 of ‘Ferns with other Plants’. Over so many years some of the ferns growing among the bromeliads and rhipsalis in my greenhouse which have ‘dropped’ in or have resulted from the spore offers are:- Adiantum - a variety of these including the tiny A. raddianum ‘Gracillimum, the Five Finger Fern A. hispidulum, A. pedatum and A. capillus-veneris. Asplenium nidus the ‘Birds Nest Fern’, and A. falcatum. Doryopteris sp. Drynaria rigidula the ‘Oak Leaf Fern’. Cryptogramma crispa the ‘Parsley Fern Cyclosorus in varying forms differentiated by the separation of the blades. Very prolific. Cyrtomium falcatum ‘Rochfordianum’ the Japanese Holly Fern. Very prolific. Cystopteris bulbifera the ‘Bladder Fern’. Davallia sp. Lygodium palmatum the ‘Climbing Fern’ - very tender and delicate. Microlepia speluncae Pellaea ovata the ‘Button Fern’. Pellaea calomelanos the ‘Hard Fern’ - fairly prolific. Phyllitis scolopendrium the ‘Hart’s-tongue Fern’ - very prolific. Platycerium bifurcatum the ‘Stags Horn Fern’. Polypodium diversifolium - very prolific. Pteris cretica. To close | must tell you that in my Living Room | have a light fawn coloured armchair, very near to a large Japanese Holly Fern (a beautiful specimen), which each season is turned to light brown colour by the wealth of spores settling on it - but as yet no sporelings have appeared! WILL THE REAL ADIANTUM MONOCHLAMYS PLEASE UNFURL! A R BUSBY, 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry In recent years there has been a great deal of interest by many members in acquiring Adiantum monochlamys. Puzzled by this enthusiasm and not knowing the fern, | asked a fellow member, Why all the fuss? “Because it’s so beautiful”!, came the reply. | was anxious to meet this paragon that appears to elude fern growers. | thought my chance had come a little while later when, visiting a garden | know with a small fern border, | was pleased to find a small fern labelled A.monochlamys, however, delight turned to disappointment when | found myself staring at Adiantum venustum. Even | have got that so why all the fuss? Sometime later | had the chance of discussing this with a notable fern grower. “Please”, | enquired, “how do you separate A.monochlamys from A.venustum’’? Came the reply, “A.monochlamys has only one sorus per pinnule’. My face dropped - = the fuss is about? Surely not. At Southport Flower Show, | was asked to check the names of hardy ferns on a nearby Stand and | was pleased to see that all the ferns were correctly labelled. | then found of A.venustum. | carefully lifted a frond to peek at its private parts’. Bless my soull, it had mostly one sorus per pinnule, was this the ‘Eldorado’ of my searches? Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) Aa A. Adiantum monochlamys: a, frond x 2/7; b, fertile segments x 3 A. monochlamys D. C. Eat ; ing in the Like A. Capillus-veneris and related members in having the veins of the sap pia ete teeth of the margin, but differing from all in having only one sorus, rarely two, p false indusium quite deep, roundish or stout-oblong. Japan. Bb B. Adiantum venustum: a, frond x 1/4; b, fertile segments x 2). A. venustum D. Don. ; A. bellum, but closer Rhizome long-creeping, the frond much like those of A, Capillus-veneris and : artilaginous, the er, th egular, distinctly c f indusium (Both Figs and Captions from Hoshizaki, in Baileya 1970) Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 93 Further enquiries revealed that it had come from a fern nursery 30 years ago. | was kindly given a fertile frond to press and take home to compare with my own A.venustum. They were virtually identical. Searching through various fern literature, A.monochlamys often mentioned but never illustrated, very frustrating. However, on page 182 of Hoschizaki (1970), there is a small silhouette illustration of A.monochlamys and a line drawing of two pinnae showing one sorus per pinnule, the entire thing looking nothing like A. venustum. A hlamy d ibed as having one, rarely two, sori per pinnule yet all the material | have examined has had commonly two, sometimes three, sori per pinnule. Determined to persist with my searches, | enquired of yet another colleague if he had A.monochlamys and, if so, would he send me a fertile frond. This he did and at first, | was sure that | had received A.monochlamys but, by carefully comparing it with both A.venustum fronds and the descriptive material in Hoshizaki, | found no clear indication that | had indeed received material of A.monochlamys. At the time of writing, | am still looking for this elusive fern so if any member can furnish me with fertile material, will the real A.monochlamys please unfurl. Throughout this note | have changed events slightly and mention no names to spare blushes References: HOSHIZAKI, B J 1970 The Genus Adiantum in Cultivation. Baileya, Vol.17, 182-183. SHORTER NOTE How to use a hand lens Principle: Using a hand lens is much like looking through the key-hole of a door. If you stand away from the door you can see nothing; however, if you put your eye to the key-hole, all will be revealed. So it is with a hand lens - try to use it as a magnifying glass and you will see nothing but put the hand lens close up to the eye and you will see everything in close-up. Method: Hold the hand lens between thumb and forefinger and rest forefinger on eyebrow and thumb on cheekbone: this holds the lens steady against the eye. With the other hand hold the object to be viewed with the thumb and forefinger. Now with the lens against the eye, rest the base of the thumb holding the object against the base of the thumb holding the hand lens; both lens and object are thus held steady. Always ensure that you have a good light source shining on the object. With a 10x hand lens the working distance, ie. the distance between lens and object, is about 20mm (3,inch). The object can be brought into clear focus by carefully adjusting the working distance. Lenses with higher magnification have shorter working distances, €g. a 20x lens will have a working distance of about 8 mm (5/,¢ inch). To practice, try examining the cuticle of the thumb nail that would be holding the object. A R BUSBY 94 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) BOOK REVIEWS COMPUTER KEY TO THE FERNS OF THE BRITISH ISLES (Written, produced and distributed by Pat Hill-Cottingham and Alan Morton, Blackthorn Cottage, Chawridge Lane, Winkfield, Windsor SL4 4QR. Disc, 5%,’’ 360k for IBM- compatible MS-DOS PC. Price approximately £10. This is a computerised multi-access key. The program contains a main key covering British fern species and six sub-keys each covering a small, difficult group of taxa. The user selects a key and is presented with a list of diagnostic characters from which one is chosen. A list of corresponding character states is displayed, from which one must be selected. Following this, a reduced list of possible taxa is shown and the diagnostic characters offered again. The process is repeated until only one possible taxon remains. Instructions, a glossary of terms, a list of characters and the results of a diagnosis can be printed from within the program. A printed set of instructions and a sheet of diagrams to illustrate the glossary are included. The program is intended for use by Country Trusts, Reserve Managers, Field Course Tutors and anyone interested in identifying ferns. The program is easy to use following the clear instructions. The program takes the user step-by-step through the p by means of self-explanatory screen menus and prompts. There is no facility within the program to enable changes or extensions to the taxa or characters, but examination of the structure of the files on the disc reveals that this would be simple to accomplish. There are a number of errors and confusing points such as the sub-key called ‘Polystichum spp. (Shield-Ferns)' only containing two of the three native species of Polystichum and the inclusion of a number of characters in the ‘Dryopteris affinis’ sub-key which are not linked to the taxa concerned and hence have no effect on the diagnosis when invoked. The main key generally produced a correct diagnosis when tested but the sub-keys pr oved much less successful, regularly reaching an incorrect conclusion. This is due to the fact that the characters offered are significantly overlapping in many cases, being based on a description rather than a diagnosis. There is very little available in the way of computer aids to identification and attempts like this should be welcomed and encouraged. However, the implementation here Is in danger of falling between two stools, in that results from the reasonably accurate main-key could be achieved without the trouble of a computer, and the potentially much more useful specialised sub-keys are too inaccurate and simplistic. Problem areas like those covered in the sub-keys need a more sophisticated approach, such as compar 19H methods using Bayesian probabilities, to be really useful and thus warrant the inconvenience of using a computer rather than a paper key. ANTHONY PIGOTT GUIDE DES FOUGERES ET PLANTES ALLIEES by Remy Prelli, second ro edition, pp.vi.232; figs.76. 14x20 cm. Text in French. Editions Lechevalier, 4" 1990. Price 220 FF. After a period of many years with no book on French ferns in print, the publication of the first edition of this book in 1985 was extremely welcome. The apne us of a more comprehensive volume will surely further boost interest in the marve : fern flora of France. ve Mic bert differs from the first edition in many ways. The introductory — ky been slightly condensed, while the systematic section has been expanded by 4 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) 95 pages. This extra space has allowed a clearer format for generic and specific headings to be adopted, making the book easier to use. Full dichotomous keys are given down to specific level. All hybrids are listed and most are described (except, curiously, Asplenium). There have been some nomenclatural changes, | welcome Cystopteris alpina being reinstated in favour of C.atrovirens; others are new to me eg. Cheilanthes acrostica for C. pteridioides, while | regret that, perhaps inevitably, C. dickieana has been retained. The black and white photographs h almost all been replaced by lient line d gs; these are often a vast improvement, especially in Cystopteris, Asplenium and Dryopteris. Descriptions down to subspecies level are particularly good, eg. in the Asplenium trichomanes and Dryopteris affinis complexes. In the latter case there is an excellent diagram showing the inter-relationships between the species and hybrids. Finally, the bibliography has been completely updated, but on the debit side the index is still frustratingly difficult to use with entries at generic but not specific level. | liked the first edition of this book and in this revised form it is greatly improved. | feel it can be recommended to botanists with an interest in French or European pteridophytes. Unfortunately, however, the price (about £23) will be too high for many. MARTIN RICKARD FERNS AND FERN ALLIES OF CANADA by William J. Cody and Donald M. Britton. 430 pp. The Canadian Government Publishing Centre. Supply and Services Canada. Ottawa, Canada KIA 059 ISBN 0-660-13102-1 Price $38.50. Also published in French under the title: Les fougéres et les plantes alliées du Canada On holiday in Canada | was delighted to discover this recently published book. The ferns of Canada are much more diverse than those of Britain and even some of the familiar species have a slightly alien look, so it was most helpful to have this book for identification and explanation. The book has a familiar appearance, for one is strongly reminded of Chris Page’s book, The Ferns of Britain and Ireland. Both books are exactly the same dimensions and in soft covers. The Canadian book is laid out somewhat differently, the ferns being listed systematically rather than alphabetically. The distribution maps are all together at the back, which is a little awkward but all the maps are very clear and the line drawings of the plants are often quite life-like. The book is very readable, even for the layman, and there is a useful glossary of botanical terms near the back. Each fern is described and the cytology, habitat and range are given. The ‘Remarks’ on each fern are fascinating and useful, and give many interesting details, for example, explaining why the bracken | saw did not look like the British equivalent at all. | was a little surprised to see Phyllitis still included as a family but realise this is still the subject of botanical argument. | was very pleased with this book and can recommend it without reservation. It will be of particular interest to anyone visiting Canada and also to fern growers who like to grow species from other countries. | am sure that many of the ferns described would be welcome visitors to a British garden. This book is now available from: Books Express, P.O. Box 10, Saffron Walden, Essex CB11 4Ew. AH OGDEN 96 Pteridologist 2, 2 (1991) BOOK REVIEWS FERNS OF PUERTO RICO AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS by George R. Proctor, Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Volume 53, 1989. 399 pp., 110 figs. 180 x 254 mm. Price $85.50. The fern flora of Puerto Rico has been studied, on and off, during most of the twentieth century, but this is the first book of the fern flora to be published. It is also the latest in the author's series of books on the ferns of the West Indies, following on after Flora of the Lesser Antilles, Volume 2, Pteridophyta (1977) and Ferns of Jamaica (1985). 376 species are recognised here, an increase of 56 over the number given in the most recent list in Flora of Puerto Rico and adjacent islands by Liogier & Martorell (1982). Twelve new species or combinations are given and 22 endemic species described. The introductory sections are brief but to the point and include some useful maps of geology, topography and climate as well as a short account of some aspects of Peurto Rican fern ecology. The systematic section is very similar to that in Ferns of Jamaica, i.e. there are full dichotomous keys, synonymous names, descriptions, details of distributions and habitats. The book is well illustrated. About 139 species are depicted in line drawings OF 0 photographs, mainly of herbarium material. Some of these illustrations were specially drawn for this book but many are recycled from the author’s, and other works, covering the ferns of the West Indian region. At the end of the book there is a useful list of the ferns of each of the Virgin Islands, a checklist of all the fern taxa known in Puerto Rico, a glossary and a bibliography. In summary, this book is produced to the high standard we have come to expect from the author and it is Strongly recommended to anyone interested in the ferns of the central American tropics. THE CORNISH FLORA SUPPLEMENT 1981-1990 byL J Margetts andKL Spur. gin, 1991. Trendine Press, Cornwall. About 120 pp. plus map. 140 x 210 mm. Price £14.95 Cornwall has one of the most interesting pteridophyte floras in England and a supplement to its flora is very welcome ten years after the main Review of the Cornish Flora 1 by Margetts and David. Only new records are given here; therefore, for a full, up-to- date picture of the county flora both volumes are needed. Perhaps of greatest interest is the batch of new records for Huperzia selago, rare In lowland Britain, but | am also fascinated by the large number of introduced pteridophyte now established in the county; Selaginella kraussiana, Pteris cretica, Dicksonia antar ctica, Polystichum falcatum, Blechnum chilense and Azolla filiculoides. in this book Although only a supplement, there are interesting new pteridophyte records In thi that will necessitate reference to it when a visit to Cornwall is in prospect. REAP A DESTINY by T D V Swinscow, 1989. 334 pp., 135 x 220 mm. Price £14.95 post free, from BMJ Bookshop, BMA House, Tavistock Square, London WC1H QJR. Although in no way a fern book this autobiography by a member of this soaey 39 years cannot go unmentioned. It is a very readable volume which | am he members who have had the pleasure of knowing the author will find of great intere> MARTIN RICKARD : BRITISH FERNS AND THEIR CULTIVARS A very comprehensive collection is stocked by REGINALD KAYE LTD SILVERDALE, LANCASHIRE CATALOGUE ON REQUEST FIBREX NURSERIES LTD Honeybourne Road, Pebworth, Nr. Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire, CV37 8XT Hardy and tender ferns Begonias, Gloxinias, Hederas, Hydrangeas, Primroses, Arum Lilies and Plants for the cool greenhouse Catalogue on request MRS J K MARSTON Specialist Fern Grower A wide range of hardy and greenhouse ferns, especially Adiantums Culag, Green Lane, Nafferton, Nr. Driffield, East Yorkshire, YO25 OLF Send 60p for catalogue FANCY FRONDS Specialising in North American and English hardy ferns Send two International Reply Coupons for Catalogue Judith |. Jones, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, Washington, 98119, USA GROW GREAT FERNS Los Angeles International Fern Society LAIFS Fern Journal bimonthly includes fern lesson, educational meetings, materials, spore store, books. Annual dues: $15 domestic, $19 overseas surface, $24 overseas airmail. P.O. Box 90943, Pasadena, CA 91109, U.S.A. HARDY AND HALF HARDY FERNS The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops, SY8 2HP Please send stamp addressed envelope for list The British Pteridological Society Contents PTERIDOLOGIST Volume 2, Part 2, 1991 MAIN ITEMS: President's Letter Barry A Thomas Musings on another Maidenhair Mystery Judith Jones Variation in Blechnum spicant Dyce Equisetum Fungicides? RN Timm My Filmy Fern House Christopher J Goudey Asplenium trichomanes (Incisum group) ‘Greenfield’ Martin Rickard Reply from Cornwall Bridget Graham Pteridology in France Past and Present: A brief survey Andre J Labatut and Michel Boudrie Photographing Ferns, Part 1 (Cont.) CN Page Caving with a Feminine Touch Ray Woods Fern Hunting J W Dyce The Hardy Fern Foundation Breaks Ground Sue Olsen Fern Mania J W Dyce New Zealand Fern Specimen Books etc. Additional Information Martin H Rickard On the Trail of Collections and Collectors past Nick Schroder More about Ferns with other Plants Peter Temple Will the real Adiantum monochlamys please unfurl? A R Busby SHORTER NOTES: «ae My Interest in Ferns E A Elliot Centenary Fern Show Pebworth Martin Wee . From the Spore Exchar rganiser Margaret Nimmo-Smitr _ What's in i ee : AC Jermy Collector's Corner - Nature Printed Plates Barry A to, Fern Corbels in Churches TOV Swine Cards and Posters Martin Rickard How to Use a Hand Lens AR Busby — BOOK REVIEWS: Farne in Natur und Garten Flora of East Riding of Yorkshire __ Computer Key to the Ferns of the British Isles Guide des Fougéres et Plantes Alliées __ Ferns of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands a Diack eae teridc logist Volume 2 Part 1 was published on 21 May, : Eecoae” aF eee oe PUN ee gee see PaaS fi ad 200 es aie a BRBVLBs Volume 2 Part 3 1992 rN / eat RI RO ER ee BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY / PTERI DOLOGIST Edited by sx. MH Rickard 2," ‘4 / / A i O~ THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY Officers and Committee for 1992 President: J.H. Bouckley President Emeritus: J.W. Dyce Vice-Presidents: J.A. Crabbe, A.C. Jermy, R. Kaye, C.N. Page, M.H. Rickard, G. Tonge Honorary General Secretary A.R. Busby, ‘Croziers’, and Archivist 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD (Tel: Coventry 715690) Assistant Secretary (Membership); and Miss A.M. Paul, Editor of the Bulletin: Department of Botany, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD Treasurer: Dr N.J. Hards, 184 Abingdon Road, Didcot, Oxon, OX11 9BP Meetings Secretary: A.C. 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts. SG143A0 Editor of the Fern Gazette: Dr. B.A. Thomas Botany Department, National Museum of Wales, Cathays Park, Cardiff CF1 3NP. Editor of the Pteridologist: M.H. Rickard, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP assisted by J.W. Dyce Committee: G. Ackers, P.J. Acock, P. Barnes, J.M. Camus, Mrs M. Nimmo-Smith, N. Schroder, R.N. Timm, Dr T.G. Walker, J.R. Woodhams Fern Distribution Recorder: A.J. Worland, Harcam, Mill Road, Barnham Broom, Norwich, NR9 4DE Spore Exchange Organiser: Mrs M. Nimmo-Smith, 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge, CB4 1AH Plant Exchange Organiser: Mrs R. Hibbs, 30 London em Hailsham, East Sussex, BN27 3BW Booksales Organiser: S.J. Munyard, 234 Harold Hastings, East Sussex, TN35 9NS- Trustees of Greenfield Fund: A.R. Busby, Dr N.J. Hards, J.H. Bouckley The BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY was founded in 1891 and today continues for forn fern enthusiasts. It It provides a wide range of informa tion about ferns through the m ask matter ' ge pede the Prcloi opcs of hens nec and the aia a Sin Sn Membership is open to all interested in ferns and fern — ———, ; not rece Se a 1st enuary each year) are Full Personal Membors £12 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 97 PRESIDENTS LETTER Mille Ante Bis Millisimum Annum What a year 1991 has been with the many and varied activities which have been so well organised to cater for everyone during our centenary celebrations. Unfortunately, even though the memories are still in our minds, the events are now in the past and our one hundred and first year is with us, so instead of looking backwards to those celebrations our thoughts must now be directed to the future of this great Society. There are two very important ingredients of a good thriving society, these being are going to be lost through a variety of reasons and, to keep this side of the Society in a healthy condition, it is vital that new members are introduced and that there is a gradual increase or growth in the number of people joining us. My aim for this increase is contained in the heading which, translated, means ‘One thousand before the two thousandth year’ or, looking at it broadly, a thousand members before the turn of the century. With the increasing interest in ferns countrywide this should not prove to be a formidible task. If every member is enthusiastic enough to try to make sure that they make at least one new introduction before the end of 1999, | am convinced that, after allowing for natural wastage, such growth could be achieved. Personally, | think it could be done long before the end of this century. Why not have a go? There are many activities arranged by our Meetings Secretary and his Committee and there are also more arranged by Regional groups, and all members are encouraged to get along to these. They are pleasant, educational and healthy activities, enabling everyone to make or renew aquaintances, exchange views and also to make suggestions for future gatherings. Hoping to see many of you during the coming year and wishing you much success in your chosen activities. JACK BOUCKLEY TRIBUTE TO REGINALD KAYE ON HIS 90TH BIRTHDAY J.W. Dyce, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT. Reginald Kaye was 90 years old on the 11th of April, 1992, and the BPS cannot let the opportunity pass to pay tribute to him, our longest surviving member - he joined the Society in 1929, several years ahead of me, and he, Jean Healey and | are the only survivors of the pre-war membership. From his earliest years ferns have been one of Reg’s great interests, in addition to his love for alpines. After spending some years with Ingwersen’s nursery at Gravetye in Sussex he moved back up north to Silverdale where he acquired Waithman’s nursery. There, on the limestones he loves, he devoted his life to alpines and to ferns, eventually becoming our foremost fern nurseryman with his very comprehensive collection of varieties of British ferns. It could have been better still if he could have afforded to buy Cranfield’s huge collection which was offered to him for £500 at a time when that sum was a lot of money and beyond Reg’s reach. Eventually, on Cranfield’s death, that priceless collection was flame-gunned - a very painful story which | have narrated elsewhere. Instead, why could not Cranfield have passed the collection on to Reg in his will? MISSOURI BOTANICAL AUG 29 1992 — QBRDEN LIBRARY 98 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) Reg was elected our President in 1963 to 1966, a very popular choice, and his nursery has been a mecca for fern lovers world-wide in the post-war years. Ferns from his nursery now have their homes in many countries, particularly in the United States. Some years ago he did a lecture tour of that country and endeared himself to fern growers there. In 1968 he published his book, Hardy Ferns, which has become a “bible” for fern growers and lovers in many countries. The book is now out of print and in recent years Reg planned to write a second edition which is badly needed. Most unfortunately, his present State of health has prevented him from completing the work. In recognition of his great services to our Society and to the fern cult Reg was awarded in 1975 our Society's greatest honour, the Stansfield Medal. He is also an Honorary Member of the Society. Sadly, Reg has been in indifferent health for some time but his indomitable spirit keeps him going. His many friends wish him well on the occasion of his 90th birthday. SHORTER NOTE Divide as a Rule In the past, when exhibiting hardy ferns was a commonly enjoyed pastime, it wees general rule that ferns with an erect rootstock, such as Dryopteris, Athyrium, Polystichum, etc, were exhibited as single crowns. An untidy tangle of fronds did not attract our rebears. |, too, think that single crowns are more attractive, both on the show bench and in the garden. Ferns grown as single crowns display their various features more effectively, especially if they are named forms. | now make it a habit to reduce all my ferns that are developing multicrowns to ~~ crown plants which are then re-planted in threes or fives, thus not only ye good stand of ferns but also enabling them to display their features to the best effect. This job needs to be done every four years or so, depending on how vigorous a particular Species or variety may be. This year | lifted a large clump of Polystichum sat ‘Plumosum Bevis’ which had not been divided for ten years. Pulling the crowns apa is out of the question so you must resort to the time-honoured method of using pee border forks back to back to gain maximum leverage. Begin by placing the forks in ally centre of the clump and forcing it into two halves. The clump will separate — between the crowns. Then divide the two halves and continue in this manner yer the clump has been reduced to several single crowns. You will find that they will sep@ nt with the minimum of damage to the roots. They can go back in the same poe replenish the soil by forking in a bucket or two of leafmould or garden compost hat a handful of blood, fish and bone fertiliser. Ensure that they are planted firmly ee owns the crowns are snug into the ground otherwise the soil will sink leaving the we ater proud of the soil and prone to collapse or drying by the wind. After planting, well and top dress with a suitable mulch while the ground is moist. will be done In ee sai is affinis; this ; Next year | shall be lifting several varieties of Dryopteri for the coming March, weather permitting, so that once again, they will look their best season. AR BUSBY Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 99 AQUATIC FERNS (Based on a talk given at the autumn indoor meeting at Kew, 1991) JACK BOUCKLEY, 209, Woodfield Road, Harrogatre, N. Yorks HG1 4JE As the name implies, aquatic ferns grow in water. Some of them can withstand long periods of drought which will leave them growing above the water level. They have been around for a considerable period, there being fossils of /soetes from the Triassic period which lasted from 225 million years until 190 million years ago down to Salvinia from the Cretaceous period - 136 m. til 65 m. years ago. However, this article is mainly for the keen fern grower and collector. Remember that what suits plants in my gardening conditions will not necessarily suit those away from Yorkshire. Experimenting is essential. My garden is clay and the water is neutral to acid, having come down from the peaty moors. However, let's get down to the first of the alphbetically arranged plants. Firstly, Azolla. There are a number of these but the one normally seen in this country is A. filiculoides (Fig. 1a) and it is not a British native. It is a free-floating fern which will form colonies on ponds where it will propagate itself readily by self-division, even to becoming a nuisance and having to be thinned out. This is quite easily done with a fish-net or by hand. It is an attractive little plant, sometimes turning pink in autumn, and it may die down to a floating or sinking bud which can grow again the following season. Try it in a small container, such as a 5-litre ice-cream tub or a fish-tank. It is not hardy so will need frostfree conditions in winter. Next comes Ceratopteris thalictroides. This is a tropical plant which will grow anything from 6 to 15 inches (15-38 cm) tall and is an ideal plant for a well-lit heated tropical fish-tank. Plantlets are produced on the fronds from which they will self-detach and then float about until they find a place to root. The bright-green fronds will push above the surface of the water, displaying their fine divisions. Economically, it is quite an important plant as it is eaten raw or cooked in many countries. Natives of this country are /soetes histrix (not a real aquatic), /. lacustris and !. echinospora (Fig. 1b and 1c) - the spring and the common quillworts. To see them in the wild where they can form carpets on the bottom in water usually under 12 feet (4 metres) deep but they can occasionally be found in 18 feet (5 metres) deep lakes. To keep these at home, plant in an aquarium or container in a compost of poor nutrient value and the water must have a very low calcium content. Some people recommend starting them off in distilled water. | use ordinary soft tap-water. They are well worth trying if you can get plants. Now we come to more introductions to this country - the Marsileas. They have a distribution covering many parts of the world, but M. quadrifolia came here from Europe where it grows in margins of lakes and also in boggy places. My method in this country is to plant it in a large plastic container and then submerge the whole lot into a pond so that the rim of the container of neutral compost is two or three inches (5-7 cm) below the water surface, then the four tineir way above the surface, looking like a lush stand of clover. In the wncig ‘the fronds fold up to triangles the same size as one of the lobes. M. quadrifolia can also be found with incised fronds. Another marsilia, M. drummondii (Fig. 1d) is very attractive, being covered with silvery hairs, the density of which depends on the depth of water. Try plants at different depths to find which is best for your conditions. This plant is not quite as hardy as the M. quadrifolia. | take all my plants into a frost-free greenhouse in late autumn for over- wintering. In the winter of 1990-91 the frost-free qualities of my greenhouse failed and everything was frozen solid down to 12° F. (-12° C.) M. quadrifolia survived but 100 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) Fig.1 a) Azolla filiculoides. b) Isoetes echinospora c) |. echinospora quillbase. d) Marsilea drummondii. e) Pillularia globulifera _f) Regnellidium diphyllum. g) Salvinia natans. h) Salvinia auriculata. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 101 M. drummondii died. Anyone in the south could try a well-rooted M. quadrifolia round the shallows of a garden pond, planted straight into the mud. It would be interesting to know if they are winter-hardy in parts of this country. All marsileas can be easily propagated from pieces of rhizome, in the right conditions. Pillularia globulifera (Fig. 1e) is another British native which is causing concern owing to its disappearance from many sites all over Europe. This again can be easily grown from pieces of rhizome which wander across the surface of the mud in shallow water. It normally grows to about four inches (10 cm) tall and is sometimes free-floating until it finds a place to root. In the garden, it is best in a pot of soil-based compost with the whole pot submerged about two inches (5 cm) under water, when the un-fernlike fronds will show above the water, looking more like a small sedge or rush. They may die back in winter but will revive again the following spring. The colour is bright-green and, kept in the close confines of a container, they will form a lush dense growth. It will withstand periods of drought. A pot of them in an aquarium would make very good shelter for fish spawn and fry. Another =o like plant is Regnellidium diphyllum (Fig. 1f). This a tropical plant from South America and its common name is the Latex Fern, as the stem, if broken, will exude a cae aa substance. It will grow to a foot (30 cm) or more in height and has bi-foliar leaflets at the top, each lobe being up to four times as big as the Marsilea quadrifolia lobes. Propagation, again, is easy by rhizome. It will adapt very well to conditions in a heated aquarium, or in any other heated area, in a pot of poor soil with the base permanently in water. It is not at all hardy and it intensely dislikes alkaline water. Salvinia is another floating fern with two distinct types of fronds (Figs. 1g and 1h). The buoyant ehh which can n be seen on the water surface is sterile but has two main uses - firstly, to keep th dly, to take in nutrients by photo-synthesis. Under water, looking more like a frond skeleton, is the other frond which is sometimes, but not always, fertile. The plant readily divides and will quickly form quite attractive masses on the surface. It is not hardy. For the enthusiast, the plants mentioned can be propagated by placing the sporocarps, which they all produce, in water and waiting for nature to take its course. The sporocarps of the Marsilea should be abraded (about J, of a millimeter cut off at the end) so that the _— interior can only just be seen, but not damaged. A petri dish is ideal as a contain | must thank Mike Hill of York University for the remarkable illustrations. SHORTER NOTE Dicksonia antarctica and Dicksonia fibrosa - a correction In the 1990 Pteridologist | discussed ways of distinguishing Dicksonia antarctica from D. fibrosa. Since then the characters described have not proved 100% reliable on their own. | now know that it is most unlikely that any established Cornish specimens are D. fibrosa. The confusion has arisen because D. antarctica apparently varies from north to south in its _ in Australia (Chris Goudey, pers. comm). The forms grade ir into each other but at their geog D. fibrosa in ie. pinna and frond shape, and cannot, therefore, be reliably separated by frond silhouettes alone. The following article by Dr Chirs Page gives a full account of the better key differences. MARTIN RICKARD 102 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) THE TAXONOMY AND IDENTIFICATION OF AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND DICKSONIA TREE FERNS IN CULTIVATION IN BRITAIN C.N. Page and Ruth Hollands, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh EH3 5LR. Of the four species of the austral tree fern genus Dicksonia that are present in Australia (from southern Queensland to Tasmania) and New Zealand, one, D. Janata Colenso, is usually not of tree dimensions, and so is not included in this account. Of the tree- forming species, D. squarrosa Spreng of New Zealand is especially distinctive in appearance. By contrast, D. fibrosa Colenso of New Zealand and D. antarctica Labill. of Australia form a closer species-pair, and can be more difficult to separate. In the Temperate Fern-Houses at the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, and at Glasgow Botanic Gardens, many fine specimens of these tree-ferns (totalling over 100 individuals, many well over a century old) have long been cultivated in comparable conditions of soil and climate. The differences reported here are mostly based on observations made on these specimens, backed-up by field and herbarium study. Dicksonia squarrosa Plants of D. squarrosa form long-fronded, slender-trunked individuals 8 - 20 cm in stem diameter, reaching 2-4 m high in cultivation, but up to 6 m in the wild (Page & Bennell, 1986). Unlike the other two species, the trunks scarcely secondarily thicken with old root masses, and so the persistent leaf-bases remain mostly exposed, covered in rigid, dark, perpendicular blackish hairs. Beneath the crowns, old fronds are shed from the trunk as they die, to a ccumulate in large numbers beneath the trees (Page & Brownsey, 1986). Underground rhizomes usually link the plants, which consequently form es dense groves. The fronds of mature plants are similar in size to those of D. antarctica, but are distinguished by having much longer stipes, up to about one third of the length of the frond, which are dark in colour. The pinnae are typically quite widely spaced along the frond, with a very glossy upper surface, and a texture which is harsh to grasp. Dicksonia fibrosa Plants of D. fibrosa form relatively short-fronded, moderately thick to thick trunked pie (usually 25 - 30 cm diameter in cultivation, but exceptionally up to 60 cm in the wild) which are usually about 2 - 7 m high (Page & Bennell, 1986). Like D. antarctica (see below), the trunks secondarily thicken with a dense weft of old root masses, bese the persistent frond bases, and giving the trunks a tawny grey-brown colouration. Benea except in tall trees in the most exposed situations (Page & Brownsey, D. squarrosa, plants are not linked by underground rhizomes, and so grow indi pe The fronds of mature plants are usually about 100 - 160 cm long, and the sng very short and pale with only moderately long (c. 1-1.5 cm), soft, lax brown hairs, which are usually tenaciously retained by the plant when lightly pulled. The pinnae, tes continue nearly to the base of the frond, are typically very numerous and each na ins, and but closely-spaced, with a glossy upper surface, crisply undulate eevee fate as : i d outlines a texture which is especially harsh and prickly to grasp. Fron pres abruptly a distinctive widest point about two thirds from the frond base, tapering d stra but more gradually below this point. Throughout the frond, the fairly stiff an pinnae tend to be angled forward at about 30 degrees from perpendicular. Dicksonia antarctica rees (usually 30 m high, but can Bennell, 1986)- Plants of D. antarctica form long-fronded, thick to very thick-trunked t 80 cm diameter in cultivation and in the wild) which are often 3-10 reach 15 m or more in height in both cultivation and in the wild (Page & Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 103 Like D. fibrosa, the trunks secondariy thicken with a dense weft of old root masses, hiding the persistent frond bases, and giving the trunks a tawny grey-brown colouration. Beneath the crowns, old fronds nearly always persist on the plant in large numbers, to form an impressive skirt (Page & Brownsey, 1986). As with D. fibrosa, plants are not linked by underground rhizomes, and so grow individually. The fronds of adolescent and mature plants are usually about 200-250 cm long, and the stipes are very short and pale with long (c. 3 cm), pale brown, soft, lax, silky hairs, which usually detach from the plant by their bases extremely easily when lightly pulled. The pinnae, which continue nearly to the base of the frond, are typically broad and quite widely spaced, with a dull upper surface, flat pinnule margins, and a texture which is fairly soft to grasp. In contrast to D. fibrosa, fronds on most plants tend to be of a more constant width throughout much of the central part of their outline, with an indistinctive widest point usually about the mid-point, tapering more equally both above and below this. The pinnae of mature fronds are also much more flexible than are those of D. fibrosa, and tend to be more perpendicularly arranged. They also curve gradually basally and droop somewhat downward at the tip and either side of the pinna midribs. D. squarrosa thus differs from the other two species by several characters, but mainly by its slender trunk and large dark-scaled fronds with long, dark stipes, which are shed from the crowns when oid, as well as underground rhizome links. D. fibrosa differs from D. antarctica in having markedly smaller fronds on mature specimens, with short, strongly-retained hairs, crisply undulate pinnule margins, and more numerous, narrow, crowded and forward-swept pinnae, which are more rigid and harsh to the grasp D. antarctica differs from D. fibrosa in having markedly larger fronds (even on small trees only a metre high), with long, weakly-retained hairs, flat pinnule margins, and less numerous, broad and more widely-spaced pinnae, which are more flexible and soft to the grasp These differences are based on the morphology of mostly adult plants, and probably apply in much lesser degree to juveniles. Nevertheless, young plants generally increase in size very rapidly, with their fronds reaching nearly adult morphology through their first decade. Even for juveniles of D. fibrosa and D. antarctica however, the features of pinna breadth and spacing and frond texture may still help to separate them at a relatively young stage. KEY la. Stipes long, up to one third of the length of the frond, trunks of trees slender, less than 20 cm diameter, plants usually linked by underground rhizomes... . . D. squarrosa 1b. Stipes short or O, trunks of mature and semi-mature specimens broader than es cm (usually 30-70 cm), specimens solitary 2a. Fronds of mature and semi-mature plants usually about 100-160 cm long, with a glossy upper surface, and a texture which is very harsh and prickly to grasp, ee with undulate margins D. fibrosa 2b. Fronds of mature and semi-mature plants usually about 200-250 cm long, with a dull upper surface, and a texture which is fairly soft to grasp, pinnules with flat margins D. antarctica References: PAGE, C.N. & BROWNSEY, P.J. 1986. Tree-f kirts: a def gai limt d large epiphy J. Ecol. 74: 787-796. PAGE, C. = & BENNELL, F.M. 1986. Dickonsia, in The European Garden Flora (ed. S.M. Walters Cambridge: University Press. 104 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1 992) CONCERNING SOME PEST AND CULTURAL PROBLEMS THAT CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT THE GROWTH OF FERNS IN CONSERVATORY, GREENHOUSE OR HOME. (Based on a talk given at the autumn indoor meeting at Kew, 1991) JOHN WOODHAMS, Tropical Section, Living Collections Department, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey TW9 3AB It should be said at the outset that ferns are not the most troubled plants with regard to pest and disease problems though there are a number of relatively common “‘nasties” that will pay them attention, and if allowed to persist can become rather damaging. Incorrect treatment, cultural conditions or the v g i Isob damaging as pest or disease attack, so a look at this area first. If incorrect, cultural methods and growing conditions may result in ferns looking visibly unhappy and this can happen Surprisingly quickly. A common example is the drying effect on the atmosphere in the home, caused by central heating. However, it will often be found that a fern suffering considerably in one location indoors will recover if relocated to another room, or even moved to another place in the same room. The author only recently needed to remove a cultivar of Adiantum raddianum from a southerly aspect room, where it was increasingly unhappy, to a position near the window in a north facing room. Improvement was soon apparent, the plant showing improved vigour and wellbeing. One should aim to avoid situati I bec too hot, or suffer excessive fluctuations of temperature, though a night time drop in temperature is usually acceptable and, indeed, in many situations, beneficial. Draughts should be avoided, especially for the placing of the more soft and tender items, for this can encourage the prevalence of mn (tarsonemid and broad mites, especially, which cause foliage distortion). Also, avoid a situation where a plant would be in strong sunlight for long periods, especially if directly behind a window, though, equally, a dark and gloomy corner would be ill-advised, especially through the winter months. Drought is, of course, an anathema to so many of the ferns, so much so that within a few hours a perfectly marvellous plant can be reduced to a shrivelled apology that may take months to recover - if recovery proves possible. On the other hand, damage due to over application of water does not, in general, cause such an immediate problem as drought but, nevertheless, can result in damage to the root system and/or Pesos etc. With most ferns this is likely to be more prevalent through the autumn and — months when growth is at its lowest ebb. Again, standing potted ferns (unless of wa : or wetland habitat) in a saucer or tray which may accumulate up to an inch or nee of water is not advisable, for this will cause the compost to become waterlogged = s anaerobic, to the detriment of the plant's roots. Incidentally, this is likely to be a 2 of a problem where plastic pots are used. Standing plants on top of a shingle is a plant saucer or tray, where water can be added to a level below the pot = ge ideal, for, as it evaporates, the immediate area around the plant is slightly moistene?, providing an improved microclimate. isition of It would seem pertinent to offer a few words of caution concerning the pit stage plants to add to or build a collection, for, unless care is exercised, it is at that pest and disease problems can be inadvertently introduced. : , ; ‘cihly healthy It is wise to check over all possible acquisitions with care and select visibly : ue to plants, divisions, etc. Beware of signs of dessication for this may nt voided. drought but could be the outward sign of root or stock ailment that Is pease Inspect foliage and growing points for insect pests, or signs that they have P Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 105 1 given the plant attention, for eggs laid and not easily observed will be the next generation waiting to trouble the plants and you! Control of Pests/ Disease If, on running through your cultural checklist, you have not satisfactorily identified the problem/s then attention should turn to the possibility of the cause being a pest or disease related one. In thinking about pest and disease problems and controls, it should be stated that many pesticides and fungicides can be phytotoxic, especially to ferns; they may also be toxic to the persons applying them and be damaging to the environment. Sometimes their use is unavoidable, but it is becoming increasingly popular and, indeed, preferrable to use physical or biological control measures where available, reserving pesticides as the long stop should all else fail. As more research effort is channelled toward biological, or what is more correctly termed Integrated Pest Control (where predatory insects, certain fungal and bacterial agents, physical traps, and low toxicity and persistence chemicals are employed in a truly integrated pattern), the armoury is expanding, with some promising results. Physical traps are also playing an increasingly important role to catch winged pests such as white fly and are used also to monitor the degree of certain infestations. Usually in the form of yellow or blue plastic sheets (seme produceu and marketed in sheet size 25 x 40 cm) and coated in a long persistence glue, they are hung or located at crop height where they are most effective. No pesticide is used in their manufacture. Aphids The attack may be from the fern aphid /diopterus nephrolepidis which is black with white legs, or the green Myzus persicae, or possibly others. They congregate on the young fronds and growth points and suck the plant sap, debilitating and distorting the plants and, by their method of feeding, can transmit viruses from plant to plant. Control can be by washing the aphid colonies off the plant with a tepid water spray from a pump-up sprayer (a few drops of washing-up liquid may be added to help the water to penetrate the aphid colonies). Alternatively, use the biological control agents Aphidoletes aphidimyza and/or Aphidius matricariae. The former is a predatory midge, the larvae of which live by piercing the aphids and devouring their body contents, while the latter, a small wasp-like creature, lays an egg in the aphid, which hatches and proceeds to devour the body fluids - eventually pupating and emerging from the aphid as an adult - thus continuing the cycle. Mealy Bugs Pseudococcus obscurus is probably the commonest species (despite its specific name) found in glasshouses in Britain, but others do occur, including the long tailed mealy bug Pseudococcus longispinus. They tend to form colonies and hide near veins on the foliage and inhabit the growing points of ferns where they feed on the plant sap. Like aphids, scale insects and white fly, mealy bugs excrete a substance called honey-dew which is rich in sugars. This forms a coating on lower foliage around the feeding site/s. This coating is often colonised by a fungus called sooty mould, which looks most unsightly and can be detrimental to plant growth if the coating is heavy and widepsread on the plant. Control of mealy bug (Fig. 1) (all Figs. opp. p. 108) can be effected by the introduction of the lady bird-like Cryptolaemus montrouzieri (Fig. 2); both adult and larvae will feed on the mealy bug colonies. Though freely available from suppliers, this predatory insect is somewhat choosy about plants and conditions. However if Cryptolaemus \ikes your 106 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) conservatory or glasshouse (not sure if it would work in the home) it will do a great job, though it has to be stated that the older larvae have the appearance of large, rather more fluffy mealy bugs so do not be alarmed if these creatures appear some time after the adults are introduced! There are also species of mealy bug that live in the compost feeding on the fern roots. These are difficult to get at and a soil drench of a Malathion based insecticide is preferred ~ use at or slightly less than the manufacturer's recommendation. Malathion can be used to control mealy bug on the upper parts of the plant if predator and physical washing fail. Sooty mould may be sponged off the plants in the same way as described here for the physical removal of scale insects or, if a heavy coating has developed it should be allowed to dry out completely, causing it to flake and peel, whereupon it can be swilled from the foliage. Scale Insects A variety of scale insect species can attack ferns, though the most commonly met with are soft brown scale, Coccus hesperidium, and the fern scale or snow scale Pinnaspis aspidistrae. The latter appears as tiny white flecks on the fronds, usually scattered over the undersurface and feeding by sucking the plant sap, causing yellowish white marks which, in a heavy infestation, can cause the frond to appear mottled. Both types of scale mentioned can severely debilitate a fern and must be treated. Ferns with fronds that lend themselves to physical washing - the Asp/enium nidus group, Microsorium punctatum and some members of the Elaphoglossum genus, etc., can be washed clean of the pest, using tepid water and a soft sponge. The larger scale species are the most successfully treated in this way. Do not attempt to use the hard cellular Sponges for they may cause damage to the frond tissue - change the water in the bowl or bucket frequently. Obviously, some juvenile scale stages will be overlooked but a thorough and careful washing will give very satisfactory results. Biological control can be attempted, using the small wasp parasite Metaphycus helvolus, though warm conditions seem to be necessary for this to be able to work e ectively A microfungus, Verticillium lecani, marketed under the proprietary name “Mycotal , be been found to gradually lessen infections, though again warm conditions coupled bee : a high relative humidity level are essentials for this agent to work. It is, however, for use in a tropical fernery where the preferred relative humidity level of 85% plus ca be provided. White oil, which works mostly by smothering the insects, thereby cutting ther ae to air, can be effective, though usually two applications are necessary and there is to give good coverage of the foliage colonised by the insects. Use as recomme in by the manufacturer and | would advise not using more than two he succession, for the product can be damaging to young fronds, and will cause death # to develop on older fronds if used too frequently. s aoe ; is a product A systemic insecticide is likely to be the most effective treatment and there !s 4 P nahin ice is still available which has dimethoate as the main systemic ingredient. ssp to try this on one or two plants initially - watch after a day or so for any sign n bright on the foliage. Do not apply spray if the temperature is over 24 C (75 F) or if! sunshine. A good rule for most insecticides. White Fly a ‘ jum, Generally, very good control of the glasshouse white fly, Trialeurodes vaporar! be effected using the parasitic wasp, Encarsia formosa. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 107 As with all biological agents observation is paramount, and early detection of the pest allows introduction of the predators before extensive colonisation of the plants has taken place. Nephrolepis spp, in particular, can be the subject of persistent white fly attack. Some of the quick acting, flying insect control products can be usd to spot treat, but remember, if biological control is to succeed, indiscriminate or over use of chemical formulations should be avoided, if possible. Also the quick-acting (knockdown) products will often only knockout the adults, being of little use against eggs or scale stages of whitefly. Red Spider Mite Tetranychus urticae, the two-spotted red spider mite (Fig. 3) can be troublesome, the problem often exacerbated by an incorrect environment, which usually means too hot and dry. A light misting over of fern foliage, using a hand trigger sprayer or small pump pressurised type, using rainwater or filtered tap water at perat will physically combat spider mite attack and can also be of benefit to the ferns. However, avoid wetting the plants during periods of low temperature or late in the day, especially in winter. There is a predatory insect, Phytoseiulus persimilis, (Fig. 4) which will frequently give more than adequate control. Again, early detection of the pest allows rapid introduction of the predator, so avoiding chronic build up of spider mites. A further aid to assist the predator gain control is to fairly forcefully wash over the foliage (both upper and lower surfaces) and allow to dry before the first introduction. P. persimilis can live on the eggs of.the red spider mites if adults and young are in only minimal numbers. Thrips V : var type of feeding on both the upper and lower surfaces of the fronds of a range of fern pecies causes a silvering affect, disfiguring the plants, and in numbers they are very debilitating. f thrips are t bl including Thrips tabaci. Their rasping A predatory insect, Amblyseius cucumeris, can be used for light infestations. It feeds by devouring the first stage of the young thrips as they hatch from the eggs. It will also feed on pollen should thrips be unavailable, but our precious ferns are unable to help here ! “Mycotal” will work well if the same conditions of temperature and humidity prevail as mentioned for the control of scale insects. If drastic action is needed the systemic insecticide mentioned previously may be used to good effect. Vine Weevil An increasingly troublesome if sporadic pest (Fig. 5) of some rhizomatous ferns and the clump forming types, especially those liking drier conditions. Adults eat notches out of the foliage and lay eggs at the base of the plant where the resulting grubs will invade the root area, devouring plant tissue below ground level. A relatively simple treatment, using a beneficial eelworm (Fig. 6) to carry a bacterium into the bodies of the vine weevil larvae, results fairly quickly in their death - where- upon more eelworm are released to carry on the culture. Procedure for application is to mix the eelworm culture with water and apply this by watering-can to the soil of the plants affected. There is a different eelworm species that is effective against the larvae of the fungus or sciarid fly, Lycoriella auripila, and the culture is applied in the same way. The products are marketed by one company as “Nemasys” and “Nemasys H” - the latter being for fungus-fly larvae. The predators and biological formulations arrive through the postal service and should be dealt with as soon as received. Some of the formulations need to be held at fairly low temperatures if not used quickly. 108 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) The different producer companies package them in a variety of ways, many of which are very simple to handle and apply to the plants. The author is given to understand that at least three producer companies will deal with the amateur market: Natural Pest Control, Watermead, Yapton Road, Barnham, Bognor Regis, West Sussex English Woodlands, Hoyle Depot, Graffham, Petworth, West Sussex, GU28 OLR “Wye bugs”, Wye College, University of London, Wye, nr Ashford, Kent TN25 5AH. Each company may not handle the same range but will be able to advise as to availability and supplier. It may be found that availability of some predators and other agents through the winter months is variable. Many of the predators are naturally-occurring insects in the British Isles and have to be encouraged into breeding cycles at a time when they would normally be hibernating or otherwise inactive. JONES, D.L. 1987. Encyclopaedia of Ferns, British Museum (Natural History). BUCZACKI, S. & HARRIS, K. 1981. Collins guide to the Pests, Diseases and Disorders of Garden Plants, Collins. THE GLASLYN BRACKEN CUTTER BARRY A. THOMAS, Department of Botany, National Museum of Wales, Cathays Park, Cardiff CF1 3P ; JOHN WILLIAMS-DAVIES, Department of Farming, Crafts and Cultural Life, Welsh Folk Museum, St. Fagans, Cardiff CF6 6XB Bracken is a very successful and invasive weed. Although once restricted by brash woodland it has spread rapidly because of woodland clearance. It is still invading marg agricultural land. Originally the only practical method of controlling the spread of bracken on hilly yee had been by scything, which was an extremely slow and laborious process. The . bracken was often stored in stacks for later use as bedding for cattle. After the me of the Agricultural Wages Board in 1921 it became impractical to employ men specinice for bracken cutting as it was far too expensive. In 1930 Charles H. Williams Ltd. of the Glaslyn Foundary, Porthmad a machine for bracken cutting to a patented design of James Pugh, a e based of Gartheiniog, Aberangell, (see Fig. opp p. 109). The design was a ye to three on the roller principle to be pulled by horse. Carbon-steel knives were attach an iron discs arranged along a six-foot axle. As the machine was dragged forwa ‘ , knives turned and cut the bracken. It was capable of cutting up to ten acres pe ; a considerable improvement on the one acre or so which could be es ae It also worked efficiently on very steep slopes without showing any signs oF S! could be and stones caused no damage. The cutters were also designed so that ney used singly, in pairs or in threes. nds The most reliable method of eradicating bracken was to cut in June, esse es fro had nearly reached full height without unfurling, and then at about six-week ee killing This effectively exhausted the food reserves in the underground stem, — gi the plant. So successful was the machine that it could almost be anid = imple task itself redundant. Once the bracken had been cleared it was 4 relatively ve was 10 with fertilisers to keep the land clear, with a result that the bracken ~~ ar because longer needed. Production ceased d the beginning of the Second Worl! Tr. ime of lack of demand and partly because of increasing demands upon che be to from war work. Judging from the increase of bracken, perhaps 't !S ci remaining machines out of the museums and back onto the hillsides. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1 992) 108: Some pests of ferns and their biological control agents (see p. 104) Fig. 5. Vine Weevil Fig. 2. Cryptolaemus montrouzierie Mealy Bug predator Fig. 6. Beneficial eelworm. Carrier of bacterium for control of Vine Weevil Fig. 4. Phytoseivius persimilis Predatory mite (Photographs courtesy of the Horticultural Research Institute and Applied Horticulture, both of Littlehampton) 109i Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) JOHN EVANS «SONS, AGRICULTURAL IRONMONGERS MACHYNLLETH." MEW PATENTED BRACHEN cuTTER h Pugh’s Patent —— Cutter at the Royal Welsh Agricultural Society’s Show held at Aberystwyt n 1933 when it was awarded the Society's Silver Medal tterhead “Frizzle head” caused by insect damage on Lady Fern at O Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 109 SHORTER NOTES Deformed ferns at Otterhead - Somerset/Devon In 1987 a photographic group org da walk round head Lakes which are situated in the Blackdown Hills about ten miles south of Taunton. The county boundary bisects the lower lake. Ferns then as now were the predominant summer ground flora, the area being best known for spring snowdrop displays. The former estate of about 150 acres was originally known as Wick Farm. In 1841 it was purchased by William Bleadon, a surgeon, who erected a mansion and laid out the grounds to incorporate three lakes. Two of them remain and are usd by anglers. Bleadon died in 1864 and the place was acquired by Justice Mellor and then his son- in-law the Hon. Sir W.H. Goschen who died about 1935. The house remained empty. Wessex Water bought the estate in 1939 and on instructions from the local Council demolished the house in 1947. Now Wessex Water with the Somerset Trust for Nature Conservation and the Forestry Commission manage the area. During the 1987 excursion | observed a large number of fern fronds with what | described as frizzle ends, or distorted tops (see Fig. opp.). At the time | attributed this to the possible use of herbicides, but as | was also then researching the Victorian Fern Craze | did wonder if there was any connection with the ferns at Nettlecombe Court, as it was likely the owners knew each other socially, or their gardeners did. At Nettlecombe the Trevelyans and their gardeners were keen collectors of mutations, and other fern oddities. | was not able to trace any definite link, and until recently forgot the matter. Following the centenary symposium of the B.P.S., | returned to Otterhead to have another look. It is now rather overgrown, and the lower lake restricted to anglers. Some youths were slashing at the ferns which still predominate and threaten to obliterate both the paths and picnic areas. Bracken is encroaching and, under the trees, there are considerable growths of about seven prolific fern species. Lady Fern predominates and there are sufficient distorted fronds to be significant. From two to ten per plant, with the same feature appearing occasionally on Broad Buckler Fern, but not on Male Fern or any other species | suspect an entomologist might know the cause of this occurrence. However, for anyone wanting to see for themselves, it is quite a pleasant walk, preferably on a cool breezy day. There is a car park. Take the Honiton road out of Taunton (B3170) and turn right a a sign marked Otterhead Church. The next turning to ‘Royston Water’, the name now given to the lower lake, is for anglers only. PRIMROSE PEACOCK (I'm sure Primrose is right to attribute this damage to insects. Very often small flies can be seen laying their eggs on fern croziers. The eggs develop into whitegrubs which do the damage. Careful unravelling of a damaged crozier usually reveals the grub. (Ed.) ) Ferny Doylies On visting “Lilies”, “an historic house with 20 rooms of books in a country setting 40 miles from London”, | was intrigued to find, on the top floor in a display cabinet on the outer wall of room 15, a display of doylies made out of Lace Bark (Lagetta linteria), the spathe of the Silk Cotton plant (Calotropis procera), and decorated with ferns from Jamaica, some of which had outlines similar to our Rustyback Fern. For those interested, “Lilies” belongs to Peter Eaton (Booksellers) Ltd; its address is Weedon, a couple of miles north on the A413 out of Aylesbury, Bucks. It is open most days except Sundays. The telephone number is 0296 641393 . . . . you can also see the first T.V. tube. MICHAEL G. SEARLE 110 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) COLOUR IN HARDY FERNS A R BUSBY, 16, Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry CV4 8GD The title may raise a few eyebrows, an article praising ferns for their various shades of green perhaps? No, | mean COLOUR! It is true that there are many shades of green in ferns, from the deep glossy green of Cyrtomium falcatum, to the most pastel of greens as seen in Adiantum pedatum, and, in between, every other shade of green imaginable. To my mind, colour in ferns falls into two categories, those with colour in the frond that fades as the frond matures, and those whose colour persists throughout the life of the frond. British ferns are not noted for their colour but can perhaps compensate by their tendency to produce varieties! | would suggest that the exception is Dryopteris affinis and its subspecies and varieties. True, the colour is somewhat ephemeral, but the sight of its yellow-green fronds adds a splash of gold to the fern border, especially if it is planted where the sun can catch it and if several plants are grown together to make a feature. As the season progresses, the fronds develop a shiny mid-green, with the hint of yellow, as if to remind you of its youthful glory in the spring. Athyrium filix-femina is usually seen as a totally green plant but red-stemmed forms are often encountered. Casual observation suggests that the red-stemed forms hold their fronds more erect and tend to be more brittle. | have also noticed that the red form tends to produce its fronds slightly earlier in the season. Red-stemmed varieties sabe quite common and, although | am not a lover of the Lady Fern and its varities, if | must profess a preference, it would be for the red-stemmed forms. Interestingly, while visiting Wicken Fen during October 1990, | noticed a red-stemmed form of Thelypteris palustris. The stipe and rachis were red and the red flush also ran into the base of the pinnae. | found it quite distinct and spores from it were included in the 1991 Spore Exchange list. It might be worth selecting good colour forms from the progeny. ple fronds Osmunda regalis has its forms ‘Purpurescens’ and ‘Gracilis’ which produce pur yi in the spring, but both become dark green in time, with the colour persisting 0 the stipe and rachis. : “ turn However, if we want to add greater colour interest to the fern border, we must our attention to foreign hardy ferns. ia - i 4s in Adiantum pedatum var. japonicum produces in the spring the most heavenly pink-t! fronds which fade to green as the fronds mature. cee - w on Arachnioides simplicior, has wonderful bottle-green fronds with a dash of yello each side of the mid-rib. (syn A. aristata ‘Variegata’? Ed.) oured veins, Athyrium niponicum var. pictum has steel-blue fronds with burgundy-col good colour and the pinnae splashed with silver at the base. Select carefully to ensure 2 form. achides, Athyrium otophorum, in the spring, has yellow fronds with red stipes and F the fronds turning green as they mature but the red stems persisting. vt : : ‘ owly Athyrium vidalii, has fronds which emerge purple-black in the spring and sl dark-green as they mature. urn ed fronds in the gid tier f green-f Blechnum penna-marina, in most forms, is a rich mixture of g Most blechnums spring with purple fertile fronds displayed proudly during the summer. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 111 boast some colour; it’s a pity that our own Blechnum spicant does not have the same ambitions! Dryopteris erythrosora and its forms. The fronds emerge a rich-red colour, and the fertile ones, in some forms, later display red sori. | cannot imagine anyone not wanting this fern in their collection. Dryopteris wallichiana is a very variable species, apparently, if the experts are to be believed. | know it as a fern with bronze-yellow fronds sporting stipes and rachides clothed in chocolate-brown scales. Lunathyrium japonicum - | list this because the one | have is very colourful, not unlike Athyrium niponicum var. pictum. However, | stand ready to be corrected on this one. Onoclea sensibilis, apart from the usual green form, has a pink version which | thought attractive until | was shown a red form. Deeper in colour and larger in size, it has totally seduced me from the pink. Tends to be invasive. | prefer to grow it in a large pot but it does not travel well and is easily damaged. Variegation a piece, which | have on several occasions. | have heard of phantom forms of variegation in other species from time to time, but they never appear stable in cultivation. | do not pretend that this list is exhaustive and | look forward to other members adding to it. BOOK REVIEW THE ILLUSTRATED FIELD GUIDE TO FERNS AND ALLIED PLANTS OF THE BRITISH ISLES by Clive Jermy and Josephine Camus and illustrated by Peter Edwards, 1991. Natural History Museum Publications, London. pp. xiv, 194, numerous illustrations, probably over 200. 148 x 210 mm. Price £7.95. This new field guide will be warmly welcomed by the large number of field botanists with an interest in the British Ferns. It is concisely laid out and contains all the basic information one would expect, but, above all, it is thoroughly up-to-date. Introductory matter includes notes on how to use the book, the fern life cycle, a glossary and a dichotomous key. Further, keys are included throughout the book at the beginning of each genus. The main systematic section covers all known British pteridophyte species. Coverage of each includes di tic characters. habit, habitat, distribution and tion status, together with useful notes for comparison with closely related taxa. All known hybrids are listed but they are not illustrated or described. This is a very well organised work which covers the key points of each fern. | disagree with occasional statements, e.g. | don’t think most cultivars of Asplenium ium are sterile, also, are there really a few sites in NW Britain for Dryopteris cristata? More importantly, it should be noted that the figures of the two non-native species of Blechnum on p. 183 have been transposed. MARTIN H. RICKARD 112 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) FERNS IN THE HOME (Based on a talk given at the autumn indoor meeting at Kew, 1991) A R BUSBY, 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD Growing ferns in the home is not easy as it demands skill, patience and a good measure of dedication. Some knowledge or interest in their natural habitat will provide useful guidelines to their successful cultivation. It is far more difficult to produce the right conditions for ferns to grow well than for many other popular pot-plant subjects. For example, a Swiss cheese plant, Monstrosa deliciosa, or a rubber plant, Ficus robusta, can survive the gloomiest of corners on a minimal amount of attention. Not so the ferns. They require regular attention and some consideration if they are to flourish in the home. In other words, they provide a challenge and for those who are prepared to meet that challenge, ferns will prove to be a very rewarding and decorative subject for the house. When we consider pot plants for interior decoration, we situate them to our liking and, although many foliage plants are fairly obliging in this respect, ferns are not. We have to find a situation to suit them rather than us. So, even if our large Woodwardia radicans would be a magnificent feature in that corner behind the television, the Woodwardia will think otherwise. The dappled shade of a temperate forest is one thing, the dusty dry corner of a British living room in January is something else. If we are to meet this challenge, there are six conditions that need to be considered: temperature, light, humidity, watering, feeding and potting on. Considering that f h lapted to habitats as diverse as from the deep shade of a rain-forest floor to the bright sunlight of the same forest's canopy; and from the rock fissures and screes of an inhospitable mountain to the moist shady protection of a temperate wood; and even the contrasting conditions of heat and cold on desert cliffs and in ravines, we should be able to find the right room or windowsill for the ferns we have acquired. Knowing the habitat of a particular species will guide us to simulate the conditions it requires in the home. It is this ‘fine tuning’ which provides the challenge. Light All ferns respond to good light without direct sunlight. They do not require goo” conditions. A north-west or east facing window is a valuable asset for fern growing. A south-facing window is fine as long as the plants are not in direct sunlight for the major part of the day. In this situation, somewhere adjacent to the window !s better than on the windowsill itself. Some ferns do require direct sunlight: the staghorn ferns, Platycerium species, are good examples. They are ferns of the forest canopy bale. they have adapted to direct sunlight and are able to survive long periods of drought The best place for them is hanging in a south-facing window but, better still, a ron or conservatory. Finding the right place in relation to light for the majority of ales not usually very difficult or critical. Temperature Surprisingly, most of the ‘exotic’ ferns used as pot-plants will tolerate ¢ bie temperatures. They prefer to be warm rather than hot and respond best to a fairly en temperature regime. Anything between 12-18°C (54-64°F) is suitable. If plants are ight on the windowsill, avoid trapping them between the glass and the curtains pio during the winter, where they will become chilled. Many of the ‘exotic’ ferns will to short periods at temperatures down to 7°C (44°F) without coming to much harm. Humidity This has a direct correlation with temperature and is much more important 0 get right. Humidity, the amount of moisture in the air, is measured by @ This consists of two thermometers side by side: one records the normal e quite low and difficult hygrometer. amnetr. ‘atu re; Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 113 the other has its measuring ‘bulb’ surrounded by wet musiin. _ This depresses the temperature recorded by the ‘wet bulb’ and the diff. shows the room’s ‘relative humidity’. The relative humidity (or RH) ot a centrally. heated living room is usually about 48%. Compare this with the RH of a warm greenhouse with a soil floor which is usually about 70%. The greenhouse will have a far more buoyant atmosphere for plants generally, and ferns in particular. Obviously, we cannot arrange for damp conditions in our homes but we can assist our ferns by providing a moist microclimate around them. This is easily done by placing the ferns on saucers or trays containing sand or gravel which is kept moist. The evaporation of moisture amongst and around the ferns will help reduce any stress they might experience due to a dry atmosphere. Watering Watering is a skill that has to be learned. It is the one major stumbling block for indoor gardeners and it is where the vast majority of the gardening public make their mistakes. Flowering plants, which have an advanced plumbing system, can tolerate long frequent periods without water and will quickly revive after a good soaking. Ferns, by virtue of their primitive ‘rigid’ plumbing system, will not tolerate long periods in dry conditions. They show their disapproval by losing their fronds, followed quickly by losing their will to live. This is where the skill, patience and dedication is required. | have no qualms about using hard tap water although soft or rain water is preferable. The best routine is to check the ferns for watering at least twice a week. The drier the atmosphere, the greater the plants’ demand for water and the greater the evaporation of water from the compost. The question most often asked is ‘how often should | water it?’, but in fact, the question should be ‘how often should | check it?’. The first question is easily answered: if the plant is dry, water it, if it is moist, don’t! However, there are indicators we can observe. Modern peat-based potting compost changes colour as it dries out, from dark brown when it is wet, to light brown when it is dry. It also shrinks away from the side of the pot as it dries. Any shrinkage suggests excessive drying and is a condition that should be avoided. Once a peat-based compost dries out it is extremely difficult to re-wet. Rely on your index finger. Rub the surface of the compost. If your finger is damp, the plant is fine; if your finger remains dry, the plant needs water. Feeding Ferns are not gross feeders but, like all plants confined to a pot, they require nitrogen, phosphate and potash plus all the other macro- and micro-nutrients. The golden rule is ‘little and often’. Be guided by the manufacturers’ instructions but apply at half-strength about once a week in the growing season and once a month in winter. It is helpful to have one particular day of the week or month when it is always done. Never apply feed to a dry soil. Any proprietary plant food is suitable such as Compure, Maxicrop, Baby Bio, Phostrogen, etc. Compost Most pot plants produced today are grown in peat-based composts and any subsequent potting should be done in a peat-based compost. | have found that for ferns it is beneficial to add about one quarter by volume of Perlite to three quarters of compost. This improves the drainage and aerates the compost. It also assists the shaking down of compost when repotting. The feed provided in a proprietary compost only lasts about eight to ten weeks unless a slow release form is incorporated. Nitrates are easily leached out of the compost each time a plant is watered so, after ten weeks, regular feeding should be undertaken. Repotting Eventually all plants become potbound: the roots completely fill the pot and, very often, the first indication of this is a mass of roots growing through the drainage holes. The 114 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) condition of the root-ball is easily checked by tapping out the contents of the pot. Before attempting this, always ensure that the roots are well watered. It makes it easier to ease the root-ball from the pot. This is particularly applicable to plants grown in Clay pots. If you decide that the plant will benefit from being potted on, choose a pot about two sizes up from the old pot, for example, from a 5” up to a 7” pot. This ensures a comfortable amount of room and compost for the plant to explore. However, never be tempted to over-pot by placing a plant into a pot several sizes too large. Make sure the rootball is thoroughly watered before repotting and afterwards water again. Containers Maidenhair ferns These are worth a special mention. They are the one group of ferns that have a wide appeal to the general public. If you attempt to grow maidenhair ferns for more than one season without some form of seasonal attention, the result is an untidy mix of new, old and dead fronds. This is easily avoided if, during January and February, all the fronds are cut down to soil level. If the plant is pot-bound, pot on as described earlier. If it is a plant pot-bound in a 6” or larger pot, divide into two and repot into the same size or Slightly smaller pots with fresh compost. The result is a spring flush of new fronds that will look good throughout the new season. If you keep a close check on the watering you will have two large ferns instead of one. List of Plants available from Supermarkets and Garden Centres Most of the following species and varieties feature regularly on pot-plant sale displays, but some of the others are scarce. Adiantum hispidulum, rosy maidenhair, and A. pubescens, a very similar species, are seen frequently. Adiantum raddianum (syn. A. cuneatum) is the common maidenhair of the pot-plant trade. It has produced numerous varieties amongst which ‘Fluffy Ruffles, ‘Fragrantissimum’, ‘Fritz Luth’, ‘Micropinnulum’ and ‘Weigandii’ can be found, most usually un-named. Asplenium bulbiferum, hen and chicken fern, which has distinct ‘bulbils’ on its oi tri-pinnate fronds, is hardly ever found in commerce but is a very popular ‘amate fern which will often appear at private plant sales. ar e. Asplenium nidus, the bird’s nest fern, has simple entire fronds held nest-like in a —s Mis. cultivars ‘Angustatum’ and ‘Fimbriatum’ can now be found. The latter appear be sterile and must be propagated by division only. Blechnum gibbum is an erect fern with pinnate fronds which are pink bee ee and is valued for taking on the appearance of a miniature tree fern with : zon B. occidentale is well worth seeking, It has handsome pinnate fronds, plage over- young. It has a creeping rhizome, so tends to wander out of its pot, and dislikes watering. They both prefer acid conditions. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 115 Cyathea dealbata, the silver tree fern and national emblem of New Zealand, is occasionally imported from Holland and may turn up in larger garden centres. Cyrtomium falcatum, Japanese holly fern, is popular as both a hardy garden fern and as a pot plant. Its hard shiny glossy green fronds prevent it suffering from all but the most outrageous neglect. C. fortune is also common. Dicksonia antarctica and D. fibrosa, are occasoinally found with Cyathea dealbata, but beware of incorrect labelling! They generally prefer acid conditions. Davallia solida var. fejeensis and other hare’s-foot ferns may be available. These make excellent basket ferns and will stand drier conditions. Didymochlaena truncatula is often overlooked in the plant sales area due to its unexciting appearance. However, in maturity it is a large handsome fern with bi-pinnate fronds with glossy dark-green pinnules, often rosy-red when young. Keep this fern well watered and fed, otherwise it drops its pinnae and looks terrible. Doryopteris pedata, is a small fern with very appealing attractively-shaped fronds that improve with age. The variety pa/mata is larger with deeply-cut fronds. Hemionitis arifolia is a related fern which has ‘plantlets’ on its entire fronds and dislikes over-potting. toa lianht 7 Ac J Microlepia speluncae, the so-called carrot fern, has soft hairy tr ipinnat gree and a wandering rootstock. Parks departments use this one. Nephrolepis exaltata, the Boston fern, is so well-known that even the general public recognise it as a fern. Several fancy cultivars are available in addition to the more normal forms. ‘Linda’ has very congested and dissected fronds. ‘Duffii’, a cultivar of N. cordifolia, with rounded button-like pinnae, is well worth seeking. Pellaea rotundifolia, the button fern, is a very common amenable small rosette fern enjoying an acid compost and good light. P. falcata, a larger colonising relative, is more difficult to keep in good condition. Phlebodium aureum and its cultivars, with attractive glaucous fronds, make excellent basket ferns, eventually growing to several feet in height but, unfortunately, are not commonly available. They withstand drier conditions and enjoy being potbound. Platycerium bifurcatum, the stagshorn fern, always causes comment from the uninitiated. It prefers a very open free-draining soil-less compost with added chipped bark and enjoys being suspended in a pot or basket or grown wired onto cork bark. Give it plenty of sunlight, watering once a fortnight in summer, once a month in winter. The much larger P. grande has been found with diligent searching. Polystichum tsus-simense, better known to British growers as 2 et = olga quite often offered as a pot plant. Perhaps someone knows why this Polystichum and no other is used in this way. Pteris cretica, the Cretan brake, is the most ubiquitous of ferns, appearing at your local green grocer’s by the trayful, usually in several different varieties. The fronds are strongly dimorphic with the fertile frond narrower and held stiffly erect. The attractive variegated forms need more light as they lose their colour in too much shade. The addition of lime to the compost is beneficial. Occasionally other species, including P. argyraea and P. tremula can be found. Rumohra adiantiformis, is the floristry fern, but despite its popularity as cut fronds, imported from Florida in their thousands, | have never seen it for sale in a garden centre. Meee cele cant i rhizomes Stenochlaena palustris, the climbing swamp fern, is vigorous W wide-rar ging that climb, given the opportunity. It remains barren unless these rhizomes ar able to climb into high light conditions. It is very attractive with bronze-tipped young — 116 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) and requires a higher minimum winter temperature than most of the other ferns mentioned. The following rarities have sometimes been found in aquarist suppliers:- Bolbitis species reportedly crop up but found by others not me. J Lee ae ae L4 4 Ceratopteris thalictroides, water fern, has lettuce-green fronds p j The fertile fronds are strongly dimorphic, being very thin. Often found planted or floating in tropical aquaria. Isoetes flaccida, found just once in an aquarist shop in the Midlands, but it is well worth checking carefully through tropical aquaria suppliers for pteridophytes. Trichomanes speciosum is often used but is usually supplied as cut fronds pushed into rock wool filled containers. However, rooted portions have been found. Selaginellas. These really are the cinderellas of the pteridophyte world and deserve a whole chapter to themselves. Those commonly available are Selaginella emelliana, S. kraussiana which has both green and gold forms, S. martensii, and S. helvetica, but many more species deserve to be more widely grown. | am sure that this list is not exhaustive and would be pleased to receive feed-back of what is available in your area. If you find your local outlet has a poor selection, then why not turn your attention to the Society’s Spore and Plant Exchange Schemes where you will find a wide selection of species to challenge you. Fibrex Nurseries and Mrs Jean Marston also offer a much extended range of non-hardy ferns by mail order. The Plant Finder’ will also supply the addresses of further nurseries which offer a few exotics including tree ferns. Recommended Books Fern Growers Manual, B J Hoshizaki. KNOPH, 1975 Encyclopaedia of Ferns, David Jones. BMNH, 1987 Maidenhair Ferns in Cultivation, Chris Goudey. LOTHIAN, 1985 The Plant Finder, Chris Philip (Hardy Plant Society). MPC, 1992 EQUISETUM FUNGICIDES? MICHAEL G. SEARLE, Oak Lodge, 108 Cumnor Hill, Oxford, OX2 9HY In continuance of this query, The British Herbal Pharmacopoeia and elsewhere, provide the following information, regarding the constituents of Equisetum arvense L., aS aconitic acid, saponins, nicotine, palustrine palustrinine, flavonoids, calcium, sodium, iron, manganese, potassium, sulphur, magnesium, tannin, a complex of alkaloids and a bitter glucoside. The flavonoids are quoted as being luteolin, isoquercetin and — However, different authorities seem to have varying ideas as to these constituents @ also the possible toxicity of what is a well-known medicine for the treatment of vo Stones, cystitis and prostatitis. It is suggested by Michael Hallowell that thiaminasé i Horse Tail causes a deficiency of vitamin B1, permanently damaging the liver. Of eae ike amount of any chemical contained in any one plant of equisetum will depe a its growing conditions, as well as the make up of the soil in which it is pers . that the sa : . Sone ip : S sg tgs tadi vvorr | é ? v : y Vinge a ideas Set of constituents, particularly in respect to quantity. There appears to be ee about the numbers of different species of Equisetum, one source quoting e Species, 7 of which grow in Britain, and another quoting 16, with 11 in this country - gee leaner To underline the variation in constituents, E. hyemale is reported to be the best ell as It deposits the most silica on its outer skin. In passing, it is noted that 4 of Horse Tail, used daily, is recommneded for perspiring feet. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 117 To return to the main question, a number of writers refer to the antiseptic and disinfective properties of our plant and it is to be noted that sulphur appears in the list of constituents, but, | suspect, in amounts decernable only to an analytical chemist. Seeing that speaking to plants is no longer considered eccentric, is it possible that plants react to the placebo effect?? BOOK REVIEWS Over the last twelve months the Society has published the following three Special Publications as part of its centenary celebrations. THE CULTIVATION AND PROPAGATION OF BRITISH FERNS By J. W. Dyce, British Pteridological Society Special Publication, number 3, 1991. Pp. iv, 38, several black and white photographs and figures. Price £3.00 + post & package. In this book Jimmy Dyce covers all the major topics of interest to the fern grower. At long last we have here the very book we need in reply to the question ‘Is there a simple, inexpensive book for beginners on how to grow ferns?’ In his usual very readable style, Jimmy works through the fern life cycle, variation in ferns, the cultivation of ferns and their propagation. At the end he gives a series of very useful appendices providing basic facts for the fern grower. The bad news is, this fact-packed volume is already nearly out-of-print. However, lam delighted to hear a second, expanded, edition is proposed THE HISTORY OF BRITISH PTERIDOLOGY 1891 - 1991 edited by J.M. Camus, British Pteridological Society Special Publication, number 4, 1991. Pp. 127, 26 black and white photographs. Price £5 + post & package. This fascinating volume is a compendium of 13 articles on various aspects of pteridology and the BPS over the last 100 years. The contributions are either personal recollections, eg. by Prof. Holttum and Christopher Fraser-Jenkins, or reviews, eg. by Barry Thomas and Peter Barnes, or studies of the Society over the last 100 years, eg. by Jimmy Dyce, Matt Busby and Nigel Hall. To cap it all, there are two very clever poems, written by Bridget Graham and Ray Smith. The whole volume makes very absorbing reading. A bargain at £5! THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY ABSTRACTS AND REPORTS AND PAPERS READ AT MEETINGS 1894 - 1908, British Pteridological Society Special Publication, number 5, 1991. Pp. 233 approx., several black and white photographs. Price £7.50 + post & package. The reprinting of these papers was long overdue. Original copies are very rare and it is only right that our Society's earliest publications should be available to the wider membership. The information in this collection is almost exclusively horticultural with contributions from many of the founders of our Society, especially C.T. Druery, W.H. Phillips, and Dr. F.W. Stansfield. Much of the information has not been repeated since and | am sure it will fascinate today’s growers. In effect, these papers are the forerunner of the British Fern Gazette which started publication in 1909. All three of these publications are excellent value and surely essential reading for all BPS members! All are available from BPS Booksales. MAATIN H RICKARD 118 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) MORE ADVENTURES WITH SPORES PETER H. HAINSWORTH, Station House, Achnashellach, Strathcarron, Ross- shire, |1V54 8YR Three years ago | wrote of my first adventures in raising ferns from spores (Pteridologist 1989). It is just possible that some members may be interested in my further adventures. There must be others in a like position to myself, isolated from other members, except for a major excursion once a year, and | know some are asking the same questions. Being of an experimental nature, | am never satisfied. The bare essentials of fern raising appear in several books, the most extensive perhaps appearing in David Jones's Encyclopaedia of Ferns. But the finer points of fern physiology and development, as far as they are known, are, | expect, still tucked away in academic archives and nurserymen’s heads. Anyone trying to write a book on the subject would be into an enormous amount of work digging out the information for a very limited readership and, therefore, profit. What Government research station is going to spend time on a subject of negligible economic importance? It could possibly be a labour of love for a dedicated fern enthusiast (don’t look at me) with lots of spare time and, preferably, a degree in botany (and access to Martin Rickard’s library!). Starting with basics, the first details | would like to know are the required conditions for spore germination. Obviously, light, warmth, moisture and nourishment are essential for subsequent growth. Air we take for granted, but how much of each and at what Stages for each species for optimum growth? Moderate light is needed for most ferns, if not to initiate direct germination, certainly for growth. High levels of direct sunlight lead to pale green prothalli and fronds, if not actual bleaching and withering. A temperature of between 55-65°F seems to be the minimum for germination for most Spores and if they are not showing after four weeks | begin to have doubts about their viability, though a few take six weeks. Temperatures above this give faster growth for most things but at 90°F, or over, prothalli go brown at the centre and edges and slowly expire. For me, this usually means the unexpected first sunny day in May and | am 50 miles away! Direct sun in spring or summer is usually lethal, though not always immediately apparent, even half-an-hour from a shaft of sunlight from an unexpected direction. My only safe place in summer is under the green-house staging, even though the average light there may be less than optimum. Experiments with the chilling of newly sown spores, a necessary procedure for es seeds, have proved inconclusive. Someti the chilled sp h p immediately the unchilled ones from the same batch not at all. On other occasions both have taken the same time to germinate. The species tried were mostly alpine or cold tolerant - Asplenium viride, A. adiantum-nigrum, and A. ruta-muraria, also Polystichum lonchitis, P. vestitum, P. makinoi and P. polyblepharum. Obviously, something else is at W . here, possibly moisture levels again, and as no-one else has noticed this effect Pp it down to a vivid imagination. : ; mall What of the nourishment? A major problem is that prothalli are likely to be nutrients bulk of compost for six months or more and will almost certainly run out of n gr Can a compost be devised that will provide very slowly released nutrients ove’ ape Just feed? Sporelings certainly grow much faster when transplanted. What aes nourishment? Experience with the sort of fertilisers commonly used in compos” se fertilisers Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 119 from plant stalks, seaweed, poultry manure and limestone grit up to \, inch sieved, in equal proportions. This provides a good physical mix put through a /, inch riddle and provides nourishment for a few months - sterilised for spores, unsterilised for sporelings in the hope of offering a good mix of mycorrhizal fungi. Experiments with Cocopeat instead of my somewhat stodgy and very acid peat are encouraging. Feeding, in an emergency, works well, using a soluble high-nitrogen feed, at about a quarter of the recommended strength, with a pipette, drop by drop between prothalli. mnranct i 4 + + p yp g g water over the pots O p ’ p trouble with moss until recently. At first | thought it came from airborne spores, then through the water, but after eliminating both of these the trouble had to be faulty sterilisation. | came across a most interesting publication called the Moss Grower's Handbook by a Michael Fletcher and learned things about mosses that the botany books omit. From his experience it seems that mosses exist as bits of protonema (roughly the equivalent of fern prothalli) in grains of soil and this fitted well with my own observations, both indoors and in the garden. The trouble was my lumpy compost - the heat was not getting to the centre of the lumps. So now | pour boiling water direct on the soil - no paper (which disintegrated anyway) - three or four times in quick succession. This is very effective but does strange things to plastic pots! Another mystery, so far unsolved for many of us, is what makes prothalli germinate or, perhaps | should say, not germinate? Sometimes they grow and grow up to ¥, of an inch or more with frilly proliferations on their surfaces and edges but no fronds appear, even after 18 months. Do they have only one chance in their lives to produce sporophytes and if conditions are not right just carry on growing? A bit of a dead end from an evolutionary point of view! But we accept that ferns are different! Obviously, there has to be some water on the underside to facilitate fertilisation but condensation will occur abundantly in cool periods of weather and at night. My own usually are very wet underneath, especially where they contact the soil. | did wonder if the even temperature of the propagating case was preventing this early in the summer So took out a box of pots and put them in a cold frame in August (probably too late) to imitate the falling temperatures and increased condensation of autumn. Both could have provided the spur. They were tl for a fortnight and tt t ito the propagating case. Two months later quite a number of fronds appeared but not the dramatic surge | had hoped for to prove the point. | get the impression that prothalli are programmed to produce sporelings at a certain size, perhaps ¥, of an inch across, if conditions are otherwise suitable. And if any fronds appear months later they are from late germinating spores. This is something the Victorians must surely have found out and no doubt some of our members have too. There is a beautiful series of pictures of germinating spores and developing sporelings in C.T. Druery’s British Ferns and their Varieties. He tells us that germination takes place in a “few weeks” and fronds appear “a month or more later”, which for me does not happen often enough. We have to bear in mind that most fern-raising then was of easy Athyrium and Dryopteris varieties. Another thing to bear in mind is that they did not have plastic pots - even stood in a dish of water and covered with glass, earthenware pots would be much better aerated. | really must try to keep things drier. We do not seem to have any reliable figures, as we have with seeds, of the longevity of fern spores. Most last 6-8 months, at least long enough for sowing the following spring. Some last for years and, as with higher plant seeds, storage conditions must have a marked effect. It seems logical to assume that many will not stand much drying, normally spending their winters in cold damp conditions, which means they should be ed in a fridge. Osmunda regalis is noted for the short life of its spores but it is evident that there are conditions under which they will live for a very long time indeed. 120 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) In September 1975 | was near Valencia on the SW coast of Ireland and noted on some of the peat bog workings a thin green line 3 inches down from the surface. It was made of many thousands of tiny plants with a round leaf about ', inch across on 1 inch wiry stems. Totally mystified | took a fist-sized piece home and twelve months later realised that | had a clump of many Osmunda regalis plants. Some are still in my garden. Evidently, there were viable spores by the million over acres of these bogs - but not a fern in sight. My own explanation is that these bogs were covered with Osmunda at one time and were “harvested” for their stems for orchid growing, for which they were highly prized. This was a widespread practice in parts of Wales too, around the end of the 19th and beginning of this century. This makes the spores 75- 100 years old, - unless someone has another explanation? Certainly at 3 inches down in the peat they must have been there a long time. . Wondering if this could be turned to the advantage of the spore exchange, | have been experimenting with spores kneaded into a ball of freshly dug, sticky wet peat, (not the sort you buy in bales). A small portion mixed with water and spread on the usual compost showed good germination the following summer but few or none after two years. A small ball in a bottle hardly imitates the natural conditions; presumably, the spores would have been in conditions of little oxygen, high CO., no light and usually wet, not to mention the possibility of inhibiting substances in the peat (HS?) Easy enough to repeat in a laboratory if anyone has the facilities. | also tried keeping spores in a corked test- tube of water, but this did not work. Inevitably, a few pests have turned up. During the winter of 1989/90 lots of tiny black aphids turned up in the warmed propagating case on young sporelings and potted plants, but, oddly, never on prothalli. A few proprietary aphid sprays were tried, cautiously, but the damage they did to young fronds (and sometimes older ones) was quite unacceptable and led to moulds later. They were not, | think, damaged by the chemical involved but by the detergent materials in the formulation used to reduce surface tension, a point fairly well confirmed by the use of a few drops of washing-up liquid in water, which was equally damaging. So what to do now? | discovered that “Vapona” sue containing diclorvos were still available so | hung a small one in the case, with quite dramatic results and no damage. The beasties keep returning, usually on just a we odd plants, so the strip is set amongst them with a sheet of polythene over. 24 hours is usually sufficient. From time to time newly emerged prothalli develop frilly edges, suddenly diminish oF disappear, or older ones curl up having apparently lost their roots (rhizoids). On one occasion | found a minute maggot associated so gave it the blame, and found that a minute spot of the forbidden DDT would usually stop the trouble. Then a visit ret a nurseryman member told me what | needed. “Fungus gnats, try flypaper”. | did, an over the next three weeks caught 60 in the case. Still an odd one turns up from time to time but hopefully not enough to give much trouble. Another trouble is rotting prothalli, sometimes with a white filamentous mould ape on the compost. The centre turns brown, and if they are thick, quickly spreads oe them all. Fairly obviously caused by warm damp conditions, | am now trying to leav Pus ” I the case open for a few hours each day to let things dry off. | tried esiiaers : ages on a spare potful without any obvious damage, so it may be worth trying Bade dns desperate. Perhaps | should be thankful for what | haven't got. jously Mice are always with us and 1990 was a “boom” year for them. They are cur selective. In the fern polytunnel they cleared my maidenhair ferns in a week, then ple on to Pteris multifida which were gone in a few days. Several mice were caught phe voles). Then another invasion got busy on Cyrtomium fortunei, but were stopped Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 121 total destruction. Last spring they repeatedly attacked Athyrium otophorum. The odd thing is that closely allied species adjacent are ignored. They are not usually difficult to trap with peanuts but, at three or four mice a week, it means daily attention to the traps. Somebody must have answers or bits of answers to some of these problems. Some of the hazards of an annual publication are that one forgets to write in until it is too late, and discussion by letter is almost impossible. If you have any thoughts, now is the time to make notes, put them on a piece of paper where you will be constantly reminded (diary?) and write them up around Christmas time. There is at least one other member who will be interested. Looking on the bright side, if we knew it all, fern raising would not be such fun - but then we never will! BLECHNUM SPICANT ‘CONCINNUM DRUERY’ J. W. DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex 1G10 1LT Following up my article on Variation in Blechnum spicant in the 1991 issue of the Pteridologist, Vol.2 part 2, | have to report a very pleasant discovery. Browsing through a collection of old fern potographs which were passed on to me very many years ago by Percy Greenfield, | came across one photograph taken by Druery of his ‘Concinnum Druery’ variery of Blechnum spicant. What a pity | did not discover this before my article was published last year! In it | lamented the fact that we had no photographs of the variety, and I am pleased that | can now remedy this omission. BUT, the mystery remains - WHY did Druery not use this photograph to illustrate at least one of his many published references to his ‘Concinnum’ which he regarded very highly? Also among the photographs was one of ‘Lineare Banks’ which appears to have been a superb variety of the species. Wy pee om A j ‘Li Banks’ Blechnum spicant ‘Concinnum Druery’ Blechnum spicant ‘Lineare 122 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) RAISING FERNS FROM SPORES NEIL TIMM, Aldre, Grimsby Road, Binbrook, Lincs. LN3 6DH The subject of raising ferns from spores has, | am certain, been covered many times in the journals of the B.P.S. by members more able than myself. However, | offer as an excuse for writing this article, the fact that it is a subject which seems to be of endless interest to fern enthusiasts, and that, moreover, | have been encouraged to ite by | I hoh p i in a written account of my methods. Having been spore-raising for only some five years now, no part of the system here described can claim to have been tested over a long period of time though, in that short time, most of these methods have successfully produced large numbers of plants. Perhaps, more usefully over that time, a number of techniques, for almost every part of this system, have been tried and abandoned as inappropriate, or for various reasons unsuited to my disposition. What remains works well for me and, if so, therefore should work well for anyone. The spores, are, of course, at the beginning of any method of fern growing. So far | have only used two sources, those sent out from the Spore Exchange, (over which no control can be exercised, but which always prove to be reasonably clean and pure when | grow them), and th llected f tock plants, and the plants of other members. When collecting from stock plants | do not go to great lengths to prevent cross contamination, but have so far been little troubled by it. Whether this is purely g fortune or, in part, the method of collecting the spores is impossible to say. Generally, however, | try, as far as is practical, to prevent contamination by such relatively simple methods as collecting each frond separately and sealing it in its envelope before the next is cut, keeping the envelopes away from the plants, and preferably collecting from plants which have not been grown too close together, as the number of spores falling on a frond from other plants must diminish rapidly as the distance from those plants increases. | really feel that this simple idea could make a big difference to the amount of contamination, especially when the spores are collected from a garden where many different ferns are often grown in close proximity to each other. It is probably highly desirable to wash the frond under running water and/or in a sterilizing solution at this Stage, but so far | have not done this, though | do try to make sure that any frond used is free of all blemishes, moulds and rusts, etc. Nor are the spore envelopes sterilized but, in order to reduce risks, clean paper should perhaps be used. If possible, new typing paper taken fresh from, and stored in its packet, seems to be as good a choice as any and, possibly because it is smooth and does not readily gather dirt, it has proved quite good to date. At least the number of contaminated cultures | get are not too excessive. As soon as a number of spore envelopes have been filled preparations for sowing a because | feel, as it seems do many people, that the fresher the spores are, the bes they germinate. Not only that, but it makes sense, particularly if you do not run to any form of artificial day length correction, to sow in the natural season when the ees would be shedding and, hopefully, germinating, in nature. Certainly they will not agile in the cold dark depths of winter, and sowing immediately can do no harm. i mp a the spleenworts are one of the most difficult groups to germinate, except, P dded i . . . nd scolopendriums which grow like weeds. Also, more commonly a s alle when i Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 123 using peat in the mix, | like to add extra bone meal to the compost to compensate for the dilution of nutrients caused by the additives. | feel that a little bone meal in a spore mix is a good idea anyway, as bone meal, of course, (apart from a little nitrogen which can at least do no harm), is principally a phosphate fertilizer, phosphate being the food most likely to be needed by small plants lacking an extensive root system, and the most difficult for them to obtain. If possible, the need for extra feeding later, when the prothalli or young ferns have begun to grow, should be avoided, as this will eliminate the chance of introducing contamination with the feed, as well as reducing work. In fact, | find it is rarely necessary to feed the plants again before pricking out. Therefore the bone meal, which is usually added at about '/, the John Innes rate, would seem to be doing its job. These compost mixes are used to two-thirds fill one pound glass honey jars, the compost at the bottom of the jar being usually used in its natural state, but the top inch or so is passed through a riddle. This is not to help the plants in any way, but simply because it makes pricking out easier if the sporelings, are not all rooted together into one large lump of compost. Indeed, since the prothalli have no proper roots, but only rhizoids shallowly attached to the surface, in all probability the texture of the growing medium makes little diffference to them. At one time | placed gravel in the bottom of the jars for drainage but now think this unnecessary if the compost is not over wet. Indeed, the only real reason for filling the jars as deep as two thirds full is that this lifts the plants nearer the top to make for easier pricking out. Also, a larger volume of compost is, perhaps, more likely to remain evenly moist. Probably the best way to fill the jars is to fill them up to the top loosely, which will give approximately the needed depth when the compost is levelled and lightly pressed. The jars can then be watered with a fine rose to achieve the desired moisture content, this watering also helps to wash any stray compost from the sides of the jars, which can then be given a day of container, including plastic lunch-box type cartons, and the plant pots in plastic bags method, and am now convinced that glass jars are by far the best for several reasons. Firstly, because, as with the pot and plastic bag, it is a sealed closed system like 3 wardian case, which means that no extra watering will be needed after sowing. This reduces work and the risks of introducing contamination with the water. A sealed system also means there is no risk of the compost drying out if neglected, and since it is constantly moist, there is no risk of the prothalli being dry at the vital and, perhaps, short moment when the male gametes are released, it being unnecessary to give any extra water at this time under this system. Secondly, as most of the condensation forms under the metal lid, instead of on the glass of the jar, and the glass is much more easily seen through than many materials such as plastic bags, the culture can always be vi and, moreover, without the risks of opening the container. Jars also have the advantages of being clean, tidy and durable, to my mind no small benefits, especially, since, if bought from a beekeeping supplier, by far the cheapest source | have found, they cost, with the lids, only about three times the price of much less convenient plastic pots. This is also considerably less than the price of similar jars bought from a wholesale chemist, or the glass lidded jars sold for jam making, etc. Although both these types of jar wore be equally good, for the sake of economy it is perhaps worthw! g ping supplier, not hard to find in most areas. Glass jars lend themselves readily to being sterilized by heat. The waxed cardboard wads used to line the lids have to be removed, of course, but as a completely airtight seal is not required, only one good enough to keep out the spores of moss and fungi, etc., these will not be needed. After loosening the lids of the jars, (do not forget to do this whatever else you may forget to do!) they can be placed in a compost sterilizer, 124 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) autoclave or domestic oven to sterilize; a microwave is not suitable because of the metal lids. For a long time | used a compost sterilizer to sterilize the jars with their contents, though | did find that the jars needed a little longer than’a batch of compost, presumably for the heat to penetrate the glass. (Note that jars should preferably be cooled slowly.) | now, however, use a domestic oven which does the job equally well. If using an oven, the jars will need to be placed on the top or middle shelf, at gas mark one, for about an hour to an hour and a half, though this may vary from oven to oven. In an electric oven a setting just below boiling point will be needed. When the jars have cooled the lids can be screwed down tight. This, then, is another advantage of the glass jar over other methods, as this heating leaves the whole jar, including lid and compost, completely sterile and with the contents covered throughout; also, the original moisture content of the compost remains unaffected. Thus it is possible to have the jars already prepared with the correct moisture content. For most ferns, a little wetter than you would normally expect potting compost to be just after watering, seems to provide enough moisture for germination and growth, though | have found that cheilanthes did well on a much drier compost, and osmundas, etc., may need to be a littler wetter. Perhaps it may not matter much, as one experienced fern grower assures me that composts for spore- raising cannot be too wet. Usually the jars are then left a day or so to settle down before sowing, but if a large batch has been made, they may be sealed down and kept as long as desired, or at least until there are enough spores to sow the full batch. Sowing is normally done in a draught-free room, naturally, away from any ferns. The spare jars and other packets of spores are kept in another room during sowing to avoid cross contamination. | rarely Sow only one jar with the spores of one species, because it is easy to sterilize large batches of jars using the methods described. Sowing in more than one container gives some insurance of success, as there are always some failures in most sowings, and the jars being quite small, this costs little in extra spores. The way which | have found Suits me best is to press a piece of paper a little larger than the top opening of the jars, onto the spores as they lie spread in the bottom of the spore envelope. When the paper is lifted off this leaves most of the dross behind in the envelope, then the paper is placed, with only the small number of spores that will have adhered to It clumping out of the prothalli unneeded. After sowing, the name of the spores, and any other details wished for, are written on the lids of the jars with a marker pen. Then | remove the jars, envelopes and other materials from the room. Having cleared the room, the working surfaces are wiped with a damp cloth and hands are washed. This at least gives any stray spores time to settle. As the jars are glass with metal lids they may be very prone to overheating if a“ in strong sun, therefore, even if the ferns sown have a high light requirement, they Mm | tol lin, f 3 If the light levels are very low the jars may be spaced a little to reduce the shade _ by the lids. Very rarely need anything more be done to the culture until the pric in the jars, since it is rather a lot to ask the sporelings to put up with being histone and to adapt to a lower humidity at the same time. This sort of humid enviro Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 125 could be provided by a frame or propagator, but the method | like best is to place the trays of plants into plastic bags, supported above the sporelings by two or three wire hoops pressed into the compost at their ends. This system has the advantages that, firstly, it permits large numbers of trays to be used at the same time at little expense and, secondly, of allowing each tray to be treated differently, as, for example, when hardening off by opening the bags a little. The trays, | find, must be left in the bags for at least four weeks, or preferably longer, before hardening off. | do not bother to sterilize the compost in these trays to any great extent, at least not if it is fairly weed- seed free to begin with. The result of not sterilizing is usually a growth of moss, but this is only slow if the trays are kept covered, and plants of a good size at the pricking out stage seem well able to cope with a slight growth of moss, though it would be perfectly possible to sterilize the trays by pouring boiling water through them, in the case of, say, very valuable ferns. The plants are then left in a the trays for as long as possible before potting, and | do feel that, as with pricking out, large ferns seem to get going better, which is the opposite of normal woody perennial plants. | do not know why this should be so; perhaps it has something to do with the way ferns grow, with the next generation of fronds and roots already forming towards the tip of their rhizomes. Well, this is about all | can say on raising ferns from spores at present and | hope that it will be of interest to members. | am certain that raising spores is an interest which still has many surprises and new experiences in store for me and, if anyone has not yet tried it, for that reason alone | can highly recommend that you have a go. BOOK REVIEW A WORLD OF FERNS by Josephine M. Camus, A Clive Jermy and Barry A. Thomas, 1991. Natural History Museum Publications, London. 112 pp., numerous colour plates 218 x 275 mm. Price £9.00. | suspect by now many members will already be familiar with this superb book, one of several published to mark the centenary of the British Pteridological Society. It is a general interest book, one that is a joy to browse and show to friends, who, perhaps, might not understand what we see in these plants. All the main groups of pteridophytes are represented with first class colour photographs, contributed free of charge by fern lovers from all over the world. This is a book of relatively few words but the chapters are organised to cover the fern life cycle, fossil ferns, ferns of the world by habitat and their leisure uses. It will serve as the perfect introduction to the world of ferns for the newcomer. We will all have our own special highlights in the book, but | derived most pleasur e from seeing tree-ferns in their natural montane grassland habitats on the Isle of Reunion and png | ae Al Pe 1d ot yeaa, Pee | There are many, many other photographs Naveiit epuUc ivurY worthy of mention but no space to itemise them here. 1 otorred Inevitably, no two people Id ch th p my part | woul dt ~ to see more cultivars of our British ferns included. The authors are all botanists and their preferences emerge in the selection of a rather larger proportion of photographs of examples of the unfernlike Equisetaceae, Salviniaceae and Marsileaceae than | would choose. All round this is an excellent work which | am sure will help to popularise ferns. thoroughly recommend it to everyone with any interest in natural history. MARTIN RICKARD 126 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) DRYOPTERIS DILATATA ‘JIMMY DYCE’ JUDITH JONES, Fancy Fronds, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, Washington 98119, USA Dryopteris dilatata ‘Jimmy Dyce’, as Martin Rickard and | are inclined to call this variety, was the mystery Dryopteris sp. in the nursery for some years. It made one of those in Jimmy Dyce’s garden in 1986. As the population matured and a nice threesome adorned a prominent place in our display garden, customers began clamouring to have it. Should we gear up production on a plant with the dubious title of Dryopteris sp.? Unlabelled plants cause no end of confusion in the commercial trade. Large nursery companies delight in coining illegitimate names for market plants. | become unreasonably “bent out of shape” when a fern | introduced to the market turns up with a “new” name. Everytime | took this plant through the Dryopteris key in Page’s The Ferns of Britain and Ireland | landed squarely down in dilatata, except that it was somewhat atypical in its upright rigid habit and thick fleshy texture from the type plant. | sent fronds to Jimmy twice and he couldn't relate it to dilatata at all. | kept insisting there must be some historical precedent somewhere. In preparing this article | believe | have found it in Moore’s Nature Printed Ferns and reiterated in Lowe’s Our Native Ferns. The plant that Moore describes as var. valida and Lowe as var. vallida is a perfect match in all respects, especially the form which both authors record was found by Mr. Tait in Monkland Glen, near Airdrie, Lanarkshire. First let us look at var. valida itself, using Lowe's description as it is a condensed version of Moore’s detailed exactness: “A handsome (infinitely so, we think) Fern, thick and fleshy (when fresh, not when dried). Fronds bipinnate, or often tripinnate (especially the lower pinnae pairs), large and broad. Stipes stout and moderately scaly. Pinnae broad and crowded. Pinnules more or less divided, almost to the midrib; oblong ovate, and curving somewhat forwards. The lobes oblong obtuse, lobate-serrate, with bristle-tipped teeth. The venules end on the margin on the upper surface in a hair-like white line, giving a falsely strigose appearance”. This last sentence is a direct verbatim quote by Lowe from Moore. This character is only apparent under magnification and not the naked eye. But the description of the form found in Monkland Glen and named subvariety erect by Moore is the real clincher for me. Moore’s description most aptly fits the primary distinguishing characteristics of this variety. It has “long stipites (meaning that the pinnae are distinctly stalked) and ovate triangular fronds, very erect in habit, pinnae distinctly concave, pinnules distinctly convex, having a crispy appearance. Length of frond above two feet’. BINGO! It is this crispy appearance, due to the dichotomous nature of having the frond surface concave, curled forwards, and convex, curled backwards, at the same time, that has been so difficult to describe. This three-dimensional curved aye is totally lost in herbarium material. As | hold a dried pressed frond next to 4 freshly picked frond the former is but a sad reflection of the latter. It is no wonder that Jimmy could not recognize the plant which he collected in “ on the Isle Arran and which is still flourishing in his garden. (WAS now in my ee Ed.). When | showed slides of my plants at the BPS Centenary Symposium in (Rickard, of course) recognized the form immediately. In his own words (oF @ thereof) he remembers Jimmy and Fred Jackson each arriving back at the cars W @ crown of what he thought to be rather unimpressive wizened D. dilatata. Hal! mmy Dyce Here in the U.S., especially in the Pacific Northwest, Dryopteris dilatata sip in stiffly is gaining a well earned reputation as a top notch landscape plant. Because Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 127 erect form and its attractively domed caudex, complementary plantings may be meshed right up to the base of the crown and still be clearly visible. The fronds remain mostly evergreen for us, with deterioration beginning in the stipe so that the fronds may fall over after heavy rains or snowfall yet still appear attractive. The fern is a natural for the commercial trade as it looks attractive at every size, a trait not always to be had with Dryopteris, especially the European and American ones. It has the typical D. dilatata verve for life and is a very successful self-sower. Considering Jimmy's great zest for life and his far reaching efforts to make all BPS members part of the fold, no matter how far from England they reside, Dryopteris dilatata ‘Jimmy Dyce’ is certainly a reflection of his spirit - handsome, gregarious, and well- worth cultivating. (Phew! JWD.) SHORTER NOTE/POEM! Centenary Day on Whitbarrow Fell (Monday 23rd September 1991) Figures in the midst Hooded, cladded, shrouded shapes, Stepping, stumbling, all look the same, Eyes ablink with biting rain, Keenly searching the wild terrain. Blurred outlines bend to eroded lime Carved by the elements in concert with time, Heads together in dual look alike, Slowly advancing on the hike Peering downward into endless grike. Voices falter against the wind Keep together, don’t get lost, Along the ridge, half mile or more, Then at an angle to unseen wall, Over the pavements, mind you don't fall. On the summit, where tracks meet Hearty greeting; wind swept shout, More of the party there to hail, Take a picture, mountain style, While we pause for just a while. Leaning backwards, forwards, against the gale All talk at once to tell a tale, Did you see . . . ? What did you say? They no longer call it viride! | think it’s affinis - over that way. Then descending, the weather relenting Morecambe’s bay unveiled its view, And progress now was greatly eased, As spread below in gentler breeze, Seemingly miles of cloud touched trees. Line astern the order now Steep paths yielding to a softer climb, Soon at base for there to gather, Laughing, joking, having braved the weather, Recalling happy hours together. RAY SMITH 128 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) AFFINIS WATCH CLIVE JERMY, Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD ANTHONY PIGOTT, 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts SG14 3AQ The Golden Scaled Male Fern, Dryopteris affinis complex, is one of the most fascinating systematic problem areas in the British pteridophyte flora. As we get close to the resolution of this puzzle, it seems a good time to start a mapping project to discover the geographical distribution of the various taxa within the complex. We would like any interested members to help us in this exciting project. It is worth recalling a few points about the Dryopteris affinis complex. It reproduces without needing fertilisation, and so can easily form pure strains and partially fertile hybrids. The group appears to share some of its origins with the Common Male Fern, Dryopteris filix-mas, but at least one ancestor has still to be found. There seem to be three good species within the complex in the British flora, with seven or so distinct morphological forms. For the last two years, we have been accumulating data on the various morphological forms, wherever possible using the same set of cultivated plants, to enable accurate correlation of distinguishing features. We have worked with Mary Gibby, who has carried out cytological examination of the plants. The information so far assembled includes Vv V¥wVe tl une ‘ty Jv r ify an unknown specimen. This year we hope 7 1 . “3 tn khinlaniral n a Vitiltiayy & O add ican vshi t ty au roU make-up of the complex. In 1987-88, the Botanical Society of the British Isles organised a sample survey of the vascular plants of the British Isles to assess changes in our flora since the major survey Carried out in the 1950s and 1960s. They recorded the presence of species in a sampling pattern of 429 pre-selected 10km squares in Britain, Ireland and the Channel Islands, and in each of these squares, they recorded the same in 3 pre-selected tetrads (2km Squares). We are proposing to map the D. affinis complex on the same basis. This = give a reasonably precise and statistically sound picture of the geographical distribution of various morphological forms of the fro complex across the British Isles. All records will be lodged with the Biological Records Centre at Monks Wood People will be able to contribute by collecting fronds of all the distinct morphological forms that can be found in any of the 10km squares in the sample. Records from other Squares not in the sample will also be very welcome. Anyone wishing to participate in the project can obtain a pack containing full details of the project, the 10km Squares concerned, the latest identification notes on the known morphological forms, record cards and notes on how best to collect and preserve material can be obtained by writing to either B.P.S. Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, ang London SW7 5BD, or to A C Pigott. 10km squares in the BSBI Monitoring Se Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 129 EQUISETUM PARK PJACOCK, 13 Star Lane, St Mary Cray, Kent BR5 3LJ There is a number of problems in keeping horsetails healthy without letting them run amok. Kept in pots, there are problems with watering control, growth over the top and out of the bottom of the pots, silica and other deficiencies, and the root ball freezing in winter with disastrous results. | started by trying to confine horsetails to clay pots sunk to their rims in the garden. | was unable to risk the more vigorous species as my wife threatened their total extermination if any escaped from the confines of their pots. Fortunately Equisetum hyemale, E. x moorei, E. variegatum and E.bogotense are very well behaved and have remained content to fill their containers while taking in water through the sides and bottoms of the pots. For a long time | had the idea of sinking long drain pipes in the ground vertically. It struck me that you could sink the pipes and also confine the roots in a waterproo sink. | had it in mind to allow water to flow in from the top pool in the garden and run out into a lower pool, but a tank could also be free standing. Before building such a tank, however, care should be taken to consider what conditions horsetails will require, as moving such a heavy structure, once constructed, will be, to say the least, problematic! Some horsetails definately need shade and can suffer severe scorching in hot sun, especially if they cannot draw up sufficient water; E. fluviatile and E. sylvaticum are very sensitive to this. Others need to be in water or have very damp conditions. !t will be shown, however, that quite a variety of conditions can be arranged in the same We (See Fig. 1) Water in Compost Various al Concrete Cap Concrete Tank Two sizes of Drain pipe sap 2” Plastic Pipe ————» Water out Porous Sharp Sand Mortar Cavities for Water Figure 1 - Equisetum Park | built a tank two and a half feet (75cm) deep by about two feet (60 cm) wide by three feet (90cm) long, using a strong concrete mix with a silicon based concrete additive to make it thoroughly waterproof. To avoid stagnation | fitted a two inch (5cm) plastic drain pipe about six inches (15cm) from the bottom as an overflow. The outflowing the concrete was set | made a 5 to 6 part sharp sand to cement mortar mut which was water porous. At this stage | also included some apples at the bottom of the tank to rot away and leave water cavities. Care must be taken, though, as it is inmportant Not to allow the horsetail roots to escape their confines. 130 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) Into the mortar | sank various lengths of 5 inch (12cm) and 7 inch (18cm) drain pipes cut into lengths from 15 inches (40cm) to 28 inches (70 cm). | used an angle grinder to cut the pipes, bought damaged from a builder’s merchant. This is a hazardous job on two accounts, namely, the danger of the tool and the dust created. If in any doubt, | would recommend getting someone else to do it. An aesthetic arrangement of the two sizes of pipe were then placed into the mortar, making sure each bottom is sealed. | also included a two inch plastic pipe amongst the drain pipes so that most of the water passed down to the bottom of the sump rather than to a few favoured tubes. The porous mix was then placed around the outsides of the pipes to within three inches (8cm) of the top. | fitted a plug of the waterproof mix across the top to cap between the pipes so that water could flow along the top and into various tubes in greater or lesser amounts. From then on it was trial and error with various composts and which horsetails preferred which situation. | have not lost any yet in two to three years, but E. fluviatile does get badly hed, and, you Id probably h d anyway, E. arvense has escaped into one neighbouring tube! v EDWARD NEWMAN (1801-1876) IN THE WELSH MARCHES MARTIN RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP One of the first books on ferns that | bought back in the mid-sixties was History of British Ferns by Edward Newman (1854). By today’s standards it is still an excellent book giving much information not available before or since. One of the features of the book was the fairly frequent mention of sites, mysterious to me at the time, such as Ludlow, Leominster, Titterstone Clee, Aymestrey and Shobdon in the Welsh Marches. About fifteen years later, by sheer good fortune, | moved into the heart of this region andb di ing tt names for myself and thing f Newman’s ferny activities in the area. In 1826 Edward's parents (George and Ann) moved to Leominster from Godalming in Surrey to join the family grocery business at 12 Broad Street, Leominster (now an estate agent's). Although it seems that Edward never lived in the town, we know (Newman 1876) that at about 1830 he started planting ferns in his parent’s garden at Leominster, presumably at Broad Street. Then in 1836, with his brother Henry, he transplanted them all into one spot which he called his fern garden, adding a few species collected In Wales. He further developed the collection in 1837, 1838 and 1839. He was surprised how easily all the species could be cultivated (Newman, 1876). A full account of his fernery at Leominster is given in the introduction of A History of British Ferns (1840), reprinted in 1844, but left out of later editions. The garden was enclosed by walls on all but the north side, and further divided by “close imitations of the most unpicturesque stone walls that ever deformed the face of a hedge-less country”! (Newman, 1840). Armed with the above information | hunted around the town of Leominster to try and find his fernery. Research led me to 46, Etnam Street. George Newman moved here from Broad Street in 71836 and stayed until his death in 1845, when it passed to Henry (Edward's brother) until he moved out in 1855. The house was lived in by various members of the family until 1901 when Henry returned there to live until 1908, when he died. Sadly, for me, the house has now been converted to a children’s home and the back garden is barren. It is, however, partially surrounded by walls and | feel pretty sure that this was the site of the 1836 fernery. Certainly in living memory (c. 1919) the garden was still well cared for. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 131 Research into the Newmans in Leominster is rather complicated, and | am very grateful to Mrs Blanchard for unravelling all the relationships for me. There are several addresse which were inhabited by members of the family during the middle to late nineteenth century. One is the greengrocer’s shop at 12, Broad Street, together with 14 Broad Street - both with little scope for a garden. Others were Newlands House, a Swiss chalet type building in spacious grounds on the western side of the town and, nearby, The Vista. Sadly, Newlands House was demolished earlier this century for the building of a housing estate, but even today evidence of the estate can be seen in the abundant amen hederifoli I hout the site and, i d f lants of Polystichum ad eect s ’ vg , r setiferum ‘Divisilobum’. | have not yet been able to trace The Vista. Rumour has it that there was a good grotto at Newlands House well stocked with ferns; however, | am beginning to question this because, not far away on the Barons Cross Road, the final ex-Newman residence | have traced still survives. This is Buckfield which was built in 1863 for Josiah Newman (another of Edward's brothers) when he moved from 14, Broad Street. On Josiah’s death in 1885 the property was taken over by his son, Henry Stanley Newman JP. It is a magnificent property, typically Victorian, now divided into two homes. At the principal house entrance there is a long, glazed porch with ornate ironwork and a superb stone fountain. At the other side of the entrance archway there is one of the finest surviving Victorian grottoes that | have seen. This was built in 1872 by Pulham and Sons of Broxhourne, Herts. A later member of this firm, J R Pulham, was coerced into the secretaryship of our Society from 1948-50 by W B Cranfield, although he was not a fern man. The work of Pulham and Sons was recently featured on the BBC TV programme The Victorian Flower Garden. The rockwork shown in the programme at Madresfield Court in Worcestershire was constructed in 1878-9, although dated 1876 in Picturesque Ferneries and Rock Garden Scenery by Pulham (c. 1877). It is remarkably similar in style to the one at Buckfield Keep (as the half of the house with the grotto is called today). Both are constructed of, mostly, artificial rock, presumably ‘Pulhamite’, which was made up of little more than a core of miscellaneous rubble faced with a rock coloured cement. At Buckfield, however, it does seem possible that the red sandstone rock is natural Herefordshire stone. These ‘boulders’ were very skilfully arranged into strata, giving the overall effect of a grotto in the best picturesque traditions. Pulham 's description of the Buckfield Keep grotto suggests that, though small, it was one of his more imaginitive efforts (Pulham c. 1877). From the outside at Buckfield Keep there is little evidence of a grotto, apart from a | ised bank and an h TT tory, glazed in typical Victorian style, with a rock surround (Fig. 1, opp. p. 132). Straight on Is a small chamber where the vine in the adjacent vinery was encouraged to spread its roots. This is entered via a rock arch while, to the right through a short rock lined passage (Fig. 2, opp. Pp. 132) is the larger chamber, measuring about 20 feet wide by 30 feet long (6 x 9 metres). This is beautifully rugged in construction, including ‘geological faults’ in the rock strata. There is a raised walkway at one end over a grotto, dripping well and pool, plus fe small glazed area, presumably reserved for filmy ferns. At one time the roof was yan but it has been open to the elements since about 1950; nevertheless, some ferns have Survived, including:- Polystichum setiferum ‘Divisilobum’ Dryopteris oreades Cyrtomium fortunei D. affinis subsp. borreri C.caryotideum Selaginella kraussiana Asplenium scolopendrium Pteris cretica Adiantum capillus-veneris 132 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) At one time the collection must have been very impressive, as the estate agent's house sale details of 1914 mention ‘Dixonia’, ‘Antarchia’, (Dicksonia antarctica !) “Woodwardia’ and ‘Radicaus’ (Woodwardia radicans !). The grotto at Buckfield Keep is part of a complex including several old Victorian iron- framed glasshouses. Thanks to the continuous efforts of its owner, Mrs Blanchard, the whole is in reasonable condition given its age, but it will continue to deteriorate all too quickly, unless funds can be raised in the near future for major restoration work. This grotto never belonged to Edward Newman but it seems probable that he was consulted during its construction and planting four years before his death. We have it on record that he had a severe illness in 1873 but recovered quite well until his final illness in May 1876. | like to think that he was fit enough during the last years to visit Leominster and have some involvement in the establishment of the Buckfield grotto. Almost certainly, some of the ferns there today are descendants of the original Newman collections of around 1830. Is this the oldest surviving private fern collection in Britain? | The owner of Buckfield Keep, Mrs D Blanchard, is happy to let BPS members inspect this grotto for themselves if they make a prior appointment: her telephone number is Leominster 612063. There is one other grotto still surviving in Leominster. It is a smaller less sophisticated Structure adjacent to Grange Court, which since 1939 has served as the Leominster ouncil offices. This grotto was probably built by a Mr Neild or more precisely by his wife, Helen, daughter of Henry (Edward's brother) with whom Edward had built up the original fern collection back in 1836. Ornaments and possibly ferns from 46 Etnam Street were used in its establishment. The Neilds, like the Newmans, were Quakers. Grange Court has another Newman collection; it is illustrated in History of British Ferns 1854, page 257, as Leominster market-house. A year later, 1855, the building was dismantled and moved to its present site by a Mr Arkwright (of the Spinning Jenny family). Although Edward did not live in Leominster he presumably used it frequently as a base for exploring the local countryside. The place names mentioned at the beginning of this article are within 15 miles of the town. Further evidence of his local rambles can be found in his accounts of Herefordshire Ferns (Newman, 1842) and Butterflies and Moths (Newman, 1869-70). It is a source of continual pleasure to me when | explore Shobdon Hill or search around Aymestrey quarry to think that Edward Newman walked there too. In many cases his records can still be confirmed. Acknowledgements | would like to thank Mrs Blanchard for permission to examine her grotto and for — many facts about the Newman family in Leominster. | would also like to thank Mr Bentley-Taylor for alerting me to the existence of these Leominster grottoes. References: NEWMAN, E 1840. A History of British Ferns. London. NEWMAN, E 1842. County Lists of British Ferns, (Herefordshire). Phytologist, 1,398. NEWMAN, E 1844. A History of British Ferns and Allied Plants. London. NEWMAN, E 1854. A History of British Ferns. London. NEWMAN, E ( 1874). A History of British Ferns. Fifth or People’s edition. London. ee NEWMAN, E n.d. An illustrated Natural History of British Butterflies and Moths (first 1869-70). London. inted by NEWMAN, T P. 1876. Memoir of the Life and Works of Edward Newman. London, reprin W Classey, 1980. PULHAM, J (c. 1877). Picturesque Ferneries and Rock Garden Scenery. London. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) towards entrance Fig. 2. Grotto at Buckfield Keep; passage from main chamber 133i Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) Fig. 3. Davallia mariesii (\eft) Fig. 4. Phanerophlebia pumila and Polystichum vestitum (right) ! tum Fig. 5. Plecosorus spinosissimum Fig. 6. Polystichum neolobatu! Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 133 SOME HARDY EXOTIC GARDEN FERNS NEW OR UNCOMMON IN CULTIVATION IN BRITAIN (Based on a talk given at the autumn indoor meeting at Kew, 1991). MARTIN RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire. SY8 2HP During the one hundred years since our Society's formation fern growers have tended to concentrate their efforts and garden space on the cultivation of our British species and their varieties. There is, of course, nothing wrong with that and | am a very keen grower of as many cultivars of our native species as | can raise or find. However, in the last few decades, propagating material from more exotic species has b available and the temptation to explore the potential for hardy introductions from overseas has become irresistable to many of our members. My initial interest in growing hardy exotic ferns was boosted by meeting Gerry Downey of Bicknacre, Essex in the early 1970s. Living not far apart, we got together and exchanged plants fairly frequently. | was most impressed by the range of his collection, including many ferns I’d never seen before, e.g. numerous woodsias, many Northern American, European and New Zealand native species, as well as a large number of non-hardy types, including filmy ferns and young tree-ferns. At around this time my interest was further stimulated by the enquiries of another member, Richard Rush, who was actively in contact with fern growers around the world, bulding up a register of ferns grown out of doors in their respective temperate regions. Richard’s research eventually led to the appearance of his excellent book, A Guide to Hardy Ferns, published by the Society in 1984. | am quite sure this book had a worldwide impact on fern growers, encouraging more and more experimentation with introductions into our gardens. Obviously, quite a lot of hardy ferns had been in cultivation for many years (see Reginald Kaye’s book Hardy Ferns, 1969), but if a recent explosion of interest in Britain can be traced back to any one factor it is almost certainly the extraordinary collecting ability of Christopher Fraser-Jenkins (CRF-J) and his influence on growers like Gerry Downey, Richard Rush and me. Throughout this period, while researching into various taxonomic problems, notably in Dryopteris, he has been all over the world collecting propagating material from hitherto untested species of temperate zones as well as upland regions in the tropics. His material has, unselfishly, been made available to the three of us at various times, as well as to the Royal Botanic Garden Kew, Chelsea Physic Garden and other members of the BPS, including a good collection installed at the Savill Gardens, Windsor. A lot of Christopher's collections, from potentially umpromising areas, have, Surprisingly, become established and proved to be hardy over the last few winters at oa Notable examples are many high altitude species from Mexico, Hawaii and the imataya. When | experiment with planting out new species | tend to play safe, and intially recommend the following simple technique: Plant Out during the growing season, late June to October, the earlier the better, to give the plant maximum time to settle before winter. Of course, choose soil of the correct PH; if the fern’s pH preference is unknown aim for a slightly acid substrata, i.e circa PH 6.5. Choose a shady site in the garden out of the prevailing wind, preferably on @ slope. If no natural slope is available, try making artificial banks and mounds. Install the plant with its growing axis at 45 degrees, with its roots under a stone and the Crown protected by the overhanging rim of the stone, so that its fronds grow out more Or less horizontally. By this system the plants look natural and the crown is protected = excessive winter wet and cold. With prized specimens, straw, or dead lady fern onds, etc., placed over the growing point throughout winter is not a bad idea. Some 134 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) species have the irritating habit of breaking dormancy during our seemingly inevitable false springs; in this case the insulation provided by straw etc. can prove doubly useful. If an experimental planting fails, try again when further material is available. Don’t automatically assume that the species is not hardy; remember there are many reasons why a plant can die! The following list of apparently hardy species represents only a minute fraction of the ultimate potential for hardy exotic ferns, which could be as high as 2000 species in our lowland British climate (more in the mild south-west), but it will, hopefully, stimulate other members to explore this rich source of interesting plants for our gardens. Adiantum poirettii - Mexico, via CRF-J. Each year | am frightened that this fern won't reappear but, so far so good after 4 years, it has! It is a most delicate maidenhair with yellow tinted indusia. 8 inches (20cm) tall. (See Fig. 1, opp. p. 133). Adiantum x traceyi - North American hybrid between A. jordanii and A. pedatum. Judith Jones brought me this plant many years ago and it has thrived. It is not evergreen with me but it certainly lasts longer in leaf than most other adiantums. Fronds are large, 18 inches tall (45cm), sub-palmate, intermediate between the parents. Arachniodes denticulata - Jamaica, Mexico, via CRF-J. Hardy for four years now, a remarkably delicate fern with quadripinnate fronds up to 12 inches (30cm) tall with me. Almost wintergreen. (See Fig. 2 opp. p. 133). Arachniodes standishii - Japan. Hardy in a neglected Herefordshire garden for many years. Unlike other arachnioides in appearance and formerly kept separate as Polystichopsis standishii. 24 inches (60cm). Blechnum chilense - S. America, or is it B. magellanicum?! | don’t know, but gardeners generally seem to accept that the most commonly grown large blechnum is B. chilense. There are, however, two distinct equally hardy forms in cultivation; perhaps one is B. chilense and the other B. magellanicum? Very handsome, but rarely exceeding 20 inches (50cm) with me. In sheltered gardens in the south-west etc. the combined height of rhizome and fronds can reach 2 metres. Blechnum minus - New Zealand. Long grown by Reg Kaye, it is presumably a calcifuge but does very well in a neutral soil on top of Westmorland limestone at Silverdale. A broad-fronded, pinnate, pale green species, up to 12 inches tall (20-30cm), with a creeping rhizome. Davallia mariesii - Japan. Hardy in neutral rock work. The only Hare's Foot Fern . Proven hardiness but the related Davallia stenolepis may be worth trying outside in a sheltered spot. 8 inches (20cm). (see Fig. 3, opp. p. 133). Denstaedtia appendiculata - Himalaya, via CRF-J. A pale green species with finely —_ quadripinnatifid fronds up to 3 feet tall (1 metre). Deciduous. Unlike D. punctiloba | IS Not invasive. An exciting new introduction, hardy for the last two winters. Dryopteris crispifolia - Azores. Named and introduced into cultivation by Dr ty see (Gibby, 1984). Perfectly hardy and large growing, 30 inches (80cm), spreading frond, superficially similar to Dryopteris dilatata ‘Crispa Whiteside’. Dryopteris lepidopoda - Himalaya via CRF-J. About 24 inches tall (60cm), very apn: to D. wallichiana but has the great advantage of all new fronds being flushed a red colour until fully uncurled, as in D. erythrosora. Dryopteris tokyoensis - a distinct species from Japan. Fronds erect, pale 30 inches tall (80cm) in Prof. Reichstein’s southern Swiss garden. Pinnate or green, up 1 bipinnatifid. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 135 Dryopteris wallichiana - Himalaya, Mexico, Hawaii, etc. Well established in cultivation but usually as a dark scaled form. The precise origin of this form is obscure but it is presumably Himalayan? Mexican specimens introduced by CRF-J with paler scales were formerly separated as D. parallelogramma but these have now been sunk into D. wallichiana. | have seen this fern about 6 feet tall (2 metres) in Prof. Reichstein’s garden in southern Switzerland, but rarely taller than 3 feet (1 metre) with me. Onychium contiquum - Himalaya, via CRF-J. Possibly the most finely divided of all ferns. 12 inches (30-40 cm). Fronds quadripinnate with ultimate segments almost linear. Peranema cyatheoides - Himalaya. Noted as hardy in the nineteenth century but not seemingly in cultivation until reintroduced by CRF-J. Resembles a small untrunked tree- fern; its diagnostic character is the sorus suspended on a stalk. 24 inches (60 cm). Phanerophlebia macrosora - Mexico, via CRF-J. A tall, 30 inch (80 cm), pinnate fronded relative of the cyrtomiums with a long stipe covered with papery scales, particularly near the base. Pinnae longer and narrower than most cyrtomiums. Only a few fronds are produced in early spring and autumn; possibly production is controlled by daylength (or drought?). Phanerophlebia pumila - Mexico, via CRF-J. A small, 12 inch (30 cm), simply pinnate fern related to the cyrtomiums. Pinnae margins serrate, pinnae few and widely spaced. Produces more leaves annually than P. macrosora. (See Fig. 4, opp. p. 133). Plecosorus spinosissimum - Mexico. A high altitude fern perhaps related to Polystichum. Collected by CRF-J. It is a very scaley plant with lanceolate fronds, hardy here for four years. Very distinct. So far fronds only 12 inches long (30 cm) with me, but often twice as large in the wild. (See Fig. 5, opp. p. 133). Polystichum longipaleatum (P. setosum) - Himalaya via CRF-J. Magnificent large glossy fronds, 18 inches (45 cm), covered with pale brown bristles. Young fronds resemble bunches of hairy caterpillars! Polystichum neolobatum - Japan. | was given this by Anne Sleep t hardy in Yorkshire. Here in Herefordshire it has suceeded well with its capping of straw over winter. A beautiful glossy deep-green species, fronds lanceolate, bipinnatifid with a very hard texture, spiny to touch. 15 inches (40 cm). (See Fig. 6, opp. p. 133). Polystichum nepalense - Himalaya, via CRF-J. Fronds pinnate and not unlike a more robust P. lonchitis, seems to be hardy here, foliage wintergreen so far. 12 inches (30 cm). Polystichum squarrosum - Himalaya, via CRF-J. Virtually indistinguishable from P. neolobatum, but, if | haven’t confused my labels, fronds of this species are reddish when young. 15 inches (40 cm). Polystichum stenophyllum - Himalaya, via CRF-J and others. A charming dwarf pinnate species, fronds 6 inches (15 cm) long by less than one inch broad (2 cm), each with a bulbil near the tip. The fronds have a slight yellowy tint. Polystichum vestitum - New Zealand. Hardy here in Herefordshire for several years, but remains small, 10 inches (25 cm). In the mild climate of Inverewe in north-west Scotland this species grows to an enormous size, perhaps 30 inches (70 or 80 cm). Rachis and stipe very scaley. (See Fig. 3, opp. p. 133). Pteris wallichiana - Himalaya. Grown for very many years as a magnificent specimen plant by Lt-Col. Philip Coke at Stinchcombe in Gloucestershire. It is quite unlike bracken and not likely to be invasive. The lamina is fan-shaped (rather like Adiantum pedatum) held horizontally at the top of a naked rachis, about 3 feet tall (1 metre). Deciduous. 136 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) : . | Stegnogramma pozoi - Spain, France and tropical Africa. Hardy with me in a humid, sheltered spot. The graceful pendulous, pale green, pubescent, lanceolate fronds are most attractive growing from a sheltered rock crevice. Deciduous. Calcifuge. 12 inches (30 cm). Thelypteris erubescens - Himalaya, via CRF-J. Thelypteroids are not usually considered important garden plants, but this species could prove the exception if initial indications of hardiness are confirmed. The shuttlecock of fronds over 3 feet (1 metre) long are graceful in their own right, but there is the added attraction of aerophores (breathing structures) at the point where each pinna joins the rachis. Needs a moist shaded site. Woodwardia fimbriata - a native of the Pacific Northwest, introduced to me by Judith Jones. A handsome erect species, up to 4 feet tall (120 cm), quite unlike the standard species of woodwardia with spreading fronds. Woodwardia unigemmata - a beautiful near relative of W. radicans over which it has several advantages. W.unigemmata is hardier, surviving unprotected here for at least four winters (although remaining small); with protection it becomes enormous with 6 foot (2 metre) long spreading fronds, most with a single bulbil at its tip. New fronds are richly flushed with red. Space precludes making the above list any longer, but | hope it gives some idea of the range of hardy ferns potentially hardy in our British gardens. References: GIBBY, M. 1984. Dryopteris crispifolia - a beautiful fern for the garden. Pteridologist 1,13. KAYE, R. 1968. Hardy Ferns. London. RUSH, R. 1984. A Guide to Hardy Ferns. London. SHORTER NOTE Collectors’ Corner Following up Barry Thomas's Shorter Note in the 1991 Pteridologist 2. 2, p.80, it may be of some interest to record an amusing happening last summer. Judith Jones, our Seattle, USA member and owner of Fancy Fronds Fern Nursery, stayed with me for two weeks after the International Fern Symposium held in July, during which she lectured twice. We spent the time, partly in the West Country, seeing ferns in the wild and visiting fern gardens. A visit was paid to Peter Boyd’s Museum in Barnstaple (see Pteridologist 1.6, 1989). One of Judith’s strong interests is in antiques and sii found much to interest her in the Museum, particularly artifacts with fern motifs. One which particularly interested her was a Victorian chamber-pot, artistically decorated with fern fronds. One of her ambitions, we learned, was to possess such an antique. Later, before she ret { home to the USA, | took Judith to visit a large antique emporium in an Essex village, a few miles north of me. An energetic time was spent here and after making many purchases we descended to the ground floor to pay for them. eer this was being done | had time to gaze idly around me, when my eye was arrest in a startling manner - on a shelf above my head reposed a chamber-pot and, surprise, surprise! - it was very beautifully decorated with fern fronds! Very cautiously (I wes what would happen) | drew my friend's attention to it. Pandemonium broke loose, tne sales personnel were startled and Judith was like a dog with not two tails but twenty - there was no holding her! morabilia exhibited September 1991, hibits! J WwW DYCE As a postscript, it is interesting to add that, among the Society’s me at our Centenary celebrations at our birthplace in Kendal, Cumbria in two chamber-pots, beautifully decorated with fern fronds, were among the ex Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 137 FERNS OF THE ENGLISH LAKE COUNTRY - a new fern garden develops at Brantwood, on the shores of Coniston Water E.S. BEAMISH, Brantwood, Coniston, Cumbria LA21 8AD Brantwood, the large house to the East of Coniston Water with ‘one of the best views in England’, is perhaps best known as the home of the great Victorian patriarch, John Ruskin. However, the Brantwood estate has an industrial history stretching back to Medieval times and the remnants of a natural history stretching back 5000 years or more. Brantwood House was built in the 18th century - a small Lakeland villa which has since been much enlarged. The house and 10 acres of woodland were sold in 1852 to W.J. Linton (see Fig. 1) - one of the finest wood engravers of the times. He was involved, in the 1830s, with the ‘radical republican fringe of the Chartist movement’ and was writing for ephemeral, more or less subversive magazines, whilst still producing superb disillusioned with politics and moved from London, first to Ravenglass in Cumberland and then to Brantwood, which was then in Lancashire. With his usual impractical and haphazard zeal, Linton set up a printing press to publish Fig. 1 W.J. Linton another crusading magazine, the ‘English Republic’. However, as with many of his earlier ventures, this publication was short-lived, party due to the inaccessibility of Brantwood from the printing suppliers and the railway. As so often happens, Linton has his best memorial, not in what he thought was his most significant work, but in one of his hobbies. Whilst at Brantwood, Linton researched and wrote a small, but exquisitely illustrated book, The Ferns of The English Lake Country, published in Windermere in 1865. It is from this work that the inspiration for a new ‘Linton Fern Garden’ at Brantwood is being drawn. It was felt that the gardens, though largely to be designed around the principles and ideas of John Ruskin, also owed a memorial to Linton, the first serious gardener, writer, artist and botanist to live here. Last Easter, it was decided to reopen the Ice House - a cave blown into the rock of the hillside by local quarrymen, lined with brick and mortar and used for storing ice throughout the year. The areas around the Ice House were densely overgrown with Rhododendron ponticum, presenting a rather dank and gloomy approach to the ice House tunnel. In the archives at Brantwood there exists an etching of this area of the garden, showing its originally open woodland character. It was, therefore, decided that the steep, rocky slopes above and around the Ice House with their naturally moist, acidic soil would be an ideal siting for a collection of fern species and cultivars based — those listed by Linton in The Ferns of The English Lake Country. This project is being undertaken in three sections, with the help of The Friends of Ruskin’s Brantwood’ and other volunteers. The first bed, above and surrounding the Ice House, has been planted 138 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) with a collection of the indigenous ferns recorded by Linton as being found in the Coniston Valley, (see Appendix). Bed 2, further up the slope, will contain a selection of Cultivars developed from the parent ferns in Bed 1. This area will be divided by an old pathway into, on one side, the more spectacular forms and, on the other, the ‘quieter’, less eyecatching ferns. A winding path leads on to the third area, which will contain examples of the other fern species mentioned by Linton as being found in the ‘Lake Country’, surrounded by a selection of their progeny. In this top bed, with its more gentle slopes, we also hope to take visitors in amongst the ferns to encourage a wider appreciation of these plants as individuals - the usual reaction to them often being ‘Oh yes - ferns!’ It is, therefore, going to be important that our labelling be accurate and easily legible and that any other interpretive material be simply written, but interesting and informative. If any of you, and particularly those in the Lake District area, are able to help with sorting out nomenclature and the relationships between the fern species and cultivars, | would love to hear from you. At present, we plan to label using the names that Linton quotes and the up-to-date names, as well. The more involved we become with this project, the more we are realising the immensity and scope of our small corner of the fern world. | have discovered the presence of three editions of Linton’s book - the second edited by Barnes and the third by Whitwell. | have yet to get hold of these last two editions, but gather that they are increasingly full of information, particularly about the many cultivars identified by the end of the last century. We are also hoping to create a collection of mosses, as groundcover to set off the ferns. The propagation and cultivation of these is another subject, as yet to be investigated. Our collection of ferns will gradually evolve over a number of years, being initially restricted by the large number of cultivars not available commerciallly. We will certainly be happy, in the future, to participate, with both spores and plants, in the British Pteridological Society exchange schemes, but will rely somewhat, in the early years, on the generosity of those with suitable plants to spare. For anyone coming to the Lake District, we would be pleased for you to visit our Linton Fern Garden, and would welcome any advice or comments on our work. It is proving an exciting and immensely stimulating project for all involved. Appendix Ferns mentioned by Linton as being found in the Coniston Valley. Botrychium lunaria Gymnocarpium dryopteris Blechnum spicant Hymenophyllum tunbrigense ryptogramma cri. Hymenophyllum wilsonii Dryopteris dilatata Osmunda regalis Dryopteris aemula Phegopteris connectilis Other ferns mentioned by Linton as being found in the Lake Country. Asplenium adiantum-nigrum Dryopteris carthusiana Asplenium ceterach Dryopteris filix-mas Asplenium x alternifolium Dryopteris submontana Asplenium marinum Ophioglossum vulgatum Asplenium ruta-muraria Oreopteris limbosperma Asplenium se ndrium Asplenium septentrionale Polystichum aculeatum nium trichomanes Polystichum setiferum Asplenium viride Polystichum lonchitis Athyrium filix-femina Pteridium aquilinum Cystopteris fragilis Thelypteris palustris Dryopteris x brathaica Woodsia ilvensis Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 139 THE IRISH RECORDS FOR OAK FERN, GYMNOCARPIUM DRYOPTERIS (L.) NEWMAN, A CAUTIONARY TALE D SYNNOTT, National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin Oak fern, Gymnocarpium dryopteris (L.) Newman, has been reported from nine Irish counties. A number of these records are certainly insecure and only five were accepted by Praeger (1901) for /rish Topographical Botany, apparently based on the assessments of Moore and More (1866) and Colgan and Scully (1898). The situation was unchanged when Praeger (1934) published his vice-county census in The Botanist in Ireland. Since then there have been reports of the species in Antrim (Stelfox, 1949) and Cavan (Jermy et al, 1978, and Clapham et al., 1987). Apart from some garden grown specimens only the Antrim records are supported by herbarium specimens though there can be little doubt as to the accuracy of at least three of the other sightings. The first Irish record for the oak fern appears in Wade (1804), ”...three branched polypody. Found in the stony parts of Turc mountain, Killarney; and among the rocks at the fall of Mam Turc, Cunnamara, Joyce country side”. Mackay (1825) adds, “Foot of the Mourne mountains near Tollymore Park”. “Tollymore” was to become “Tullamore, County Offaly” in Moore's, Nature Printed Ferns (1855). Mackay (1836) calls the plant, “tender three- branched Polypody” and gives the Irish record as, “Dry stony places in mountainous countries. On the Mountains of Mourne; Turk Mountain, Killarney; Mam-turk, Cunnemara, etc.”, and goes on to give an accurate description of the plant. The “etc” is apparently superfluous. All of these records were dismissed as errors based on beech fern by Moore and More (1866), “We fear that the stations in Districts 1 and 8 belong to P. phegopteris”. David Moore had found oak fern growing high up on Knocklayd, Co. Antrim, in 1836. There are three fronds of Moore’s Knocklayd collection in the general herbarium at Glasnevin and four, two each in volumes 5a and 5b, in his Hortus Siccus of the Antrim flora, also preserved at Glasnevin. All of the fronds are sterile and one, in volume 5a of the Hortus Siccus, has a small piece of rhizome attached. to Newman, or “sparingly” according to Moore and More. Stewart and Corry (1888) considered the plant extinct on Knocklayd, and Stewart and Praeger (1895) make the following interesting comment, “... a more unlikely habitat for this fern than the bare slopes of Knocklayd could not be imagined, ...could it have been planted there, as P. Robertianum was on Carlingford Mountain?”. Johnson (1893) explains, *...in 1878 my brother and | planted a quantity of Polypodium calcareum on Carlingford Mountain... | write this note to let it be known ... that P. calcareum ... is not indigenous”. Stelfox (1949), in his report of exciting later finds, records a further possible sighting of oak fern on Knocklayd. Charles Oldham recalled seeing it there in May 1913. He was not aware at the time that oak fern was rare in ireland, being familiar with it in North Wales. Oldham refused to allow his fifteen year old recollection to be published, (1949) states, “Personally | have never since doubted that he saw the oak fern on Knocklayd, somewhat below the summit and on the north face of the hill’. Moore mistakenly reported the altitude as 1800 ft.; the summit of Knocklayd is 1695 ft. The Knockagh locality listed in Dickie (1864) is an error for Knocklayd. a ig ss py ae aE Davi ee a a GI apart from the Knocklayd specimens. It was collected at Castle Howard Park (County Wicklow) in July 1846. The specimen has a printed label which gives the habitat of oak fern as, “Dry stony hills”, a reflection of Moore's only contact with the plant in a wild habitat in Ireland, but the specimen is undoubtedly from a cultivated plant. - . barkharilim 140 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) Oak fern was next reported from County Leitrim, “‘Benbo mountain, near Manorhamilton, in Leitrim!, at 800ft above the sea, the late Mr. J. Wynne” (Moore and More, 1866). The use of the exclamation mark is not explained but probably denotes, as in later conventions, that a specimen was seen by the authors. A collection of fern specimens made by Wynne survives at Glasnevin. It includes Irish, British and Continental specimens, attributed to Mr. Mackay, Mr. Shepherd, Mr. Bishop, Capt. During and J.A.W. (Wynne), and among them are oak fern specimens from Inverness, Ingleborough and Wales, the last initialled, “J.A.W.”. The collection cannot be dated but it demonstrates that Wynne was sufficiently interested in ferns to have identified the oak fern correctly. Wynne also reported beech fern from Glenade, Co. Leitrim (Moore and More, 1866) where it still Survives. Praeger (1934a) comments, “The Leitrim station for the oak fern (Benbo) was also examined in 1933 without success. The record is puzzling, for Benbo is a bare peaty hill of metamorphic rock with very little outcrop of rock and no suitable chinks where the fern might lurk, nor any gullies or glens”. Robert Warren made the next addition to the oak fern record. His report of the plant is in More (1872), ‘Near Lough Talt! on the Ox Mountains, Sligo”. Warren (1897) gave further details of the Lough Talt record in a comment on Colgan’s (1896) notes on the flora of the Ox Mountains, “It (oak fern) used to grow on the road side between some Stones at the base of the fence nearly opposite the Police Barrack, where | found it, wil cnas fronds to my est 1 and valued friend, the late A.G. More, and afterwards showed him some plants taken from that site, and growing in the garden here”. There was no sign of oak fern in its Sligo station when Praeger searched for it in 1933. He reported (Praeger, 1934a), “No trace of the oak fern was seen in the fences (mostly old stone-faced) either on the road which passes the now ruined barrack, the newer road immediately below, or the short road connecting the two - only Cystopteris fr agilis, Asplenium trichomanes, A. adiantum-nigrum, A. ruta-muraria, Scolopendrium, Athyrium and Lastrea filix-mas’’. Warren was a friend and correspondent of A.G. More. He lived at Moyview, six miles north-east of Ballina, in County Sligo. On a visit to Achill in 1873 More became ill and noted in his diary for 6th August, “On return | found my friend R. Warren come to meet me and take me back to Moyview for a visit’. More remained at Moyview for a time and was there again in August 1875 (Moffat, 1898). The Clare record is in the same category, perhaps no more than a garden escape. It is, “Roadside between Broadford Village and the Cliffs of Moher, T.H. Wright” (Colgan and Scully, 1898). An obituary of Thomas Wright appears in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for 5th October 1889. He was a member of the Society of Friends and described as a distinguished botanist and pteridologist and a large contributor to the Flora of Cork (i.e., Allin, 1883). Some of hi pl peci ive inth llection of Thomas Chandlee at Glasnevin (see, e.g., Linaria repens) but there is no specimen of the oak fern. All of the Kerry records are dismissed by Moore and More (1866) as errors based . misidentifications of beech fern. The Muckross specimen in Taylor’s herbarium (Newman, 1844) is likely to be from a cultivated plant. The Wicklow records for oak fern, “At Sheenabeg near Aughrim, very sparingly, er G.H. Kinahan” (Colgan and Scully, 1898) and, “Hill overlooking Glendalough, 1879, a Marshall” (Marshall, 1899), are discussed by Brunker (1950) who attributes the fir record to a lapsus calami, since the site is occupied by another rare fern, —— billotii, and the second record to a trick of memory, being reported twenty years | al the supposed sighting. Marshall's record (1 899) was reported in a review, with — records, of the second edition of Cybele Hibernica, which gave rise to a ‘agieeer exchange of criticisms in the Journal of Botany for 1899 (pp. 269-272, 7 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 141 456-458). In their reply to Marshall's rash criticisms they conclude with this piece of advice which is perhaps still helpful to visiting botanists, “We trust that he will continue with our island flora may have the effect of converting him to our scepticism”. Apart from the very dubious sighting of oak fern on Knocklayd in 1913 mentioned by Stelfox (1949) there have been two reports on the species in Ireland this century. In a very successful investigation of the Garron Plateau in 1949, Stelfox found “a nice clump of oak fern ... about 12-15 fronds” on the bank of the Pollan Burn (Stelfox, 1949), and comments, “| must agree with Dr. Praeger that the plant is more likely to be due to a chance wind-borne spore from Scotland than the last remnant of an Antrim colony”. He continues in optimistic vein, ‘Nevertheless, if it occurs in a chink of rock by the Pollan Burn, th why it should not in a similar situation alongside any river or stream in N.E. Ireland - or N.W. Ireland for that matter”. The Pollan Burn plants were still there in 1975 (Hackney, 1982). The other recent record for the oak fern is a dot (22/39) in the Fern Atlas (Jermy et al., 1978) for the Bruse Hill area of County Cavan. This Cavan record is repeated in Clapham et al. (1987) but is an error (Curtis and McGough, 1988). Conclusions In the first half of the nineteenth century oak fern certainly grew on Knocklayd in Country Antrim. Several other records for it were errors based on sightings of beech fern, Phegopteris connectilis (Michx) Watt. In the second half of the century oak fern was seen in Leitrim, Sligo and Clare by reputable botanists who had their records accepted by the distinguished compilers of botanical records of that period, Moore and More (1866), More (1872) and Colgan and Scully (1898). Specimens were apparently collected from each of the three counties but no vouchers survive. Two Wicklow records are thought to be based on a slip of the pen and a faulty recollection. Curtis and McGough (1988) suggest that oak fern became extinct in County Wicklow as a result of overcollecting but there is no evidence for this and | prefer to accept Brunker’s view that the plant was in both instances recorded in error for the county. The twentieth century records include a very dubious sighting on Knocklayd, Co. Antrim, an erroneous report from Cavan and an accurate and well documented find on the Garron Plateau in County Antrim. remnant of an Antrim colony it seems best to regard the species as a short-lived colonist in Ireland. Indeed, wind-borne spores from garden plants might give rise to wild plants. Oak fern became established at the National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, in the early 1980's on peaty humus between rocks on a recently constructed wall near the rockery at a time when the fern was not in deliberate cultivation at the Gardens. The fern was grown at Glasnevin as early as 1804. In his catalogue of plants grown at Glasnevin, Underwood (1804) describes oak fern as a hardy perennial, “flowering” June to September, and gives it the English name, “Branching polypody”. He does not give any country of origin for the plant though he does so for thirty-two of the fifty ferns listed in the catalogue, of which fourteen are from Ireland. We know from the above records that oak fern was also grown at Castle Howard Park, County Wicklow, in the 1840's and also apparently at Muckross, County Kerry, mnare it was collected by Thomas Taylor who died in 1848. No doubt it was widely cultivated in Ireland as in Britain in the middle and later part of the nineteenth century during what has become known as the Victorian Fern Craze. It is a beautiful plant, and would 142 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) certainly have been sought by avid fern growers. Lowe (1865) states, “Nothing can exceed the exquisite beauty of this plant, nor the refreshing colour of its most vivid green fronds ... it must remain one of the most beautiful species of our cultivated ferns .. there is a delicious coolness in the colour of the fronds that is refreshing...’ Page (1982) points out that oak fern frequently grows with beech fern, whose ecology and geographical range in Britain and Ireland (!) it closely parallels, growing in upland oak-birch woodland, descending to nearly sea-level in the West of Scotland, often with Oxalis acetosella, Viola riviniana and Anemone nemorosa, also occurring with similar woodland species in moist rocky pockets amongst mossy screes on mountains with Adoxa moschatellina, coer radia oppositifolium and Alchemilla alpina. Beech fern in Ireland is usually found in mountain rock crevices. Upland oak-birch woodland is scarcer and the flora of our mossy mountain screes has less of an alpine facies than in Scotland. Suitable niches for oak fern are correspondingly fewer. Pioneer plants have seldom survived for long. The Pollan Burn record represents the longest surviving Irish population and the only one to be found in a natural habitat which might give the plants a greater chance of surviving and expanding to the relatively small number of suitable niches available. In fact the plant has shown no signs of increasing. Its status is precarious and it may already have disappeared from the site. Oak fern appears to be an occasional invader from Scotland or from the shelter of Irish gardens. It has successfully established itself on a number of occasions in wild places but only for a limited period in any one station. It has failed to spread and can doubtfully be listed as a permanent member of the Irish flora. References k. CLAPHAM, AR. TUTIN, T.G. and MOORE, D.M. ‘1887. Flora of the British ie oe CURTIS, T Gi F. and McGOUGH, H.N. 1988. The Irish Red Data Book. Dublin DICKIE, G. 1864. A Flora of Ulster and Botanist’s Guide to the North of Ireland. Belfas gecneeie “ie a H.R., FARRELL, L. and PERRING, F.H. 1978. Atlas of hana of the British JOHNSON, We 1893, Polypodium calcareum, at Carlingford, not indigenous. /rish Naturalist Me. LOWE, E.J. 1865. Our Native Ferns. London MACKAY, J.T. 1825. Cata alogue of the indigenous plants found in Ireland. Transactions of the Royal ris ademy 14: 103-1 MACKAY, J.T. 1836. Flora Hibernia. Dublin. MARSHALL, E.S. 1899. Remarks on the Cybele F Hibernica, Ed. 2. Journal of Botany 37: 269-272. MOFFAT, C.B. 1898. Life and letters of Alexander Goodman More. Dublin. MOORE, D. and MORE, A.G. 1866. Cea iaginne towards a Cybele Hibernica. Dublin. MOORE, T. peo The ‘ferns of Great Britain and Ireland (nature ondon. printed). Li MORE, A.G. 1 1. Proceedings of a Royal Irish Academy 1 science a 293. NEWM E. 1844. History of British ferns. London aio : A 1982. The fap of Britain and Ireland. Cambri ridge. 2% meee R. LI. 1901. Irish Topographical Botany. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy PRAEGER, R. LI. 1934. The way that | went. Dublin PRAEGER, : ine 1934a. New stations for ee plants. Irish Naturalists’ Journal 5: 33-36. ‘s STELFOX, A.W. 1949. Notes on some plants found in the Carnlough District and on the Garro Plane u. Co. Pi otota sie Freeh ae Rintse 9: 317- STEWART, Sy A.a id CORRY, T.H. 1888. A Flora of the North- East of Ireland. Belfast. ” STEWART. SA. and PRAEGER, R. LI. 1895. A supplement to the “Flora of the North-East of Irelan of Stewart and Corry. Proceedin ings of the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club 4: 133-236. soit UNDERWOOD, J. 1804. A c catalogue of plants, indigenous and exotic cultivated in the bow arden Coo to The Dublin Society, at Glasnevin. Dublin. Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) 143 WADE, W. 1804. Plantae rariores in Hibernia inventae: or habitats of some plants, rather scarce and valuable, found in Ireland. Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society 4: i-xiv, 1-214. WARREN, R. 1897. Flora of the Ox Mountains. /rish Naturalist 6: 26-27. BOOK REVIEW FERNS IN YOUR GARDEN by John Kelly, 1991. Souvenir Press. pp. 176, 260mm x 200mm. Price £18.99 This book is very well-written by a real fern lover. There is very much good sense in it, spoilt only by the fact that many old errors are perpetuated. In such an acceptable fern book, which is going to be popular and authoritative with readers interested in growing ferns and in bringing new recruits into the cult, the author has missed a golden opportunity to correct them. There are nine chapters, covering all aspects of the subject, from ferns in gardens, in woodland, in rock gardens, in mixed borders and in pots. His potting information is very good and sound. His garden planting procedures are similar to mine, but wit one extra excellent instruction (p. 35) which | shall adopt in future - first fill the hole with fairly HOT water; this should give the roots a better chance to settle down quickly. Another suggestion which | shall adopt in future writings is to use the word persistent instead of evergreen when referring to fern fronds which survive the winter in fresh condition. The chapter which, to me, contains much questionable information is Chapter 6, Fern shades and changes. The author has chosen a bad example, in Osmunda, for a fern which produces two kinds of fronds, fertile and sterile. In this species the fronds do not look different, only some finish their apices with very soriferous pinnae. A much better example to illustrate the two kinds is Blechnum spicant in which they look and behave quite differently, the sterile ones outspreading with broad green pinnae and the fertile ones rigidly upright and very narrow. The author persists in referring to Polystichum setiferum ‘Plumosum Bevis’ as Pulcherrimum Bevis’. For 100 years this fern was thought to be a variety of P. aculeatum. In P et. L . iW 5 1 rt £ sate Hod Disicrh ; m very small and very se va ulc which is entirely different from ‘Bevis’ which, at the time of its finding, was authoritatively considered to be a plumosum but, unfortunately, the wrong name got published and it was not thought worthwhile to change it. BUT, in moving the variety into P. setiferum it became imperative to make the change. (See the BPS Bulletin 2, No.1, 1981). The excellent quality of the illustrations in this book is beyond praise and both the author and his wife must be congratulated on their photography. The book is worth possessing for this alone and it is, therefore, the more disappointing that this is the part of the book which contains most of the errors. | would respectfully suggest to the author that, if the book runs to a second edition - as | am sure it will, he refers it first to some one who is a recognised authority on fern variety naming. The book finishes with a chapter listing, with short descriptions, not only British fern species but also many foreign hardy ones which can add to the attraction of the fern garden. The Appendix includes a short chapter on Fern Diseases and Pests. | noted with great pleasure that many of the photographs were taken in the King s Gatchell, Ottery St Mary, Devon garden of my good friends Kenneth and Dolsheen Adiam to whom the book is dedicated. This adds to the pleasure | have in giving the book a place on my fern bookshelves. J.W. DYCE 144 Pteridologist 2, 3 (1992) SHORTER NOTE Selected abstracts from 1990 and 1991 Fern Gazettes Over this period there were three papers on diseases of ferns. In 1990 Hick and Preece give a very interesting review of rust diseases; many are more common than you may think, especially on Asplenium scolopendrium. Woods, in 1991, gives further information on rusts on ferns in Mid-Wales, while the third paper, by Irvine, McElwee and Burge, also in 1991, shows how curl tip disease of bracken has the potential for use in biological control of bracken. Cytology and taxonomy receive a lot of attention. In 1990 Rasbach and Reichstein gave an account of the cytologically non-h g genus Anog ; variations bet geographically distinct populations suggest there may be additional taxa awaiting description. Walker (1990) gives an account of Gleicheniaceae in Costa Rica. If the Cultivation of these unusual ferns could be mastered, at least one of the species discussed here, G. costaricensis, might be hardy in Britain, as it was collected at an altitude of 3100 metres. Rasbach, Rasbach and Bennert (1990) give new records and new cytological results for the fern flora of Madeira, where Asplenium adiantum-nigrum and A. x ticinense are recorded for the first time. In 1991 the systematic status of Matteuccia intermedia was discussed by Kato, Suzuki and Nakato; recent information has shown that M. intermedia is not a hybrid but a distinct species related to Onoclea orientalis, a new name is therefore proposed - Onoclea intermedia. Three new hybrids are described. One, Asplenium x artanense by Rossello and Cubas (1990), is a new diploid hybrid from Mallorca, Spain, which has probably resulted from a cross between A. sagittatum and A. trichomanes subsp. inexpectans. It is a striking plant superficially similar to the long known, but very rare, x Asplenophyllitis hybrids. The second is a new natural hybrid in the genus Pteris from the Kumaun Himalaya described by Pangtey, Samant and Verma (1990); one parent of this hybrid, Pteris x khullarii, is thought to be P. wallichiana. Finally, Bennert, Rasbach, Rasbach and Viane (1991) announce the discovery of Dryopteris x furadensis, a new endemic fern hybrid from Madeira; it is probably a hybrid between D. aitoniana and D. maderensis. Several interesting accounts of pteridophyte distribution are given. Pickering and Wigston (1990) discuss the occurrence of Lycopodiella inundata on china clay at Lee Moor, Devon. Six new populations of Isoetes x hickeyi in Canada are reported by Brunton and Britton (1991). Young and Leon (1991) give a valuable account of the diversity, ecology and distribution of high-elevation pteridophytes within the Rio Abesio National Park, in the Peruvian Andes (2300 - 4200 metres); several of the species from the alpine list are hardy in Britain; it would, therefore, be interesting to test others when material becor® available. Variation between ecotypes in Equisetum variegatum in Britain is discussed by Stark (1991). This was research part-sponsored by the BPS Greenfield Fund. From fossil evidence, Thomas and Quansah (1991) argue the palaeobotanical case that the genus Selaginella should be divided into at least two genera. Reviews, 1990: Flora of the British Isles by A.R. Clapham, T.G. Tutin and D.M. Moore. Ferns and Fern Allies of Canada by W.J. Cody and D.M. Britton. New Zealand Ferns and Allied Plants by P.J. Brownsey and J.C. Smith-Dodsworth. 1991: ‘ Proceedings of the International Symposium on Systematic Pteridology by K.H. Shing and K.U. Kramer. South African Ferns and Fern Allies by J.E. Burrows. MARTIN H. RICKARD BRITISH FERNS AND THEIR CULTIVARS A very comprehensive collection is stocked by REGINALD KAYE LTD SILVERDALE, LANCASHIRE CATALOGUE ON REQUEST FIBREX NURSERIES LTD Honeybourne Road, Pebworth, Nr. Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire, CV37 8XT Hardy and tender ferns Begonias, Gloxinias, Hederas, Hydrangeas, Primroses, Arum Lilies and Plants for the cool greenhouse Catalogue on request MRS J K MARSTON Specialist Fern Grower A wide range of hardy and greenhouse ferns, especially Adiantums Culag, Green Lane, Nafferton, Nr. Driffield, East Yorkshire, YO25 OLF Send £1 for catalogue FANCY FRONDS Specialising in North American and British hardy ferns Send two International Reply Coupons for Catalogue Judith |. Jones, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, Washington, 98119, USA GROW GREAT FERNS Los Angeles International Fern Society LAIFS Fern Journal bimonthly includes fern lesson, educational meetings, materials, spore store, Annual dues: $15 domestic, $19 overseas surface, $24 overseas airmail. P.O. Box 90943, Pasadena, CA 91109, U.S.A. HARDY AND HALF HARDY FERNS Rickard The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops, SY8 2HP ie Di, Bs amt erie ow tad riease for St Pe CU eu i The British Pteridological Society PTERIDOLOGIST Contents Volume 2, Part 3, 1992 MAIN ITEMS: | President's Letter Jack Bouckley 97 Tribute to Reginald Kaye on his 90th Birthday J W Dyce 97 Aquatic Ferns Jack Bouckley 99 The Taxonomy and Identification of Australian and New Zealand Dicksonia Tree-ferns CNPage 102 Concerning some Pests and Cultural Problems that can adversely affect the growth of Ferns in Conservatory, ; Greenhouse or Home John Woodhams 104 The Glaslyn Bracken Cutter B A Thomas and J Williams-Davis 108 Colour in Hardy Ferns AR Busby 110 Ferns in the Home AR Busby 112 Equisetum Fungicides? Michael G Searle 116 More Adventures with Spores Peter H Hainsworth 118 Blechnum spicant ‘Concinnum Druery’ JW Dyce 121 Raising Ferns from Spores Neil Timm 122 Dryopteris dilatata ‘Jimmy Dyce’ Judith Jones 126 Affinis Watch Clive Jermy and Anthony Pigott 129 Equisetum Park Pat Acock 129 Edward Newman (1801-1876) in the Welsh Marches Martin Rickard 130 Some Hardy Exotic Garden Ferns New or Uncommon 4 in Cultivation in Britain Martin Rickard 133 Ferns of the English Lake Country ES Beamish 137 lrish Records for Oak Fern Gymnocarpium dryopteris, : a Cautionary Tale D Synnott 139 SHORTER NOTES: | Divide as a Rule A R Busby Dicksonia antarctica and Dicksonia fibrosa - a correction — Rickard Deformed Ferns at Otterhead Prim Ferny Doylies Michael pte Searle Centenary Day on Whitbarrow Ray Smith Collector’s Corner J W Dyce Selectd Abstracts from 1990 and 1991 Fern Gazettes Martin Rickard BOOK REVIEWS: Illustrated Field Guide to Ferns and Allied Plants Cultivation and Propagation of British Ferns History of British Pteridological Society British Pteridological Society Abstracts and Reports A World of Ferns Ferns in your Garden The Pteridologist Volume 2 Part 2 was published on 15 May, 1991 ee ubtahed ty the British Pteridological Society = Volume 2 Part 4 199 THE BRITISH | Ee © prenipoLocist Edited by J a=. MH Rickard , —~ o THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY Officers and Committee for 1993 President: J.H. Bouckley President Emeritus: J.W. Dyce, MBE Vice-Presidents: J.A. Crabbe, C.N. Page, M.H. Rickard, G. Tonge Honorary General Secretary A.R. Busby, ‘Croziers’, and Archivist 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD (Tel: Coventry 715690) Assistant Secretary (Membership); and Miss A.M. Paul, Editor of the Bulletin: Department of Botany, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD Treasurer: Dr N.J. Hards, 184 Abingdon Road, Didcot, Oxon, OX11 9BP Meetings Secretary: A.C. Pigott, 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts. SG14 3AQ Editor of the Fern Gazette: Dr. B.A. Thomas Botany Department, National Museum of Wales, Cathays Park, Cardiff CF1 3NP. Editor of the Pteridologist: MH. Rickard, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shropshire, SY8 2HP assisted by J.W. Dyce Committee: R.G. Ackers, Miss J.M. Camus, R. Cooke, Mrs. D. Fortune, S. Munyard, Mrs M.E. Nimmo-Smith, N.R. Schroder, G. Stark, R.N. Timm, J.R. Woodhams Fern Distribution Recorder: A.J. Worland, Harcam, Mill Road, Barnham Broom, Norwich, NR9 4DE Spore Exchange Organiser: Mrs M.E. Nimmo-Smith, pale Chesterton Road, bridge, CB4 1AH Plant Exchange Organiser: R.J. Smith 184 Solihull Road, Shirley, Solihull, Warwickshire B90 3LG Booksales Organiser: S.J. Munyard, 234 Harold Road, Hastings, East Sussex, TN35 5NG Trustees of Greenfield and Centenary Funds: _J.H. Bouckley A.R. Busby, Dr N.J. Hards, The BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY was founded in 1891 and today continues aS @ cee for fern enthusiasts. It provides a wide range of information about ferns ns through, de professional. The y's , the Fern Gazett and Bulletin, are pee annual. Fern Gazette publishes matter chiefly of vantedeebies interest on inter! nternational pteridology. ie the sh topics of more general appeal, and the Bulletin, Society business and meetif ey o is open to all inter Pargr-moaee in ferns and fern-allies. SUBSCRIPTION RATES (due 0 St embers £12.50, Personal oma receiving the go for all journals - an extra £4.00, or for those not rouning the Fern Gazette £2. sean to ium Si legs ndrium ‘Laceratum Kaye’. and Bulletin are. hangar : Back number: F chase om cock a 18 S0rLane St Mar Cy. Kent ey te from pha ; Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) This issue is dedicated to the memory of REGINALD KAYE 1902 - 1992 Ordinary Member of the British Pteridological Society Honorary Member Recipient of the Stansfield Medal President Vice-President RARS 1929-1975 1975-1992 1975 1963-1966 1967-1991 Reginald Kaye with his Honorary Master of Science degree, with Jeremy Kaye and Her Royal Highness Princess Alexandra 146 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) PRESIDENT’S ANECDOTE | first met Reggie Kaye when my main horticultural interest was Alpine plants but even then | realised that he was quite a lot more knowledgeable than the majority of plantsmen | had encountered up and down the country. But Reg could never remember my name!!! The day dawned when my garden pursuits advanced to the study, collecting and growing of ferns and it did not take me long to realise that the author of one of the best-known fern books was the same person who owned the Alpine nursery where some of my plants had been purchased. So over | went to Silverdale - this time to buy some ferns and it was then that Reggie showed me round his fantastic garden. After a few more visits, Reg still could not remember my name!!! Some time later | wrote to him to ask if a few of us could visit his nursery and garden. | signed the letter with my Christian name, enclosed a S.A.E. and received a reply soon after inviting us over. So on the day, as arranged, a couple of car loads arrived at Silverdale and there standing near to his sale room was Reggie, complete with pipe. It was quite obvious that he recognised me as he walked over and said in a quiet voice “Hallo, which one is Jack who wrote to me?”’. | feel sure that had my name been “Didymochlaena trunculata pseudo ‘Jacques’ ” he would have remembered. It was certainly an uplifting experiénce to be in his company and he will certaily be missed by many. JACK BOUCKLEY EDITORIAL he studied astronomy and navigation, became involved in amateur dra in, and producing, a number of plays. In later years he took up painting, 4 pastime he was able to share with his wife, Marion, as they spent many happy hours together attempting to capture the essence of the Lakeland countryside. Of course, it is his interest in ferns which most concerns us here. Reg’s work directly for the Society was less important than some others, notably Jimmy Dyce bide pei Jermy, but he made a very significant contribution towards keeping fern growing ae the public eye, culminating in the publication of his excellent book Hardy Ferns in] but Details of ferns raised and introduced by him are given elsewhere in this page Bi he was also a leading enthusiast of alpine and other select herbaceous plants, 2 pe shared by his son Jeremy. Work in non-fern areas is outside the scope of this sae but in passing it is worth saying that his private garden housed one of the best collect of alpines. A Today we are fortunate that Reg was able to pass much of his knowledge pine grandson, Dominic, and that Dominic is planning to perpetuate the tore peer Silverdale. At the time of writing (March 1993) Dominic is in Seattle, Washington Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 147 USA, working with our member, Judith Jones, learning how fern nurseries are run over there. When he comes back he will be even better qualified to look after, and multiply, all the priceless treasures that Reg accumulated at Silverdale. We hope he will be as successful as his grandfather - a tough act to follow. One aspect of Reg’s nursery work was the trade displays he mounted at flower shows. These were of the highest standard, often incorporating tons of Westmorland limestone. Unfortunately, | do not have a record of his shows and medals but | do know he was a regular exhibitor at Southport and had at least one stand at Chelsea, in 1939. My wife and | were able to attend Reg’s funeral along with six other Society members. It was a strange occasion. People were not upset, there was a general feeling of well- being, it was as if Reg was present and approved of the proceedings! We were all so happy that Reg, at the age of 90, had been able to receive his Honorary Master of Science Degree from Her Royal Highness Princess Alexandra, only two months before his death. (See frontispiece). A fitting climax to the life of one of the great fern men. This issue of the Pteridologist is, therefore, dedicated to the memory of Reginald Kaye. Although not exclusively given over to articles of relevance to Reg, | hope it will serve as just one more happy memory of a man who gave so much pleasure to his family and so many of his friends in the British Pteridological Society. (For more details, see his obituary in BPS Bulletin, 4, 129: 1992). REGINALD KAYE JW DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT It is now over six months since my old friend, Reginald Kaye, died in August last year in his 91st year. | still miss him sadly, although practically the whole length of England separated us, and in the latter years of our lives (| am now 88) we were able to see very little of each other. Mental laziness, one of the penalties of old age, also contributed and slowed down our correspondence and interchange of fern knowledge. This led to a great tragedy - on medical advice Reg had to give up his efforts to write and publish a second edition of his book, Hardy Ferns. Martin Rickard had already been helping Reg with some of the hardy exotic species new to cultivation so, on hearing of Reg’s decision to abandon the book, Martin and | volunteered to ‘ghost write it for him. Soon afte ds it hat Reg sent all th , and photographs, to me. The parcel never reached me and, as | did not want it to appear that | was hurrying him, it was six months later before we contacted each other and learned of the loss. By this time the “trail had gone cold” and the Post Office could not help us. However, the book is too valuable to the fern world and, with the help of the publishers, Martin and | are now working on an enlarged second edition which will be a lasting memorial to our departed friend. | did not get to know Reg until after the 1939/45 War when | was given the task of bringing our Society to life again after a lapse of 8 years. He joined the BPS in 1929, some years ahead of me, and was already well “into ferns in the pre-war years while | was still struggling in the beginner stage. Association with Reg and with my fern mentor, Percy Greenfield, the pre-war Secretary of the Society, rapidly increased my fern knowledge and a friendship with Reg was begun which lasted for over forty years. Away from his fern nursery, which was very time-demanding, we saw very little of each other. That nursery has been a very powerful magnet which has drawn me, and many others, to Silverdale over the years. Reg did make time to give lectures on his ferns, illustrated by his superb colour slides - he was an accomplished photographer 148 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1 993) and a skilful artist, on canvas as well as in stone in the garden. His magnificent fern rock garden in Silverdale remains as a monument to his skill in the last-named accomplishment. He made time, too, to do a lecture tour on ferns in the USA, where he was feted by the many fern enthusiasts in that country who love our British fern varieties. On the occasions, regrettably all too few, when | could visit him in Silverdale it was an inspiration to see his extensive fern collection and drool over his many treasures. An unforgettable time was spent by the late Bert Bruty, from Kew Botanic Gardens where he was in charge of the Fern Houses, and me, many years ago, when we volunteered to give Reg a week’s free labour to bring the collection back into shape after an unavoidable period of neglect. This was not a labour but an education and my knowledge of British fern variation improved vastly as a result. | could tell of many more happy times spent with Reg and his wife Marion who was also a skilled painter, but space forbids. | am left with many happy memories and a greatly increased knowledge of ferns from my long association with Reginald Kaye. FERNS INTRODUCED BY REGINALD KAYE MARTIN H RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops. SY8 2HP During his 60 plus years as a nurseryman Reg Kaye raised very many new forms of our British ferns; he also was given new forms by other enthusiasts and rescued ferns from oid collections. Of these new forms many, inevitably, closely resembled earlier finds but a few were distinct and of sufficient merit to justify selection, propagation and naming. Over such a long period of time it is impossible to give a comprehensive account of all Reg’s introductions but with the help of his son, Jeremy, and grandson, Dominic, | have compiled the following list. | would be very happy to hear of any additions. Adiantum pedatum ‘Miss Sharples’. The history of this cultivar is that it was amongst a collection of plants amassed by Miss M Sharples on whose death Reg was offered the contents of her garden as the ground was to be built on. The plant was labelled ‘Miss Sharples’ as being its source. Reg was unable to trace its provenance. A Dutch nurseryman called at the nursery, presenting bottles of brandy all round and asked permission to get a few spores from the fern garden. He was left to collect any he fancied. He raised a large stock of ‘Miss Sharples’ and they were distributed far and wide. Bright golden green in spring. Earliest listing | can find is 1982, but | believe Reg first had it in 1965. Asplenium scolopendrium (Crispum group) ‘Kaye’s Splendour’. The sole plant phe for survival at Silverdale after it was described in the Pteridologist in 1988. A beautifu form, fronds deeply cri d | haped, | fear it is now extinct. Raised from ‘Crispum VCC Ty Vllopeu aid silayvey, Moly’. Asplenium scolopendrium (Crispum group) ‘Kaye | ‘s superb’. See Pteridologist 1988. A tall deeply crisped form raised from ‘Crispum Moly’. Asplenium scolopendrium ‘Ingeborg’. Named after a Dutch lady who admired it in the nursery. An erect ramose marginate cultivar. Kaye ferns. Asplenium scolopendrium ‘Laceratum Kaye’. The most widely known of the et It was discovered on a wall in the Silverdale nursery as a couple of chance spore pe in 1953 or 1954. Jimmy Dyce pointed it out to Reg but it is quite possible ie kee had noticed it earlier. Apparently comes 100% true from spore. First descri a illustrated in the British Fern Gazette in 1956; the Latin cultivar name is therefore cor and legal. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 149 Asplenium scolopendrium ‘Sagittatum Cristatum Superbum Kaye’. A selected form of ‘Sagittatum’. Asplenium scolopendrium ‘Stagshorn’. A selected form of ramo-marginate type. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Angustato-cruciatum Kaye's Variety’. A selected cruciate form where the narrow frond is cruciate throughout its length. Athyrium filix-femina (Grandiceps group), described as ‘Crispum Grandiceps Kaye’ in Pteridologist, 1985. Achance sporeling in the nursery in 1948. See account in Pteridologist 1985 for full history and description. Listed in the 1989 catalogue, but not available for sale! Athyrium filix-femina ‘Grandiceps Kaye’. | wonder if this is distinct from ‘Crispum Grandiceps Kaye’. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Nudicaule Cristatum Kaye’. An extraordinary form of grandiceps completely lacking any pinnae. Listed in his 1980 list as A. filix-femina ‘Nudicaule Cristatum Kaye's Var.’ - a very finely dissected dwarf form. This cultivar still lacks a legal name. Anthyrium filix-femina (Percristatum group) - marked ‘XXX’ in the garden by Reg as a sign of special quality. Probably a sporeling at the nursery. Athyrium filix-femina (Plumoso-cristatum group) ‘Kaye's sporeling’. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Sabine’. A delicately cut dwarf crested form. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Semicruciatum’. Listed in the 1957 catalogue. Fronds cruciate in terminal half only. Dryopteris dilatata ‘Crispa Whiteside’. Resurrected from Robert Whiteside’s collection. A beautifully crisped form of Dryopteris dilatata. See Pteridologist, 1984. First offered in 1983. Polystichum setiferum (Brachiatum group) ‘Eaves Wood’. A wild find in Eaves Wood not far from Silverdale. Brachiate forms in P. setiferum are very uncommon and | believe this is the only extant form. The fronds are crested. As is usual with brachiate cultivars this is slightly inconstant. Polystichum setiferum ‘Broughton Mills’. Found in the Lake District at Broughton Mills by Jimmy Dyce and Reg in 1968. Such a good cultivar would need two of the finest fern men to find it! A beautifully crisped dwarf congested form. There is Some confusion over whether or. not this cultivar is crested; in the 1982 catalogue Reg says it is lightly crested. Close examination of my plants reveals that the tips of the pinnae are twisted to superficially resemble small crests; however, the tips are not crested. | think this discrepancy might be explained if small crests develop if plants get bigger. A gem. Polystichum setiferum (Divisilobum group) ‘Goffey’. Sometimes called Mrs Goffey but listed by Reg in 1957 as ‘Goffey’. Possibly not originally from Reg but | always think of this magnificent fern as one of his. Broad fronds spread horizontally with extremely finely divided sharp pointed pinnules, three feet across. Polystiochum setiferum (Divisilobum group) ‘John Jeremy Kaye’. A wild find within a quarter of a mile of the nursery by Jeremy Kaye. Probably a chance spore from the nursery. Polystichum setiferum ‘Foliosum Superbum Kaye’. A beautiful plumose form. Each pinnule slightly sickle-shaped and foliose. Polstichum setiferum (Tripinnatum group) - marked XXX in the 1983 list. Obviously a particularly good form. 150 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) In addition to all these cultivars, Reg was also responsible for bringing many hardy exotic species into cultivation. For example: Polystichum falcinellum, Athyrium palustre, Asplenium fissum, A. lepidum. No doubt there are others. Most important of all was the fact that Reg maintained such a superb collection of fern cultivars at Silverdale. Without his collection many fewer ferns from the past would be in cultivation today. HONOUR FOR JIMMY DYCE All members will be delighted to know that our President Emeritus, Jimmy Dyce, has been invested as a Member of the Order of the British Empire (MBE) at Buckingham Palace by Her Majesty The Queen in February this year. The Honour was given in recognition of Jimmy’s services to the British Pteridological Society. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 151 Jimmy was not trained as a scientist; in fact he followed a career in banking, an unpromising platform for someone who was eventually to become known and respect by pteridologists across the world. Of course we all take an interest in a chosen hobby for any one of a thousand reasons! for Jimmy it was his background in Scotland which held the key to ferns. The interest grew and he joined our Society in 1936. Thank goodness he did! Jimmy’s persistence was probably the sole factor which ensured its survival through the very difficult period after the Second World War. Relatively few fern activists survived the war and most of those that did were old. An unanimous decision was taken to let the Society fade quietly away. | can just imagine Jimmy haranguing all those old men, refusing to let it die! The outcome of a meeting in the then President's (W B Cranfield) office in London was that if Jimmy wanted to keep the Society going he had to do the bulk of the work. Determined as ever, he set about writing to all the pre-war members putting them in the picture and inviting them to rejoin. Within a very short time he had rebuilt the Society to about 100 members - enough for survival in the short term. Of course Jimmy did not let it rest there and over the next few decades he continued to work tirelessly for the Society, for a long time personally holding all its Offices, excepting that of Editor of the Fern Gazette. A full record of his periods of service in the various posts was given in the Pteridologist for 1985. For me, the key to Jimmy’s recognition now is the unselfish way he has dedicated so much of his life to ferns, and particularly to our Society, for no personal profit. He did, of course, gain an immense knowledge of all matters relating to ferns, especially the cultivars of our British species, and meet many wonderful people around the world, but it was all done at his own expense, without the resources of a museum, university, or any research grants at his disposal. | am sure all members will join with me in thanking Jimmy publicly for his enormous efforts on behalf of our Society; the honour is richly deserved. lam also sure that those members who enjoy a glass of malt whisky - or wine - will join with me in drinking to Jimmy's health! Long may he continue to give so generously of his time to the Society. MARTIN H RICKARD BOOK REVIEW HARDY FERNS MICHAEL JEFFERSON-BROWN . Pp 96, 28 Col. plates with additional line drawings, 1992. Ward Lock, London. Price £12.99. ISBN O-7063- 069-4. Here we have another book written by a horticulturalist who is not a fern specialist. It is a good introduction to hardy ferns for British gardens, with many concepts of fern garden design new to me. It will be particularly useful as it covers most of the commonly available fern species and cultivars. There are errors in the systematic section, e.g. some cultivars are attributed to the wrong species and some out-of-date names are used. Such details are important to a specialist but | suspect they are of little poneaquence to the general gardener. The colour photograpt perb but the cap different The author, or publishers, have only occasionally made an attempt to name ferns in many of the photographs, and even then have made one or two howlers; for example, a beautiful stand of Matteuccia struthiopteris is labelled Dryopteris filix-mas! It is a pity know where to see these ferns. John Treasure’s beautiful garden at Burford House near Tenbury Wells features strongly and there are even seven photographs taken in my garden here at Leinthall Starkes! At £12.99 this book fills a niche as a reasonably priced, useful guide to garden ferns for the general gardener. It is not really a book for the specialist. MARTIN H RICKARD 152 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) SPLITTERS AND LUMPERS J. W. DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT The title of this article may possibly appear to be a strange one to some of my readers. In these days when ferns have become more popular plants again, many enthusiasts are learning to grow their own from spores, and there is a danger that some of them will become “‘splitters”; that means growers who enthusiastically give special names to ALL their good progeny which show differences, usually quite marginal, from named varieties of the past which are still being grown. This enthusiasm should be held in check, and special names should be considered ONLY if the fern(s) concerned exhibit(s) very ptional distinctive qualities. They should become “lumpers’’, which means giving the plants section names only, such as cristatum, plumosum, divisilobum, etc. The wide range of existing very good varieties in all sections of variation is such that it is only very, very occasionally that anything exceptionally better is likely to be bred. In the last century, during what is called the Victorian Fern Craze, splitters proliferated! It became, literally, a craze with fern collectors to give special names to every plant they collected or bred which differed in only the slightest degree from the species form. Even the most ragged depauperate specimens were named - they were name collectors, not fern collectors. Their ambition was to increase the number of named plants in their collections! Nowadays, we don’t want that kind of collector - they did immense harm to the fern cult and their activities did much to kill off the Fern Craze. In the old fern books we see many examples of their work - even in those of the more reputable writers! In 1987 | published in the Pteridologist my Classification Table of Fern Variation. This places into divisions, groups and sections all kinds of variation existing in the British ferns and gives a useful framework into which to fit the many very similar varieties which are grown today, many of them old varieties which have lost their name tags and others newly bred by enthusiastic breeders. A closely allied problem existing today is a practice prevalent in some commercial establishments, and in the past with some amateur breeders - labelling their sporelings from named varieties with the names of the parents. This has led to a lot of confusion in variety nomenclature. When a fern varies from the normal species form its progeny will, with some exceptions which breed true to the parental form,include a range of forms, varying from that of the species itself and on through the variety form to. plants which are very distinct improvements on it. These plants are so very different from the parent that they cannot possibly be labelled with the same name. Unless they are sufficiently distinctive to be given names of thier own they should be called ‘Progeny of - ’, or ( - group) A good example from the past is Druery’s first sowing of spores from Polystichum setiferum Plumosum Bevis’. About 100 sporelings resulted, among them three which were Superlative quality - ‘Plumosum Drueryii’, ‘Plumosum Gracillimum’ and Pune Gracillimum Cristulatum’. Many of the plants were little better than, or no i on, the parent but all or most of them got into the hands of other growers and oe labelled ‘Drueryii’. Consequently, today there are many quite different p ae masquerading under the name, some of them quite difficult to distinguish from Paeie Bevis’ itself, others very good varieties although not up to the standard of ber ‘Plumosum Drueryii’. | possessed quite a few of them - some now grace Martin ~ garden, where they receive the care | can no longer give them. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 153 BIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF BRACKEN IN THE U.K. SIMON V. FOWLER, International Institute of Biological Control, Silwood Park, Ascot SL5 7TA, U.K. For several years, we have been conducting research on the possibility of introducing foreign insects to help to control bracken. This method of biological control is relatively novel for the U.K., despite beinng successfully used in many other parts of the world. Some apprehensionn at the possible introduction of foreign insects for bracken control in the U.K. is therefore not surprising, particularly from members of the public with a keen interest in pteridological matters. Many members of the British Pteridological Society may have seen brief news articles in the press concerning this biological control oa J t May mn r oJ and conference proceedings. This article is intended to explain what classical biological control involves and why it is a safe and sensible approach to the bracken problem, but first, why is bracken a problem? The bracken problem in the U.K. Estimates of the land area covered by bracken in the U.K. range from 3000-6000 square kilometres, with the most serious infestations in upland regions in the west and north. In some areas bracken is still spreading and the changes in land use and deforestation that may be responsible for the increased invasiveness of bracken have been wi documented. Bracken can be a weed for a variety of reasons. Losses to upland agriculture are caused by poisoning after consumption of bracken by stock and by the loss of grazing land to bracken encroachment. The heather moorland vital for grouse management is under threat from bracken in many areas and bracken also provides shelter for the sheep ticks that transmit louping ill virus to both grouse chicks and sheep. Sheep ticks are also implicated in the transmission of Lyme disease to a range of animals including man. More direct affects on man may also exist from the carcinogens identified in bracken foliage and spores. It has been suggested that higher levels of stomach cancer in some areas of the U.K. may be linked to drinkinng water originating from bracken covered slopes or to a generally high level of exposure to bracken. Bracken can also be a weed of amenity and conservation areas, making access difficult or displacing other more desirable plant species. Existing efforts to control bracken largely consist of ploughing, regular cutting, crushing or the use of herbicides, especially asulam. However, all these methods are expensive and require safe access to the land by agricultural machinery. Bracken often infests steep or rocky slopes making aerial application of herbicides the only current option for control - costing around £100/hectare. Without follow up treatments, re-spraying is necessary within 5 years. Indeed, asulam can be so effective at preventing new frond growth of bracken in the year after application that large areas of bare bracken litter are exposed. Rehabilitation of sites need to be a very important part of conventional bracken control programmes and also adds to the cost, particularly if fencing is needed to prevent access by grazing animals. As well as the expense, any large scale use of herbicide for bracken control raises environmental concerns. Classical biological control of weeds Classical biological control of weeds uses introduced herbivores, such as insects or plant pathogens, to reduce the vigour of an undesirable plant species. This is in example of the augmentative approach, relevant to brac . ‘ University on the possibility of formulating pathogens of bracken in the U.K. as a mycoherbicide spray. 154 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) The ecological basis of classical weed biocontrol is that the abundance of many plants in the natural environment is controlled by natural enemies, and that many insect herbivores and plant pathogens are extremely host specific. Dutch elm disease provides a familiar example among pathogens. Note here that eradication of a target weed b a host-specific herbi is neither ecologically possible usually desirable. In a classical weed biological control programme, if the weed declines in abundance the specialist herbivores will inevitably also decline because of a decrease in suitable food. The first major success in weed biocontrol was the introduction of the moth, Cactoblastis cactorum, into Australia which resulted in a reduction in infestation of prickly pear cacti, Opuntia species, over 60 million acres during the 1920's. Since this early success, there have been at least 729 weed biocontrol programmes using invertebrates or fungi, against 140 weed species worldwide. One analysis concluded that 39% of programmes had led to substantial control of the target weed. Most biological control programmes to date have involved the introduction of highly specific insect natural enemies of the weed, but recently host-specific pathogens have been used to control weeds successfully. Classical biological control can combine environmentally friendly weed suppression with excellent benefit/cost ratios. Stages in a classical biocontrol programme Background work Initial research should ensure that sufficient is known about taxonomy and biology of the weed, and that the plant represents a suitable target for classical biocontrol from economic and environmental/ecologica!l viewpoints. The study of the native U.K. fauna attacking bracken was particularly important because the plant is itself a native. Classical biological control is usually aimed at alien weeds, but native weeds can be targets if appropriate agents can be found in other parts of the world. Knowledge of the economic impact of the weed (negative and positive) in the U.K. is required to justify the initiation of a biocontrol programme on a purely cost/benefit basis. For example, losses to upland agriculture in England and Wales due to bracken have been estimated at £3-9m Oe annum. The total estimated cost of the research already conducted and still required to lead to a full field release of one agent is £0.5m. Thus the total cost of the biocontrol programme for bracken to date only represents 6-20% of the annual losses caused by bracken to farmers in England and Wales, disregarding the other impacts of bracken which are harder to quantify economically. Obviously, the impact of bracken on natural or semi-natural environments, particularly land valued for conservation or recreation, is also important. Care is needed because conflicts of interest may be pian a racke reduction of weed infestation may be more serious, particularly if control is rapidly ing : r edges of bracken stands. For bracken biocontrol, the most serious issues are WNé he the native flora and fauna that utilise bracken stands will be affected and the to ensure that there is no risk to any native or ornamental plants related to bracken. Field surveys al biocontro! Despite the near-global range of bracken, suitable areas for obtaining potenti e taxonomic agents for bracken were restricted by the need to match the climate and th type of bracken to that in the U.K. The only country fulfilling these criteria, and — a bracken fauna distinct from that in the U.K., was South Africa. Field surveys I" Sou Africa revealed a range of possible agents, but two moths were particularly Pr ; . pee ; has a pyralid (Panotima and angularis) and a noctuid (Conservula cinisigna). Panotima Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 155 stemboring larvae that can cause an entire frond to collapse. Conservula larvae consume bracken foliage early in the season. Both species are substantially different from the existing U.K. bracken fauna, reducing the chance of native U.K. parasites and predators targeting the newly released moth larvae. Rearing the stemborer in quarantine proved difficult, so attention centred initially on Conservula (see photos. opp. p. 156). Host specificity testing Establishing the host specificity of potential agents is the most important time-consuming part of any weed biocontrol programme. In the bracken programme 71 plant species & : . The concentrated on plants closely related to the target weed occurring in the U.K. as natives, crops or ornamentals. There are no native ferns in the same family as bracken, but we still attempted to test at least one species from each family of ferns present in the U.K., as well as a range of crops and ornamental species. The pteridophyte species tested against Conservula are given in Table 1, including species tested in the U.K. and in South Africa. Table 1 - Pteridophytes used in starvation tests with Conservula cinisigna larvae Total No. of Total No. of larvae tested larvae tested LYCOPODIACEAE CRYPTOGRAMMACEAE uperzia selago 57 Cryptogramma crispa 5 Lycopodium clavat 25 THELYPTERIDACEAE SELAGINELLACEAE pect omoite sot > Selaginella kraussiana 65 oo ASPLENIACEAE SCHIZAEACEAE litis scolopendrium 80 Mohria caffrorum 30 Asplenium aethiopicum 30 HYPOLEPIDACEAE ATHYRIACEAE ; Pteridium aquilinum aquilinum 221 pei 9 a sess mj : ; noclea sensibilis Hypolepis sparsisora Cystopteris fragilis 25 PTERIDACEAE Matteuccia struthiopteris 50 Pteris cretica 60 DRYOPTERIDACEAE P. dentata 30 Dryopteris filix-mas 100 é 30 OPHIOGLOSSACEAE ee a Ophioglossum vulgatum 35 P. setiferum 65 P. lucidum 30 ADIANTACEAE Gymnocarpium dryopteris 60 Adiantum pedatum 80 Rumohra adiantiformis 30 . poirettii 25 Pellaea rotundifolia 70 catia asad 61 P. viridis 35 aggressions Cheilanthes hirta 20 POLYPODIACEAE Polypodium vulgare 183 DAVALLIACE. oe OSMUNDACEAE Nephrolepis cordifolia 30 Osmunda regalis 87 As usual, the host range testing of larvae of Conservula began with simple no-choice tests where first instar larvae were offered one of the test plant species and given the but also from many ecological studies of native insect herbivores all over the world. 156 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) testing was deemed unnecessary. These results indicate that both species are fully specific to bracken, confirming field observations in South Africa in which larvae were never found on other fern species growing nearby to bracken. Another concern is that even if the agents are specific now, will they alter their food preferences when released into a new environment? Although we are all too familiar with garden pests that can feed on many plants, in fact most insect herbivores are so specialised that evolutionary change to include additional plant species in their diet is extremely rare. In over 90 years of weed biocontrol, providing the appropriate host range tests have been conducted, there have never been any examples of biocontrol agents unexpectedly attacking non- target plants. When we applied for permission to release Conservula, English Nature (as the Nature Conservancy Council) accepted that the results were sufficient evidence for host specificity. However the Interim Advisory Committee on Introductions (Department of Environment) did request that some limited further host range screening be conducted within secure field cages, revealing a degree of caution that in our view reflects the novelty of weed biocontrol to the U.K. rather than any genuine risk. Current status of the classical biocontrol programme against bracken Permission to release the first agent, Conservula, into secure field cages, under a set of conditions, has been given by the Department of Environment (DoE) and the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF). The conditions attached to the relase are (i) that we ensure that imported Conservula are pathogen free (ii) that Conservula larvae are tested against several additional non-native genera of ferns commercially available in the U.K. (iii) the design of the secure field cages is agreed with MAFF and DoE, and (iv) 36 species of crop/ornamental plants are exposed to Conservula in the field cages. The cages will allow detailed monitoring of the impact of Conservula larvae on bracken and some of its existing U.K. fauna under semi-natural conditions. The resulting data will be used to model and predict the wider impact of Conservula on bracken in the U.K. The impact of Conservula in conjunction with other control methods will also be investigated, particularly cutting and spray application of asulam. An integrated approach to bracken control is likely to be more successful than the control attempts of the past, particularly given the vigour and invasiveness of bracken. We expect that the impact of introduced biological agents on bracken will be insufficient to achieve control independently, but by reducing the carbohydrate reserves in the rhizomes over large areas of bracken, more successful local control may be possible using the standard methods of cutting or herbicide application. After classical biological control, bracken would still remain in large quantities in the U.K. countryside where it had not com Subjected to a range of control measures. Of course, if frond density were reduced in some of the large monocultures of bracken as a result of biocontrol, this would — certainly improve the environment for nearly all the animals and plants that are currently found associated with bracken in the U.K. One issue that will need to be resolve : the recent claim that two additional subspecies of bracken exist in the U.K. If —— rarer bracken taxa do exist, the possibility of them being harmed by a biocontrol eo needs to be weighed against the potential benefits of bracken biocontrol by the before deciding whether to allow a full field release. Monitoring the release, establishment and potential impact of Conservula on a will be a vital part of any continued programme, and should make full use of page: knowledge of bracken biology and the large number of entomologists and K. should amateur and professional, in the U.K. Any release of Conservula in the U. : logical be gh g ae 1 and studied introduction of a herbivorous insect for biolog control to date. At this stage, final research towards the introduction of the agent, Panotima, could also be initiated. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 156) Fig. 1. Conservula larva Fig. 2. Conservula cinisigna - adult moth on bracken crozier - wing span 1.5 inches (3 cm) the propagating table Fig. 1. Trays of 180 plugs containing sporelings on 157i Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) fat Ee Sell Se but ie Msg eg i an “y ope ee yt ‘ ~ eg e* fA ate st ae Py Cast iron Coalbrookdale ‘Fern and Blackberry’ seat a Figs. 1 & 2 Within the conservatory at Ampthill. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 157 Further information on bracken and the biocontrol programme can be obtained from Dr S.V. Fowler or from recent publications (and references therein): References: BURGE, M.N. & KIRKWOOD, R.C. 1992. The control of bracken. Critical Reviews in Biotechnology 12: 299-333. THOMPSON, J.A. & SMITH, R.T. (eds) 1990. Bracken biology and control. Australian Institute of Agricultural Science Occasional Publication No. 40, Sydney, Australia. RESPONSE TO SIMON FOWLER’S ARTICLE - AN ALTERNATIVE VIEW RUSSELL SMITH, 6 Settlebeck, Sedbergh, Cumbria LA10 5JJ One can accept the assurances offered by Dr Fowler regarding the possible use of the moth Conservula to attack Bracken, and yet ask if releasing it would be a sensible thing to do Bracken is unquestionably a pest species when it invades valuable farm land, and it will remain one, though on a smaller scale, as ‘set-aside’ proceeds. (There must be quite a number of farmers who will happily accept compensation for setting aside land where Bracken is troublesome). Away from farmland, Bracken is often we' , aesthetically or ecologically: on southern coasts it provides shade for bluebells and other desirable plants where woodland has disappeared, and its scenic contribution on our fellsides has been welcomed from Dorothy Wordsworth’s day to our own. There is no case for controlling it there; we have too many upland sheep as it is, and do not need to make space for more. You cannot control a moth’s travels, tell it where to go and which plants to eat. Innate cussedness (which Dr Fowler has apparently not assessed) will surely mean that Conservula would leave farm Bracken alone and chew away at the aesthetically desirable colonies. This assumes, of course, that Dr Fowler is correct In his unprovable assumption that the moths will confine themselves to limiting Bracken growth, and will not emulate Cactoblastis and decimate it, country-wide. Far better, it seems to me, to concentrate on developing a Bracken-specific chemical control, or even to continue with asulam, strictly regulated by Government dictate rather than by the cost of using it. | hope the Society will say so, loudly. COMMERCIAL FERN GROWING IN HOLLAND: THE EXAMPLE OF ROYAL LEMKES & SONS” WIM OUDSHOORN, Lisserdijk 333, 2165 AC Lisserbroek, The Netherlands The firm of Lemkes and Son, at Alphen aan den Rijn is one of the major fern growers in the Netherlands. It is at present managed by J.J.C. (Hans) Lemkes, great-grandson of H.J. Lemkes who founded the nursery in 1882. On the occasion of its century Lemkes i by Her Majesty Queen Juliana to ty and to many countries abroad including Central America, Japan, South Africa, Taiwan and the U.S.A. The company offers a wide range of ferns for the temperate garden and the cometh produced for the Floriade in 1982 illustrates 75 of these in colour. House plants like j olense, P. grande and Adianntum cuneatum ‘Brilliantelse’ are also grown, the latter variety being so popular that oe plants are produced annually. One plant of Adiantum can produce ten grammes of spores per year - enough to produce about 100,000 plants for sale. 1991 *An abbreviated version of a presentation given by the author at the B.P.S. Symposium, July , 158 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) The collection and storage of spores is an important task. They are stored in the dark at a temperature of 6°C and under such conditions most species can remain viable for five years. The substrate used to grow prothalli is moss peat. At least 250 boxes (30 x 54 cm) are sown with spores weekly, sometimes as many as 500. The amount of spores sown per box is measured by weight, depending on the species it can be from 10 milligrams to 2 grams and is shaken onto the substrate through a sieve. The planter wears a mask to prevent inhalation of the spores. The boxes are kept in the greenhouse under 20 hours of light (2800 lux) per day, at a relative humidity of 95% and a temperature of 23°C. Detailed records are kept of all spore gatherings, sowings and, later, plantings, on computer. Observations about the rate of growth, attractive varieties and sales figures are also put onto the database for future programme planning. The time between sowing and the production of young sporophytes ready for their next planting varies from ten weeks to 18 weeks. Apogamous species are fastest. Small clumps of sporelings are planted in seedling trays which hold 84 or 180 unit plugs. Planting out requires dexterity and is done in shifts: hygienic handling is essential. Mostly women are employed for this purpose, on a part-time basis; a rapid planter handles 1500-2000 plants per hour. The propagating trays are filled by machine, at a rate of 250 per hour, the soil mix being one of peat (obtained from Finland), artificial fertilizer and 20% perlite. Most of the young plants are sold in these trays, thereby requiring only a single transplanting. Planted trays are placed on aluminium rails on a propagating table (108 trays per table) (see photo. opp. p. 156). Under the trays are tubes for feeding CO2 and heating tubes are placed beneath the tables themselves. The tables are really water-tight tray d pl be irrigated with water (maintained at 21°C. and containing liquid food) on a flooding and ebbing system. Each table holds 800 litres of water when flooded. Returned water is aerated and the pH checked to maintain 5.5 to 6.0. Oxygen and nutrient content and pH is monitored electronically. The nutrients contain enough nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and sulphur with the following trace elements: iron, manganese, boron, copper, zinc and molybdenum. In addition some extracts of algae are added to give unknown microelements. Over the table is a ‘tent of plastic to give the plants extra moisture during the first 3-4 weeks; after that they are ‘hardened off’ by removing the plastic. Tables are on rollers and can be compacted or parted to form a gangway when plants have to be tended. In this way the maximum area in the greenhouse is covered by the tables and plants. In the open greenhouse the day temperature is kept at 20°C., dropped to 19°C. at nite and the relative humidity is kept between 75-85%. These conditions are maintained by large suspended fan units in which the air is sucked in at the bottom and vented horizontally at the top. Into the air current water is atomised at high pressure (30 atm/ bar) to maintain humidity and in summer air intake can be cooled by as much as 4-5°C. if necessary. Intake from the outside air is filtered for insects using gauze. This will reduce the actual area of the intake and flow of fresh cool air. To overcome this the area of gauze is proportionately greater than the window area. Another parameter monitored is carbon dioxide content of the greenhouse air and eer CO (from pure gas cylinders) leads to an increase in assimilation, and thus ie of the plants. CO content of the air is measured by a selector at eight different ae in the greenhouse and valves are automatically opened to allow in the correct amou of gas. Gas levels are recorded daily to check against growth rates. day and the Fr — a eer 18hrs/ om mid-September to mid-May natural day-length is increased to diates with lights switched on if the outside light level is below 2000 lux. Lemkes irra SON lamps (high-pressure sodium lamps) which give 2500 lux per sq.m. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 159 lf general nursery hygiene is strict pests can be kept to a minimum. In an operation where peat and other decaying plant remains are common Sciara flies, generally known as fungus gnats, which have a short and rapid life-cycle, can be a major pest; they can enter when doors are open, or on clothing of operators. At Lemkes chemical insecticides are not used in the nursery but these gnats can be caught on glue tubes fixed in the ridge apex of the greenhouse. Sciarids are particularly a pest of prothalli on which the small maggots often feed. Those houses or frames containing the growing prothalli are maintained at a higher air-pressure so that airflow and air currents are always moving out of the container (the so-called vacuum system), and flying insects cannot fly in against the current. Propagation by spore is the most cost-effective method for commercial growers but there are occasions when one wants to reproduce a variety that market research shows is a good seller. The best way to achieve this is by tissue culture where very small amounts of actively growing tissue is grown on gelatin plates. Lemkes has only a small laboratory for such activity and when necessary, contracts out large-scale requirements. Tissue culture is needed or is best for: sterile species/hybrids, varieties which are not obtained from spores as “true to type”, species badly affected by fungi, and new varieties where results are needed quickly for a marketing drive. The Boston Fern (Nephrolepis) cultivars are particularly well suited to this kind of propagation. Lemkes exports considerable quantities of young fern plants in boxes containing six trays, each with 180 plants - 1080 plants which weigh about 13 kg. They have given much thought to find a system which ensures safe transport of the product at minimum freight charges. For air freight, in which a kilo of lead is charged at the same rate as a kilo of plants, an optimum weight/volume ratio package has been designed. Temperature changes are the main problem and plants are well-insulated. The package now used ensures the plants arrive at the customer's door in good condition and they can be unpacked and, whilst still in their inner packing, can be placed in a nursery to acclimatise before their ultimate re-potting. CAST IRON FERN SEATS MARTIN H RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops. SY8 2HP. Through the Victorian period and the early years of this century ferns touched on — aspects of everyday life. Recently, the Pteridologist has featured two articles on plates decorated with ferns, but many other items featured fern motifs, including garden seats. Pteridium aquilinum or Bracken. The blackberries are confined to small diamond-shaped boxes along the top of the seat back. The Coalbrookdale foundry did not make only one type of ‘Fern and Blackberry’, there are, in fact, 30 or more different versions. ta available were single seats, doubles, 3’ 5” and 4’ 9” long, and trebles, 6’ long. sie or all of the longer models have a decorative frieze of cast iron along the front, u the seat. Most models were available with a pine-wood seat, an oak-wood sped or a iron seat. Ex-factory seats seem to have only been available in green, chocolate or es - apparently never white. Curiously, it is rare to see one of these seats in any on other than white today. While quite rare, these seats can be found in — aie fairly easily, priced at anything from £400 to £1400, depending on dealer and co — : Don’t be put off though, one of these in your garden is not just a museum piece, is unbelievably comfortable! Two other fern designs were made at Coalbrookdale; today these are very rare. | have 160 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) only ever seen pictures of these models. ‘Osmunda Fern’ is a beautiful seat (see Fig. 1), made up with panels of typical Osmunda regalis fronds; it does not look as comfortable as ‘Fern and Blackberry’. This was available as a single, double, 3’ 4” and 4’ 11” long, and treble 6’ 5” long. Seat and colour options were the same as ‘Fern and Blackberry’. by : wd ! VN AL AH) Wi) 0d \ PaD/ soar arate a: Sire \ a: re OTs Vth ee meee ee 2 ARO SYS . ‘s rv 2 “ Oat ee Sr, D ach '( Uo) See ee ene vey . ere = aia ot ae ) 8 Hy i sti ms A miso “ Es } ace ' f 1g Me PK 4 Fig. 1. Polystichum setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bland’ Fig. 2. P. setiferum (Plumoso-divisilobum group) ex E.W. Wright Fig. 3. P. Setiferum (Plumoso-divisilobum group) ex P.G. Coke (All pinnae fromm basal third of frond) 168 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) BPS PLANT EXCHANGE PETER HAINSWORTH, Station House, Achnashellach, Strathcarron, Ross, 1V54 8YR. Scotland. After sending and receiving a number of parcels through the plant exchange myself * this year, a problem or two came to light and a few more were suspected. Rosemary Hibbs and | thought it might be a good thing to collect experiences from others taking part. We discovered that at least 50 parcels were exchanged, with, usually, several plants in each, so the exchange is certainly well appreciated. Quite a number of new members took part and they, understandably, were not very clear about what was being offered. Some had quite a surprise when they received little sporelings! There were a few embarrassing situations over payments too. Most difficulties came under the headings of - 1) The purpose of the exchange. 2) Size of plant offered. 3) Packing. 4) Payment of expenses. 1) The purpose of the exchange This is to give members an opportunity of widening their collections and to provide good homes for members’ surplus plants. These may be of any size from tiny sporelings (which some members do not have time, experience or facilities to handle) to crowns from established plants. Most people send reasonably well established plants, from 2- 3” pots, which may or may not be big enough to plant out in the garden straight away. So recipients should consider growing them on for another year. Garden centre sized plants are not normally offered. We don’t particularly want to compete with them - if only on the grounds of expense. 2) Size of Plant We think it would be very helpful, therefore, if members would indicate approximately what they are offering and suggest the following code, on an experimental basis - a) Crowns, i.e. pieces with roots, split off or divisions of large plants. Mark these “C”. b) Sporelings, from a box or potted, one or two years old from the first frond. Rates of growth vary enormously between species so we suggest giving the length of the fronds to cover this. Mark them “Sp.1”, or “Sp.2” for first and second year plants respectively and add 4” or whatever the length is. If they have been potted for some months and developed a reasonably good root ball add “P’’. ¢) Occasionally members may want to dispose of larger potted plants, in which case the size of pot will do, or well established outdoor crowns. Not recommended because of the weight and postage. Occasionally, too, rare plants may be offered. Indicate R and be sure to agree a price for such items before despatch! Some members may wish to dispose of fronds with bulbils, rhizomes and miscellaneous bits but aga!" not really recommended except between friends. Probably 95% will fall into the first two categories and should not present any classification problems. Inevitably some plants will fall between sizes, err on the smaller size perhaps, but we are not selling them so we don’t have to worry about the Trade Description Act. However, please don’t send detailed descriptions of your plants - think of the organiser, and there isn’t room on the list anyway! Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 169 3) Packing This is probably the main deterrent for members who might offer plants. It can be quite a lot of bother and that may be no guarantee that plants will arrive in good condition. A package has to withstand being thrown across a room into its appropriate bin at the sorting office. Plants must be tightly packed in their containers so that they cannot move. Another essential, unless you have plenty of time, is that a parcel needs to be quickly assembled from readily available materials. S hing around the t for plastic bags, tape, wrapping paper and a box to fit is a time wasting chore. A few simple rules may help - a) Don’t let paper or cardboard touch damp compost, it goes soggy in 24 hours. b) Pots, by their shape, are nearly impossible to pack firmly and their hard edges damage other plants. c) No empty spaces around plants. They allow plants and packing to move around and get damaged. d) Loose compost around the roots invariably drops out and creates empty spaces. | use a “strait-jacket’” method of sending plants, which might look a bit cruel to the recipient but | am told that they recover well after a day or two. It is quick, light and inexpensive. | am fortunate in having a plentiful supply of Sphagnum (bog moss) which makes ideal padding and can be stored indefinitely. (Stock up when you next get the chance). Shredded polythene, or bits of that cobwebby material used for crop protection would do. It needs to be soft, pliable but not lose its strength when moist. Below | give the method | use in some detail because it is the details of an unfamiliar task that get overlooked and you have to start all over again. 1) Take the plant out of its pot, shake off loose compost, wrap a little padding around its neck and fronds. Slip it into a small polybag or on a rectangle of polythene and roll it fairly tightly into a small sausage, with a dab of sticky tape to hold it. 2) Lay the several small sausages on a piece of stiff corrugated cardboard of appropriate size (ex supermarket box), printed side up so that you can write the address on the plain side. Form the small sausages into one large sausage, spacing out the root balls and putting the two largest at opposite ends. 3) Roll tightly in the cardboard to form a strong cylinder, two layers of cardboard thick. Roll your letter in at this stage and tape down. Fold the ends in for larger parcels, it adds strength but not necessary for very small ones. Slitting down the ends for an inch or so helps, then cover them with wide parcel tape. No need for wrapping Paper or envelope, just write the address on the cardboard. Very small plants can be wrapped and padded with damp kitchen roll then in a polybag and put in a matchbox or pill container. Other members have equally satisfactory methods, usually dependent on materials and Containers available. The common theme is firm packing. 4) Expenses Postage must be reimbursed obviously, count the stamps before throwing the packaging away. We are in this for fun so no hard and fast rules can be drawn for this. For most people time is valuable and pensation for collecting, labelling and packing is appreciated. Some of us even have to travel a long way to a post office but usually manage Sor other job at the same time! Perhaps 25-50p per plant would be reasonable, according 170 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) to size, and rounded off to the nearest pound. Or the donor can give a guide. We don't want donors to feel that the exchange is not worth the bother, especially those who have much to give. Most requests arrive within a fortnight of the publication of the lists and it may lead to better distribution for donors to wait this time before sorting out the orders. The first envelope opened may have a request for five of one kind, a donor's entire stock. It is also easier to pack several parcels at one time. Many members pay by cheque. This is expensive for small amounts - first or second class stamps would be acceptable to most people. The best device is to swap your plants at meetings! A few other points. Several beginners asked for a good but inexpensive book on fern cultivation for beginners. | am assured that Jimmy Dyce’s ‘The Cultivation and Propagation of British Ferns” at £3.00 is the thing to have. (Out of print, but a new edition should be available by the time the Pteridologist is distributed. Ed.). Following on from this if you are offering out of the ordinary items and have access to specialist information, a photocopied sheet of details is enormously helpful. Many young ferns change their appearance markedly as they grow, so if you have doubts be patient. But they could still be wrongly named - fern spores are notorious for getting into the wrong packet or pot on account of their small size and lightness. You are not allowed to breath while handling them! As long as it is something new it will be interesting. If you have lots already - well there is always next year’s plant exchange. SHORTER NOTE Verification of a record of oak fern (Gymnocarpium dryopteris) from the Burren, Co. Clare. Coincidental with, and quite unaware of, Donal Synnot’s production of his paper (Pteridologist 2: 139-143, 1992) in which he discusses the Irish records of the oak fern, and remarks on the apparent non-existence of a voucher for the Co Clare record, | produced the following note. Oak fern is not recorded for the Burren in D. A. Webb & M. J. P. Scannell’s (1983) Flora of the Burren & Connemara, Cambridge University Press. In March 1990 whilst engaged in cataloguing the Ulster Museum’s pteridophyte collections | came across an 1876 specimen of this species from the S. A. Stewart herbarium numbered H1939- 1941, which is labelled on the original label “near Roadford, Co Clare (in the wild district of the Burren) sparingly, Thos. Wright Jnr Aug 1876’. There are two good, large fronds on the sheet, which were mounted or remounted in 1941 by staff of the then Belfast Municipal Museum & Art Gallery. This record is actually already in the literature - see Colgan, N. & Scully, R. W. (1898) Cybele Hibernica second edition, Dublin, page 452: Roadside between Broadford (sic) village and the cliffs of Moher, Clare; T. H. Wright - Note how Roadford has become, incorrectly, “Broadford” in this publication; Roadford 's at RO797, 2km NE of Fisherstreet according to the Topographical Index in Webb & Scannell (1983, above). The same record is repeated, with the incorrect name “Broadford in Praeger, R. L1. (1901) Irish Topographical Botany Dublin. So far as | am aware there 'S no place called Broadford in Co Clare. Miss M. Scannell, to whom | showed the specimen in early 1992, has commented that she and her co-author had probably ignored the record on account of the absence of any further information and the apparent absence of a voucher. PAUL HACKNEY (Dept. of Botany, Ulster Museum, Belfast BT9 SAB) Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 171 GROWING HARDY FERNS WITHOUT SHADE A R BUSBY, 16 Kirby Cornner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD The popular gardening press often seems to suggest that ferns can only be grown in shady gardens. This is a pity because it imposes unnecessary limitations on those gardeners that would like to grow a few ferns in their gardens. | cannot deny that ferns grown in damp shade can provide superlative examples if well-grown, but | am firmly of the opinion that, if one chooses carefully, many ferns can be grown in quite open sunny positions. Time spent studying our native ferns in their numerous habitats will quickly confirm this. The most obvious example is the common bracken. This is often encountered in sunny hedgerows, on canal and railway embankments. It also clothes acres of sunlit hill-sides. Admittedly, in such conditions it has a much shorter stature and less lush fronds. This is the price we may have to pay if we are to extend our fern planting into the more sunny spots in our gardens, for growing our ferns in this way will have the same effect on most of them. Our common male fern, Dryopteris filix-mas, can be found in even more extreme habitats, such as fissures in cliffs and brick walls, as if to emulate the truly mural aspleniums. Other species, such as the parsley fern, Cryptogramma crispa, the hard fern, Blechnum spicant and even the oak fern, Gymnocarpium dryopteris are occasionally found on south-facing screes. All apparently show a tolerance for hot sunny places, as long as they have their roots in cool moist soil. The one group of ferns that | would recommend for growing in borders with limited or no shade, is the scaly male fern, Dryopteris affinis and its varieties. | have grown various D. affinis forms in a very hot front garden for the last eight years with no losses. At midsummer they are in full sun from 6 a.m., until the cooling shade of the house reaches them at about 2 p.m. They do not gain the stature that their more fortunate brothers attain in more equable conditions and they do look somewhat leathery by early September, but they thrive and provide much pleasure throughout the summer. If you are Cursed with a sunny garden, plant D. affinis and its varieties. Some years ago, | was obliged to plant a fern border in what | considered to be a very unsuitable position. It was open, sunny and wind-swept. It was planted with varieties of Dryopteris affinis, D. filix-mas, D. dilatata, Polystichum setiferum and its varieties, Osmunda regalis, and two or three varieties of lady fern, Athyrium filix-femina. All but the latter have done well. In addition, | planted Blechnum penna-marina, Hypolepis rugulosa and Polystichum munitum. Again, all three have done well, especially the hypolepis, which seems to thrive in the sun. This border is subjected to some eight hours of Sunlight at mid-summer. Success with ferns in such situations is largely due to the composition of the soil. | have come to the conclusion that heavy, sticky clay is the fern-growers best friend. It is both moisture retentive and fertile. Throughout a long, dry period, the surface will bake hard; it will shrink and crack but it NEVER dries out. | have found that once the ferns are well rooted into the clay, the fern border requires little or no watering. Matters can be improved further by late winter mulching with bulky organic materials. Watering is restricted to those ferns that have been planted for less than two years. After two years they can fend for themselves. Water in late evening and NEVER spray the fronds, it's @ waste of time and water. Only when established ferns are showing obvious signs Of distress do | relent and water them. For those that garden on thin or sandy, free-draining soils, growing hardy ferns without any shade would be a risky business. Careful and elaborate preparation of the soil is €ssential to ensure moisture retention in the driest summer. The proposed fern border must be well prepared by incorporating generous amounts of bulky organic material. 172 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) Good garden compost, stable manure, leaf-mould, spent hops, spent mushroom compost, coir fibre and, risking the wrath of the bogophiles, sedge peat can be used to provide the moisture retaining sponge called humus, so essential for a healthy soil. Never let a season commence without a liberal application of a surface mulch. Ensure that the soil is wet before you apply it. It is my experience that as long as most of these ferns can draw on an inexhaustible supply of moisture, they will tolerate long periods exposed to sunlight. To ensure a cool moist root run, consider the use of stones placed around the plants. This is especially effective for hart’s tongue ferns, and with the correct choice of stone, will look most decorative. Stone cover is the essential ingredient that ensures the survival of ferns on mountain or quarry screes. The hart’s tongue fern, Asplenium scolopendrium, will tolerate some sunny hours but it will tend to be smaller and paler, and lack the lushness of plants grown in shade. However, the golden form, Asplenium scolopendrium ‘Golden Queen’, really needs a bright situation if it is to show off its gold colouring to its best advantage. Plant it in shade and it will lose its variegation. Based on my own experience and situation | have compiled a table of what | consider to be the sunlight tolerance of hardy ferns. | omit those | do not grow. For light soils, | Suggest you halve the hours of tolerance. Ferns that will tolerate six to eight hours of sunlight: Dryopteris affinis, D. filix-mas, Polypodium australe and P. interjectum, Hypolepis sp., Gymnocarpium dryopteris, Cryptogramma crispa. Ferns that will tolerate three to four hours of sunlight: Polystichum setiferum, P. aculeatum, Dryopteris erythrosora, Blechnum penna-marina, Polystichum munitum, Osmunda regalis. Ferns that will tolerate one to two hours of sunlight: Adiantum pedatum, A. venustum, Athyrium filix-femina, Oreopteris limbosperma. Given Sufficient moisture, most hardy ferns will tolerate a little sunlight, but | would provide total damp shade for Matteuccia struthiopteris and the extremely fine forms of Athyrium filix-femina. So do not allow a lack of shade to prevent you from growing a wide selection of hardy oe Prepare the soil well and experiment with the commoner species and varieties. here are many hardy ferns | have not mentioned but most are worth trying. PROPAGATING VARIETIES OF POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM FROM BULBILS. A R BUSBY, 16 Kirby Corner Road, Canley, Coventry, CV4 8GD On the ‘Divisilobum’, ‘Acutilobum’, and ‘Multilobum’ forms of the soft shield fern, P olystichum Setiferum, bulbils appear as dormant ‘buds’ in the axils of the fronds’ rachides and pinnae. Occasionally, bulbils on old fronds that are in close contact with the soil will root e : , usually we have to provide the opportunity for bulbils to roo form plantlets. 4 ee bio var done by pegging down the frond with bulbils with wire ties so that it rei contact with the soil and still attached to the plant. Alternatively, the frond can removed from the plant and pegged down on compost in a seed tray. After watering, Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 173 it can be placed in the shade of a wall or in a cold frame. The bulbils should be well- rooted in about six months. The rooted plantlets can then be separated and either grown on in pots or planted out in a shady nursery bed. Fronds that are removed from the plant and pegged down in a seed tray will require regular attention, particularly watering, from time to time as the frond must not dry out. | have devised a way to root bulbils with the minimum of attention and this has proved to be highly successful. Prepare a small area in a shady part of the border or a cold frame by forking over the surface to a depth of an inch or two (25-50mm) with a hand fork. If your soil is light and free draining, incorporate a handful or two of peat or peat alternative to retain moisture, and then water the area well. Now lay the frond on the surface making sure that the bulbils are in close contact with the soil but not covered by the soil, and lay a sheet of glass on top of the frond. The weight of the glass keeps the bulbils in close contact with the soil, maintains moisture in the soil and allows light to the developing plantlets. | have found that, with this method, rooting occurs in four to five months and they require little or no attention. Once the bulbils are well rooted (test for this by lifting the glass and gently pulling at the rachis) cover with a plastic propagating cover to provide room for the bulbils to produce their fronds. The cover can be dispensed with once the bulbils can be seen to be growing well. Finally, after two or three weeks without the cover, carefully lift the bulbils avoiding any damage to the roots, and with a sharp knife or secateurs, separate the plantlets by cutting through the old rachis. They can now be potted up or transferred to a nursery bed for growing on. | have tried this method using a polythene sheet held down with stones instead of using a sheet of glass, but the results were poor. The weight of the glass keeping the bulbils in close contact with the soil seems to be the significant factor in producing well rooted plantlets in reasonable time. ON ‘CURLIES’ EDWARD WRIGHT, Hall Place, Wycombe End, Beaconsfield, Bucks. HP9 1NB My great uncle Edward Goddard was in the timber trade in Hull and sometime between 1903, when my mother was married from Ferriby Hall where she had been brought up by her aunt and uncle, and World War I, built a substantial house nearby, The Red House, Swanland Hill, North Ferriby, North Humberside. He was a pioneer of rock gardening and built a fine rockery at his new home, including among the plantings @ considerable range of ferns and, more particularly, the hardy varieties which were Still traded by the nurserymen of those days. My elder brother (Willy) and | had developed an interest in ferns as far back as the 1920s - Gymnocarpium dryopteris, for instance, could be found on Sunday walks from Prep. School on Oliver's Mount at Scarborough. We therefore kept an eye on Uncle Ted's collection when he remarried, and when the Red House was inherited by my mother we raided it extensively and replanted the catch at our family home, Tower House, also at North Ferriby (see phot. opp. p 181), before the Red House was sold. My brother maintains that Uncle had most of his plants from Backhouse of York although | have had some leaning towards Pennells of Lincoin, largely because the Goddards had Lincolnshire connections. Be that as it may, he and | filled Out the collection with some judicious purchases from Backhouse in the 1930s and kept the Majority going happily until World War Il. After the war when we each got married and set up house for ourselves, he in London and | for two decades in the East Riding, we literally split Uncle Ted’s ferns and established 174 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) matching collections in our own gardens. There were a couple which refused to split: a Polystichum setiferum ‘Congestum’ cultivar (very dark and small resembling ‘Obtusissimum’), which he kept and possibly Polystichum x bicknellii which we had collected in Dorset in 1929, which fell to me and | still have. The latter may be simply P. aculeatum, however. The two collections survived various moves, in his case from one garden to another in London and thence to Dorset (The Old Rectory, Seaborough), although he nearly lost the P. setiferum resembling ‘Obtusissimum’ in his London days. My collection had another move in East Yorkshire before transfer to the Home Counties: first to Taplow where some were left and since 1979 to Hall Place, Beaconsfield where they still reside. | have split some with a neighbour for safety’s sake and have often thought of a secure long home for some at least of the scarcer survivals. Since ferns began to come back onto the market | have bought several from the late Reginald Kaye and exchanged a few with him too; more recently | have traded with Fibrex Nurseries where the stock has always been a temptation to a lover of ‘curlies’, the term for ferns which was adopted in the family from a nephew’s description as a small boy. recently he had thought to be extinct. | therefore contacted Martin to see if we might arrange for an exercise in recovery by members of the Society from my garden here at Beaconsfield and eventually, after a reconnaisance visit by him in June and a wettish summer, it was arranged for a dozen or So senior members of the British Pteridological Society and wives to spend an afternoon with us in October. Naming of names would perhaps be individious, but no apology is needed when | say that Jimmy Dyce himself graced the proceedings. What did they find? The main attractions were Polystichumn varieties which do pretty well here and there was a ready market for crowns of a P. setiferum cultivar resembling Hirondelle’ and a very fine ‘Plumoso-divisilobum’ which came from Uncle Ted's (see Separate note by Jimmy Dyce p. 167). Unfortunately there were only single plants available very large and busy producing more crowns for the future; but not just yet. We are therefore biding our time while expansion occurs. The polypodiums (‘Polypodies’ surely as Druery calls them!) also attracted attention. Uncle ed's garden had produced several good cultivars, two grandiceps, probably ‘Grandiceps sounding the roots! The cultivar ‘Bifido-multifidum’ is being nursed for the future mvs removal to a more congenial position just in time, having gone back badly where it was. A welcome cup of tea, gingerbread all round and the final ‘auction’ of bagged ferns made up for the cold wind to make it a more than worthwhile exercise - and others willing hands had done all the digging and dividing! Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 175 THE CRANFIELD COLLECTION AND WISLEY MARTIN H RICKARD, The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops. SY8 2HP It is well known that Cranfield opted to will his ferns to the Royal Horticultural Society Garden at Wisley rather than pass them on to a true enthusiast (Also see Rickard, 1993). | believe Cranfield should have realised that public gardens are not the places for large specialist collections of any herbaceous plants, but was the move as disastrous as the stories suggest? Were the ferns really left uncollected at Enfield? What happened to the plants which did make it to Wisley? These questions have been at the back of my mind ever since | learned that Reg Kaye attempted to buy the collection. Now, thanks to a wealth of material brought to my attention by Peter Barnes of Wisley and the chance to talk to some of the students at Wisley at the time, fresh light can be cast onto some of these questions. From correspondence held at Wisley, | was fascinated to learn that Cranfield gave two collections of ferns to Wisley, the first ‘in Keble’s time’ i.e. long before his death; most of these died as they were treated as alpines. Despite this Cranfield did not learn any lessons and in October 1947 he asked J S L Gilmour, Director of the RHS Garden at Wisley, if he could come to Wisley to discuss his main fern collection, with a view to giving it to Wisley. Clearly Cranfield had intended transferring the plants in his life time but events overtook the operation and no ferns seem to have been transferred until after his death - on 29th May 1948. On the 30th July 1948 Mr Hanger, the Curator, visited Miss Muriel Cranfield at Enfield and collected a first instalment of ferns in pots. On 2nd of November 1948 a note appears in the RHS Council's minutes, ‘The Director of the gardens reported that the late W B Cranfield’s ferns had been received and planted’. Also in a letter from Gilmour to a Mr Long dated 2.11.48, he refers to the ‘last load of ferns as it is a whole lorry load on its own’. This suggests there was more than one lorry load. The next day, 3.11.48, Gilmour wrote to Miss Cranfield ‘Now that the collection of ferns has arrived safely at Wisley and has been planted in the Wild Garden, | am writing once again to send you my very best thanks for this magnificent gift... . The ferns look extremely fine in their new position.’ On 24.3.49 Gilmour wrote to a wire supplier seeking labelling material for the ferns. In his letter he says ‘We are most anxious to label a collection of nearly 1000 rare ferns that were recently presented to the Society... ‘ Due to post-war neha? sa materials were not immediately forthcoming but later an allocation of wire was perce by Robert Adams, a student at the time, through an associate in the Surrey Agricultural War Executive Committee. In late August 1949 Muriel Cranfield finally visited Wisley to see her father’s collection in situ. She wrote to Gilmour that ‘My uncle and I visited Wisley at the end of August Specially to see my late father’s collection of ferns. Which we thought looked very happy and in a delightful position, which they appeared to appreciate. We were sorry not to See anyone to whom we could give a message of appreciation . . . Not long after Miss Cranfield’s visit there was repeated trouble with the newly installed irrigation system and, what was more, difficulty with the supply of water to the garden as a whole. ® ® =| Oo re) 4 = joe 4°) | - ie) - lool a o i. = @ ° ° | Pa = 3 2) as they deserve but this is in hand... .’. Pat that by autumn 1949 they were all neatly labelled and looking good. From the above correspondence it is clear that a large collection of ferns wa inde transferred to Wisley, and at least initially looked in fine form in the Wild Garden. Irrigation ad been installed and seemed to be working well. s indeed 176 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) In support of Gilmour's statement that he had ‘nearly 1000 ferns’ we have a Wisley notebook listing all the ferns and giving the location of each in the Wild Garden. From these records we know that 730 plants of 279 different cultivars and seedlings were planted out in eight beds in the Wild Garden in 1948. In addition there are rumours of plants having been kept under glass. Altogether these plants could easily amount 000 , to Gilmour's stated ‘near 1 : Francis Hanger, who supervised the removal of the ferns, died in 1960, but | have contacted several of the students who assisted him in 1948. With a few discrepancies, inevitable after the passage of so much time, their combined evidence supports the idea that the collection was substantial. For the record the following former students have been contacted: 1948 intake: Henry Noblett who collected some of the ferns from Enfield and collated one batch. Pat Bance (who worked with Brian Savage, now deceased) who went to Enfield and collated another batch. Dick Robinson (who also worked with Brian Savage), who went to Enfield and collated some of the collection. Tom F Thompson who worked on the final batch. 1947 intake: Robert Adams did not go to Enfield but as Assistant to the Director he did some work with Mr Gilmour regarding the gift to the garden. Robert Adams was one of six students taken on at the time. Collectively, these students were under Francis Hanger. He was a rhododendron man vet unfortunately, seemed to resent having to allocate staff to work on the Cranfield erns. Henry Noblett and Robert Adams find it hard to believe 730 ferns were collected. However Dick Robinson can believe there might have been that many. One of the students involved in the operation, Pat Bance, fortunately kept a notebook during his time at Wisley and he confirms that there were three lorry loads (a 3 or 5 ton van). The first consignment of 100 or so ferns was collected by Francis Hanger with assistance from students, while the second two loads were larger and more casually stacked in the lorry; he believes there were quite probably around 1000 ferns altogether although a lot were small. Seedlings and other potted specimens from Cranfield’s frames and greenhouse were collected by Mr Hanger and stored under glass at Wisley. Pat Bance recollects that it ag two to three weeks to plant the collection - surely a strong indication of its size? Certainly the size of the area cleared, the evidence of Gilmour's and Muriel Cranfield’s letters, the evidence of Messrs Robinson and Bance and the surviving Wisley list - together with a plan of the planted area - are all strong evidence that a collection of about 1000 ferns did in fact arrive at Wisley. In addition the area of ground given over to the collection was more than large enough to house 1000 plants. Contradictory evidence comes from Henry Noblett, Robert Adams as above, and Jimmy yee. Jimmy visited the site with Percy Greenfield, early in the 1950s, soon after lt was set up and he does not recall anything like 1000 ferns. Indeed the ferns that were there were largely of no great merit, and many were simply labelled ‘Cranfield — There can be no doubting Jimmy's record so how can we reconcile these contradictory gate My only suggestion is that Jimmy’‘s visit was a year or two after the collection ‘as planted and it had already begun to deteriorate. Evidence from Robert Adams confirms Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 5 a that weeds overtook the site and there were serious problems with the irrigation system, so the decline was rapid. However, in September 1952 Pat Bance remembers the overall appearance of the collection was still good - although there might have been some gaps In the Wisley file there is another list, part labelled 21.12.59 which includes 199 ferns - all wintergreen, therefore suggesting that this was a list of living plants compiled in winter (December) rather than some other inventory. So, was the collection in 1959 still as large as perhaps 300 ferns (including deciduous cultivars)? The ferns on this list were the Cranfield ferns because the label numbers agree with the 1948 record. Today it seems that perhaps only a dozen or so Cranfield ferns survive at Wisley, and even then they are not separable from more recent acquisitions. | did wonder if the collection’s rapid demise was due to them being transplanted or given to other gardens but Robert Adams, who remained at the Garden for some years after the ferns were planted, believes this is most unlikely. Cranfield’s original collection included probably around 1000 different cultivars at its peak (Rickard, 1993). However, in the final years the collection sustained serious losses, as reported by Cranfield himself in a letter to Gilmour at Wisley on 17.10.47 - ‘Whilst my collection has suffered very much owing to my several severe illnesses, shortage of labour and the collapse of the roof of my fernery during the last winter, it is still the finest in the country and embraces the life work of my men’. The actual number Surviving at Enfield in 1948 is therefore questionable but reports that many were left behind and eventually flame-gunned (Dyce, 1991) are no doubt true. | am sure various pteridologists have inspected the old gardens at East Lodge, Enfield over the last 45 years. | am no exception! The site is largely undeveloped but the house is close to dereliction and the garden is completely overgrown apart from the area where his fern bays were sited - this is now a standing out area for a nursery long established at the site. | did discover one just fern cultivar within the boundary of the old garden - Pteridium aquilinum ‘Percristatum’. Pat Bance tells me that some ferns were left at Enfield at Muriel Cranfield’s request. She appeared with labelled sticks and marked about two dozen of the best plants she wanted to keep. Some had already been removed and had to be replaced. What happened to these plants? They were fairly certainly real gems as Miss Cranfield obviously had a good knowledge of the ferns in the collection. Are these among the plants we believe were flame-gunned, or were they passed down to other friends or relatives of the Cranfields? The ferns which actually arrived at Wisley, if Wisley’s own list is to be believed, included many classic cultivars very rare or not known today, including: Polystichum setiferum ‘Hirondelle’ (original clone), ‘Cristatum Moly’, ‘Divisilobum Crawfordianum’, several plumoso-divisilobums, ‘Plumoso-foliosum Stansfield’, ‘Plumosum Green’, ‘Plumosum Patey’, ‘Pulcherrimum Dr Stansfield’ and ‘Pulcherrimum Variegatum Moly seedling’. Athyrium filix-femina ‘Fimbriato-cristatum Garnett, Cristatum Kilrushense Druery’, ‘Plumosum Horsfall’, ‘Plumosum Stansfield’, ‘Superbum Plumosum crispatum’, ‘Superbum plumosum dissectum’ and ‘Todeoides’. Asplenium Scolopendrium ‘Crispum Splendens Moly’, ‘Crispum Majus Moses’, ‘Crispum Fimbriatum Lowe’ and ‘Drummondiae’. Some of these are still in cultivation but most must now be presumed extinct. Why these were not detected by the trained eyes of Percy Greenfield and Jimmy Dyce | do not know. In conclusion, this enquiry has confirmed that a very large number of first class cultivars were lost with the demise of this collection, either by being left at Enfield, or by various misfortunes over the years at Wisley. It was clearly a serious loss to the fern cult. However, 178 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1 993) thanks to the likes of Jimmy Dyce, Reg Kaye, Robert Bolton, Jean and Jack Healey and several others, many of the choice older cultivars p to fellow enthusiasts. This ensures their continued survival, and minimises the effects of the loss of Cranfield’s magnificent collection. ae + In summary | hope these notes will clear up much of the uncertainty surround the Cranfield collection and Wisley. We must all learn from this experience. Acknowledgements This account would not have been possible without the generous help of Robert Adams, Pat Bance, Peter Barnes, Jimmy Dyce, Henry Noblett, Dick Robinson and T F Thompson. References: DYCE, J.W. 1991. The British Pteridological Society - The First Hundred Years in The History of the British Pteridological Society, London. RICKARD, M.H. 1993. The one that got away. Pteridologist, this issue. SHORTER NOTE Saved by a Fern While the 1991 centenary celebrations were in full swing in the Lake District, | was on the other side of the world and in a far from celebratory state - sitting under a tarpaulin half-way up a mountain on the island of Sulawesi (Celebes), Indonesia, with a dislocated knee and surrounded by tantalising ferns that | couldn't collect. The rest of the expedition had continued to the summit leaving me with a porter, and the hope that | would recover enough to be able to hobble back down the mountain on their return. After a week | felt quite cheerful because, with the aid of very stout walking stick, | had managed the five metres down a boulder-strewn slope to the river by myself. boulders gave me support to get knee-deep in the water. The river here was about ten metres wide, and there was a small clearing on the other bank. As | rinsed the soap off myself, | heard the sound of a large animal crashing through the forest on the other side of the river, | froze, thinking it must be an anoa - a species of forest buffalo endemic to the area - and hoped | would be able to get a good view of it as it came down to drink. Unfortunately the anoa winded me and charged across the river, head down and long, pointed horns aimed for attack! Time slowed right down as | Stood there, unable to move away and thinking | surely should do something to Stop it pinning me against those boulders with its horns. The Cyathea saved my life as | gazed into the pupils of the anoa’s eyes. The tree fern trunk was lying diagonally across the water in front of me, reaching from the bank to the huge boulders, and deflected the charge of the anoa when it was barely a metre from me. The anoa did not jump it, but ran on into the forest. JOSEPHINE M. CAMUS Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 179 WOODWARDIA RADICANS ON CRETE JAMES MERRYWEATHER, Biology Department, The University, York, YO1 5DD | spent the first week of April 1992 based at the delightful ancient, crumbly port of Chania on the north coast of western Crete. The most enduring memory of the week was stench of rotting oranges in the mountains, for this was the time of the frantic orange harvest and there was a glut. The growers just carted excess fruit as far away from the villages as possible and poured them over the hillsides to form vast squidgey, smelly screes. Occasionally | would see an enclosure full of sheep happily standing on/in, and chewing their way through, piles of old oranges, an unfamiliar experience for those accustomed to slow-witted grass munchers of the Yorkshire Dales! | spent five days in the hot sunshine, walking miles through cool olive groves or out in the heat of the upland garigue, accompanied by the sweet aromas of wild thymes, Equisetum telmateia and Equisetum ramossissimum, which frequently grew together. Each had features which caused me to stop awhile and think. At one site E. telmateia had fertile spikes which, havinng shed their spores, were not wilting away as is familiar to the Brit. abroad, but producing g ide t h . eee spikes. E. ramossissimum frequently had a variety of shoot types, from the usual much branched to sparingly branched. What was remarkable was that what | at first assumed were spikes of an intermixed colony of E. hyemale turned out to be nothing of the sort. They were relatively soft and not rough as expected. These were just fat, glaucous unbranched fertile spikes of E. ramossissimum. Other common species | encountered (apart from those mentioned below) were Aspenium ceterach, Cheilanthes fragrans and Dryopteris pallida which looks very much as our D. submontana might do if it were growing in woodland. + Anyone who has visited Greece in spring will know of the fabulous diversity of flora available for exploration, and Crete adds to the usual with a plentiful supply of endemic or Out-of-place species. On the last day (a day of gales and horizontal rain sent to contrast with the previous luxurious sunshine) | hired a moped to range beyond the bus routes and check out reports of one of these species, Woodwardia radicans, a fern of generally Atlantic distribution, and Crete is about as far east as it has been found. As a guide, | took with me a copy of a paper describing a fern collecting trip in 1971. (Brownsey & Jermy, 1973). The directions given were a little vague: “Between Néa Roumata and Skinés we found the small waterfall noted by Dr Greuter as a locality for the Atlantic fern Woodwardia radicans . . . wet, shady gully . . . Blechnum spicant . . . etc.” They had written that their return to Chania was “brisk”, so | reasoned that the waterfall and gully must be near the road. From Skinés onward | stopped the moped’s engine at every likely-lookinng Spot to listen for trickling water. For several miles | continued in this manner, passing through the villages of Hliaré and Langés. After Langés | crossed a little bridge with a white parapet which traversed the main stream of the valley | was climbing and then | heard water to the left of the road. A little pathway was trodden into the gulley here and | was encouraged to think that other botanists might regularly visit the place - no sheep nor Greek would have gone in here. | pushed past a rill dripping with wet- Places-ubiquitous Adiantum capillus-veneris and there were three fronds (two plants) of W. radicans, just a couple of metres from the road. The guide said there were more, associated with Bechnum spicant further into the gulley. | didn’t find them. Perhaps this was another gulley. | did find: Athyrium filix-femina, Asplenium onopteris, Pteridium aquilinum, Blechnum spicant, and thirteen beautiful plants of Osmunda regalis. Greek 180 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) terrain, in my experience, has always been rather arid. This was like being in Yorkshire woodland, if it weren't that the tree species were so different: a grecian oak, sweet chestnut and cypress. | continued up the road, despite deteriorating weather, crossed a second parapeted bridge beyond which the road began to ascend in earnest, hair-pin bending over the mainstream gulley. There were plenty of other likely ferny wooded gullies, but none so good as | was amazed to find that the roadside bank, just across the stream, bore about twenty large specimens. As | walked back towards the stream the bank became wetter and Woodwardia gave way to Osmunda and that, in turn, was replaced by Adiantum. That Ccoastward looking for the sun. It wasn’t there. Neither was | able to identify the Brownsey & Jermy site for Christella dentata on the way, but | had seen enough to keep me happy until my next visit to Crete - an inevitability! References: weer: P.J. & JERMY, A.C. 1973. A fern collecting expedition to Crete. British Fern Gazette. : 331-348. SHORTER NOTES Decorative Bracken | live within range of Heathrow and do a sort of availability gardening. Suitable looking cuttings from bouquets are hopefully potted and put in the conservatory. Usually nothing delightful little mossy, ferny areas in the garden which seems to attract seedlings, mostly foxgloves at the moment. However, this little fern (see opp) grew in its delicate green lacery, so | repotted it in a basket about a foot in diameter with other hopefuls, including pelargoniums and Thinking | would like to know more of my two-year old friend | searched Kew’s new fern garden outside the Filmy Fern House, the House itself and, indeed, all the other houses, but in vain. Intrigued and wanting to know more about it | asked during my Al ch period in Kew Herbarium Library - but the books on pteridology were on the oor a | — fortunate to be introduced with my specimen to Peter Edwards who immediately identified it as English bracken ‘reared in unusual conditions’. | was able to give so little information, as | do not remember actually seeing it in ; bouquet, so | realized it might have arrived in its spore stage. | gave the specimen had brought to Peter Edwards and it was pressed for inclusion in the Herbarium collection. The fronds that had grown along the floor were clustered together and to pick off a PAT SCROPE-HOWE, F.R.G.S. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) Fig. 1. Adiantum capillus-veneris in the porch of Landewednack Church . = A a ‘a> 9.2. A 7 é splenium marinum in the porch Fig. 3. The serpentine lectern with fern carving. of Landewednack Church. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 181i kground now lost), bac Ferns at North Ferriby c. 1938. Front right Polystichum setiferum tpi agg.. Asple lenium right P. setiferum ‘Divisilobum’ plus various cultivars of Polypodium Scolopendrium and Dryopteris Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 181 Garden Visits During the past year | had the pleasure of travelling to many parts of the country and one of the highlights of this travelling has been the viewing of quite a few ferny gardens and meeting members of our Society at their homes. Most of the places visited were gardens open to members and are listed in the pamphlet of fern gardens which was sent to all members last January with the Bulletin, yet a couple of these owners told me that very few BPS members visit them. Why not make the effort - I'm sure that you will be made very welcome, and what better way is there to pick up some very useful hints and tips from the horticultural-minded members about the growing of a very wide variety of ferns in many different environments. One garden, in particular, which | visited, in which there are some very nice plants, is not owned by a BPS member but he is related to the famous Bolton family and it was delightful to see some of the old fern collection and also some very old photographs of meetings, personnel and ferns from the turn of the century. Two very interesting features were some carved stone garden urns (see opp.) with fern motifs on each side which was made by one of the Bolton family who was a stone mason, and also a copy of one of C.T. Druery’s book “Choice British Ferns”. This was signed by the author and presented to Tom Bolton, one of the founder members of the Society. | can really recommend travelling round to these places. It may be a bit tiring at times but it is very rewarding. JACK BOUCKLEY Ferns on Serpentine We went to Cornwall to look at the strange Asplenium adiantum-nigrum that grows on the serpentine of the Lizard peninsula. But we couldn't resist hunting for some of in the wild for the first time. Unfortunately, we had reckoned without the elements, and soon discovered that the 70 m.p.h. wind was bringing the sea to meet us - by the time we reached the coastal path we realised that our journey would have to be abandoned. Luckily for us the next day was more gentle, and we were able to scramble around serpentine boulders hunting for Asplenium, compar! g fronds and checking spores in the bright sunshine, and in the excellent company of Rose Murphy. Our last day was very wet. As we were staying near the Lizard we decided to chase with tripod and cameras, we explored the inside of the church. Some renovation peat was in progress, and we were lucky to find the church warden present. He explain to us that the rather grotesque pulpit and columns on the font are Victorian additions, with something not too dissimilar to Dryopteris affinis (s.|-!) carved into the ee rock (Fig. 3, opp. p.180). It was a very fitting end to our hunt for serpentine ferns! MARY GIBBY, ALISON M. PAUL, JOHANNES C. VOGEL, 182 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) POLYSTICHUM SETIFERUM ‘PULCHERRIMUM’ - THOUGHTS AND COMMENTS JW DYCE, 46 Sedley Rise, Loughton, Essex IG10 1LT In the Bulletin for 1961, Vol.2, No.3, | contributed a paper on Polystichum setiferum ‘Pulcherrimum’. Since then | have been devoting quite a lot of thought to this section of variation in P. setiferum, and why ‘Moly’s Green Pulcherrimum’ still persists in surviving, although in near-normal form, unlike the other fifteen wild finds made in the sixties and seventies of the last century (the 19th), and the several raised from them by spores and prothalloid growths. They all, with one other exception, had very short lives. The section is characterised by considerable lengthening of the pinnules, particularly the lower ones, into long, slender and falcate growths, deeply incised and often quite twisted, expanding at the tips and terminating in prothalli. by C Jackson who was the first to find it “a few years before 1862” in South Devon, one by the Rev C Padley in North Devon, one by Padley’s sister, Mrs Agar Thompson, in 1863 in South Devon, and one by Padley’s gardener, J Smith, in South Devon. Moly’s and Wills’ finds were made in the border-land of the three counties. ‘Pulcherrimum Thompson’ was recognised to be by far the best find and | reproduce here the frond from the Jones Nature Prints. This frond also illustrated my previous paper in the 1981 Bulletin and our Editor Suggested that | find another of the pulcherrimum varieties to illustrate this one. The only other pictorial record which appears to exist, apart from a few unsuitable photographs in the early issues of the British Fern Gazette, is also in the Jones Nature Prints - Moly’s last find, in 1876, which has fronds not nearly So developed as ‘Pulcherrimum Thompson’. | am therefore reproducing here the Thompson find again since it demonstrates best the qualities of the section. of the upper variegated parts to give a fine pencilling effect. Unfortunately, with age phe fronds became ragged and depauperate in their upper halves while the lower parts retained the pulcherrimum distinctness. All the others had short lives - as pulcherrimums. Some collapsed and died early; the others were inconstant and gradually became more and more confirmed in their reversal Ning mnnules very finely divided and elongated, and their tips, along with the pinnae tips, extended into fine thread-like growths which, in many cases, expanded into pr othalli ) 183 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) * ¥ ‘ ete + Vly Polystichum setiferum ‘Pulcherrimum Thompson’ 184 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) All this happened before our Society was founded in 1891, and consequently there is a great lack of information about it all. Druery had been active with his pen at the time and | hoped, for details to augment my information for this article, to find him giving vent to his fern enthusiasm by writing fulsomely about these exceptional varieties. To my great surprise - and dismay - there is, in the eight huge volumes of his press cuttings, not a single paper on the subject of the Pulcherrimum Section of P. setiferum. This lack of information can be explained, perhaps, by the very bad reputation the section had of reverting to normal setiferum. Dr Stansfield confirms this lack in Volume 1 of the British Fern Gazette, 1912, when he writes (at the beginning of a long article on the pulcherrimums, the first to be published on the subject, but sadly lacking in detail) that the section has not been figured at all in any books or publications, with the exception, in the Jones Nature Prints, of ‘Pulcherrimum Thompson’ and Moly’s last find of 1876. It is here that Druery does make some amends for his silence on the subject by reproducing Col Jones’ notes on the section, along with the Print depicting Mrs Thompson's find, in his British Ferns and their Varieties, page 394. | am indebted to these notes to a great extent, as well as to the few papers, giving scanty information, appearing in the Pre-Gazette Reports of 1899/1905 and in the early volumes of the British Fern Gazette, for the details | am able to give here of the various finds. My plant of ‘Moly’s Green Pulcherrimum’, undisturbed for years, has produced about a dozen side crowns. | divided it last year and moved the crowns to a more convenient site, reserving the strongest one for installing in a pot so that | can give it more individual attention in an endeavour to persuade it to produce at least part of a frond in character. This plant is part of one which belonged to Dr Stansfield and with him, for many years, it produced a full complement of fronds in character. He gave a selected crown to his son-in-law, P. Greenfield, but with him it did not behave so well and varied from a very good pulcherrimum to almost normal setiferum. Eventually, this plant was passed on to me but has done no better, only occasionally showing a pinnule in character. Several years ago | gave an offset to our member, Richard Cartwright, and one year it produced for him a complete frond in character - one of only three times | have seen such a sight! To the uninitiated eye my plant looks like completely normal setiferum, BUT there is a subtle quality in the pinnules, very difficult to describe, which enables the fern-man, who is familiar with it, to recognise this unique variety. Why did this fern variety suddenly appear in numbers in this small area of England, the West Country, for a short period of less than two decades? The whole area had been assiduously hunted by keen and knowledgeable fern-men for very many years before the 1860s, during the years of the Victorian Fern Craze, and many, if not most, of the old famous varieties of P. setiferum known to us had emanated from the area. If Pulcherrimum was there it would surely have been found. Then, suddenly, during a short period beginning in the 1860s, sixteen plants were found, nine of them by Moly. If one man, admittedly a Super-hunter, could find so many, how many more were NOT found, tucked away in the more inaccessible places? Then they disappeared, just 25 Suddenly as they had appeared. No more were found although the search continued as keenly ~ If not MORE so - than before, and we find Dr Stansfield writing in 1911 * Fern hunters, wake up! It is now over twenty years since a pulcherrimum was found in the wild. The womb of Nature is inexhaustible and the seventeenth find may surpass all its predecessors”. Another eighty-two years have passed since those words were written and STILL we have not found the seventeenth pulcherrimum! Why is this so? Keen fern-men who know the fern and are familiar with the area where It was found - and that includes Martin Rickard and myself, and in the earlier post war years my mentor, Percy Greenfield - have not been casual in their search for it. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 185 but to no avail. The variety appeared suddenly - and disappeared just as suddenly! - Why? | have my own theory, which | am quite prepared to admit may be fanciful, to explain the phenomenon. We know that there are two areas in Britain which are more than ordinarily rich in variation among the local ferns - the West Country in the south- west, Dorset, Devon and Somerset, and in the north, the Lake District. Botanists try to explain this away by saying that the two areas concerned have been more intensively hunted than elsewhere, but this is not true - during the Victorian Fern Craze period the whole country was intensively hunted and in no other area did fern-hunters reap such rich harvests. What is present in those two areas which stimulates gene change in the ferns to produce mutant forms? Is it in the ground or in the air? It is possible the ground has something to do with it - but, certainly, NOT in the case of P. setiferum ‘Pulcherrimum’, else we would still be finding the variety in the West Country. Whatever it was - in the air? - it would appear to have had an influence on susceptible plants of P. setiferum over a short period of time to create a temporary gene change, and when the “influence” faded the plants reverted back to the species form. Was ‘Moly’s Green Pulcherrimum’ “innoculated” more intensively and has not yet thrown off the “influence”? A bit of imaginative thinking, | admit, and the botanists will scorn the idea. - BUT, how can they explain it? Meanwhile, we can only hope that, as Dr Stansfield wrote, “the womb of Nature is inexhaustible’, and that whatever triggered the gene change which was responsible for the creation of the pu/cherrimum varieties in P. setiferum will visit the West Country once more and enable us, again, to enjoy the excitement of finding this superlative fern in the wild. BOOK REVIEWS NEW FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES by Clive A. Stace. xxx + 1226 pp. 1992. ISBN 0 521 42793 2. University Press, Cambridge. Price £24.95 ($59.95). In the first 45 pages of this book you have a good guide to the ferns and allied plants (and their hybrids) in the British Isles. Descriptions are clear and are all you need to identify or confirm our British ferns. There are some very useful SEM pictures of the megaspores of the three /soetes species, Transverse Section drawings of Equisetum stems and line drawings of alien ferns. But this is not all. For British- and European-based pteridologists who also have a broad interest, however Slight, in other vascular plants, this book is something you should have. How often, when botanising for ferns, do we come across a wild plant that is completely alien '0 our ken - and about which we want to know more. When we are studying the ecology of ferns that interest us, be they common ones like Dryopteris carthusiana or rarer Species like Cystopteris montana, we are wanting to identify other plants that grow with them. This book will help you to do that with clear workable keys (as far as | ©an ascertain with limited use) and a number of illustrations by Hilli Thompson and Photographs of detailed parts. Other British Floras have done this but not at this cost Nor with such comprehensive coverage of both native, casuals and aliens plants. This ‘S$ Not just a compilation of botanical descriptions by a botanical journalist but a work that embodies the experience of many years of being an active research taxonomist, an enthusiastic teacher, and a practising field botanist. A.C. JERMY 186 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1 993) ATLAS ECOLOGIQUE DES FOUGERES ET PLANTES ALLIEES by R. Prelli and M. Boudrie, Editions Lechevalier, Paris. 1992. Pp 272, about 200 b&w photographs on 124 plates, 175 x 240 mm. Laminated paper back binding. Price about £35 (subject to exchange rate variations). It keeps getting better! After two editions of R Prelli’s Guide des Fougeéres et Plantes liées we now have a superbly illustrated guide to the distribution of the fern and fern allies of France. The authors of this Atlas are to be congratulated for producing the finest photographic record of the ferns of any one country that | have seen for many years, and perhaps ever. Each species native to France, including Corsica, is illustrated so clearly that identification of even difficult taxa should be possible with very few errors. Divisions between species in Dryopteris, Polypodium, Diphasiastrum, Asplenium, Botrychium etc. suddenly become sensible even to the amateur! The addition of the first comprehensive distribution maps is an added bonus - each represents a tremendous amount of work; remember France is four times the size of England! Unfortunately, only 2 hybrids are included, Asplenium x alternifolium and Equisetum x moorei; this is, presumably, a sacrifice to practicality as so many other hybrids are too rare, or extinct, to locate and photograph in the wild. Their inclusion would also have pushed the price of an already expensive book out of sight. For me there is only one questionable feature of the book. That is the arrangement of the genera by habitat: instead of by the standard systematic arrangements, however, this is a personal preference and | do realise there are strong arguments in favour of the system chosen here. | suggest anyone with an interest in wild European pteridophytes should buy this book. The text is in french, but all, bar one or two, of the native British species are included. It is therefore possibly the best photographic record available of British ferns. MARTIN H. RICHARD THE CULTIVATION OF FERNS by Andrew McHugh. Pp. 144, 48 col. plates with Suen line drawings, 1992. Batsford, London. Price £25. ISBN O 7134 Over the last few years we have seen quite a few fern books appear which have been written by horticulturists rather than fern specialists. The resulting volumes are readable and full of many useful ideas, but sadly can sometimes be rather unreliable at a factual level. This book is no exception. It is beautifully illustrated and well laid out but the inaccuracies negate its value as a reference book. When you see statements you know to be wrong, eg. Asplenium septentrionale likes a calcareous soil or Blechnum penna- Marina \s not hardy at temperatures lower than 5°C, it dents your trust in other statements in the book. Similarly, spelling mistakes are common, eg Alsophyla for Alsophila, Pellae for Pellaea, claytonia for claytoniana, Salvinea for Salvinia, arbora for arborea, nipponicum times a year whereas, actually, it is six, while the BPS is credited with only two journals annually instead of three. | don’t doubt there is a great deal of valuable material in this book but | am afraid it ls interspersed with too many inaccuracies for me to be able to recommend it. MARTIN H. RICKARD Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 187 REPORT OF THE CENTENARY FERN COLLECTION UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM BOTANIC GARDENS AT WINTERBOURNE BRENDA & RAY SMITH, 184 Solihull Road, Shirley, Solihull, Warwicks, B90 3LG Winterbourne House was built in 1903 by J.S. Nettlefold (of Guest, Keen and Nettlefold), and the seven acres of garden was laid out by his wife Margaret (nee Chamberlain). They owe much to the landscaping styles developed by Edward Lutyens and Gertrude Jekyll at the beginning of the 20th Century. The property was later owned, and other features added, by John Nicolson (of Bell, Nicolson and Lunt) who bequeathed the house and gardens to the University of Birmingham in 1943. The Gardens (now the Botanic Gardens) were managed by the Department of Plant Biology but since 1989 have been maintained by the School of Continuing Studies whose headquarters are at Winterbourne House. They include many features of botanical and horticultural interest and act as a focus for the horticultural teaching courses provided by the School. A Friends Association was founded in 1989 and the Chairman Emeritus Professor Jack Hawkes approached us in 1990 with the idea of planting a new fern border in the gardens to complement the ferns already established which, while limited in variety, included a fine collection of Osmunda, Dryopteris, Gymnocarpium dryopteris, Asplenium scolopendrium and Azolla. There is also a small collection of Adiantum raddianum and Cyrtomium falcatum in a heated h keepi ith a collection of orchids J . oe Discussions then took place with the BPS Secretary, Matt Busby, other Midland Group members and the Staff at Winterbourne, and agreement was reached on a suitable area, which needed a considerable amount of work done in preparation. The staff worked extremely hard over the winter of 1990/91 and by the spring had cleared a substantial area of low ground, including the unenviable task of lifting bamboo and laying paths to make the area accessible. In May 1991 a working party consisting of Alan Ogden, Margaret and John Collins and ourselves congregated at Winterbourne and the task of planting out the fern border commenced, using specimens provided from our own collections. Soon plants were being provided by others in the Societ 1 planting i { through the summer, culminating in a Midland Group meeting there on the 1st September when with popular acclaim, the collection was officially named the “Centenary Fern Garden”, commemorating the Society's 100th anniversary. (BPS Bulletin Vol. 4 No. 2 p. 79). Since this time the Winterbourne staff have also cleared a small sheltered area adjacent to the greenhouse, which during the year has been planted up with “wintergreen” ferns, namely, polypodiums, scolopendriums and polystichums, which is proving an attractive addition and gives visitors something to see whatever the time of year. The joint collection now consists of some 30 or so British and Foreign species and Subspecies, including some that originated as a result of Christopher Fraser-Jenkins’ visits Some years ago to Mosman Peak, Jamaica and Lebong, Darjeeling. There are also over 50 varieties of fern and there is room for more. Donations are more than welcome although we have now reached a stage where we will need to be more selective to avoid duplication. The Secretary has a comprehensive list of the Gardens’ fern contents for anyone interested in adding to the collection. Grateful thanks are due to the following for their contribution in terms of work done, eonagig of plants, interest and support:- Clive Brotherton, Matt Busby, Margaret and ohn Collins, Nigel Hall, John Mashiter, Vic Newey, Alan Ogden and the garden staff, es also to Professor Jennifer Tann, Head of the School of Continuing Studies, and meéritus Professor Jack Hawkes (currently President of the Linnean Society). 188 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) The fern collection can be seen by Members of the B.P.S. on weekdays between 10 am and 4 pm, by prior arrangement with the garden staff at Winterbourne, on 021 414 5590. The Gardens (not to be confused with Birmingham Botanical Gardens) are also listed in the B.P.S. Guide, Where to see ferns, and are located at Edgbaston Park Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2RT. THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS IN THE PEAK DISTRICT IAN D. ROTHERHAM and PAUL A ARDRON, Museums Dept., City Museum, Weston Park, Sheffield S10 2TP Marsh Fern (Thelypteris palustris) has been discovered in the Peak District National Park near Sheffield. Although the area has been well worked by botanists for more than a century, this species has never before been found. Indeed the present discovery was a chance find, the by-product of a detailed ornithol gical survey of the moor. The surveyors’ attention was drawn to a particularly interesting flush with extensive and dominant Greater Tussock Sedge (Carex paniculata). Close inspection indicated that this was a particularly rich community with Species such as Marsh Marigold (Caltha palustris) and Ragged Robin (Lychnis flos-cuculi). Such a community is very scarce in the eastern Peak District, and those sites which do occur are often in poor condition due to drainage and over-grazing. It was decided to re-visit the site later in the year. This further visit was made on 11 July 1991, with the specific purpose of recording plant communities and producing detailed species lists. The fern, Thelypteris palustris was found in an area of around 30m by 50m. The community in which it was growing was made up of Marsh Marigold, Ragged Robin, Lesser Stitchwort (Stellaria graminea), Common Spotted Orchid (Dactylorhiza fuchsii), Bogbean (Menyanthes trifoliata), Marsh carthusiana. This location for Marsh Fern is particularly interesting in terms of the species’ national locations in Wales and the Lake District, along with former sites in the meres of Shropshire, Ches iré and Lanchashire (Jermy et al, 1978). Many of the latter have been lost to District vegetation than previously envisaged, an exciting possibility which requires further work. However, pockets of diverse or uncommon plant communities now being found inthe Derwent and Ewden Val ys (both in the eastern Peak) id this suggestion If this is the case, then it would further emphasise the catastrophic changes that have followed human impact over the last four thousand years. References JERMY, A.C., ARNOLD, H.R., FARRELL, L. and PERRING, F.M.(eds.) (1978). Atlas of Ferns of the British Isles, The Botanical Society of the British Isles/The Britis Pteridological Society, London. atone (1989). A List of the Fern-Allies and Ferns of Thorne Moors, Sorby Record, , 2. Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 189 HENRY SEEBOHM - A 19th CENTURY PTERIDOLOGIST M.J.P. SCANNELL, Raglan Road, Dublin 4. Henry Seebohm (1832-1895) was a noted ornithologist. He published the History of British Birds, the Birds of the Japanese Empire and other works. He contributed to /bis and the Zoologist. He appears however to be unknown as a botanist and is not mentioned by Desmond in Dictionary of British and Irish Botanists and Horticulturists (1977). In 1851 Henry Seebohm made a significant contribution to fern studies in West Galway (Vice-county H 16). During a visit to James Ellis, a Quaker landowner who lived at Letterfrack (L75), he climbed Bengooria (Diamond Hill, 1460 ft), engaged in ‘fox-shooting’, and studied ferns. He published, ‘List of ferns found in Connemara’ in The Naturalist, ! (1851): 220-222. The list is ‘remarkably complete’. In the Flora of Connemara and the Burren (Webb, D.A. and Scannell, M.J.P.) thirteen of the 29 species are noted as the first records for vice-county H 16. Seebohm stated that he ‘gathered’ most of the specimens ‘within a mile of the residence of James Ellis at Letterfrack’. The area - SW of Killary Harbour is of varied terrain - low-level blanket bog, lakes, rocky headlands and many sea inlets. The records are Botrychium lunaria, Athyrium filix-femina, Dryopteris filix-mas, D. dilatata, D. carthusiana, D. aemula, Oreopteris limbosperma, Phegopteris connectilis, Equisetum telmateia, E. arvense, E. sylvaticum, E. fluviatile and lsoetes lacustris. Recently a specimen was uncovered in DBN herbarium, National Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin. The label is hand-written (Seebohm?). It reads, Lycopodium inundatum L. on a margin of a small lake the property of James Ellis, Esq near Letterfrack, Connemara. Henry Seebohm Esq. 1855. The lake in question may be Bunnaboghee Lough, situated on the north side of T71 in L7151. The date on the specimen indicates that Seebohm made a further visit to Letterfrack. The roadside shore of this lake was worked by me in the course of work for the Flora; a more detailed study may reveal the lycopod in L56. There are records for Altnagaighera L76 and for Inishbofin LE& Henry Seebohm states that he ‘gathered’ specimens, so he may have p dacollection of plants. Most probably these specimens are in a British Midlands herbarium. Henry Seebohm was a businessman. He was born in Bradford on 12 July 1832 of Parents who had come to England from Germany in 1815. Early in life he settled in Sheffield where he founded a successful steel company - Seebohm and Dieckstahl. He died in London on 26 November 1895. SHORTER NOTES Deformed Ferns Referring to Miss Primrose Peacock’s article (Pteridologist 2, 3, 1992) and based on my Own observation, | endeavoured to examine the cause of the deformation. Last July, during an excursion to the Maasvalley in Southern Belgium, | found on the roadside in Romedenne a mixed population of Dryopteris filix-mas and Athyrium filix- femina. All Dryopteris filix-mas plants showed normal growth, whereas some Athyrium filix-femina fronds had frizzled ends. | first thought that the use of herbicides might ‘the Cause of the deformation, but this assumption seemed unlikely since the Dryopteris filix-mas fronds were not affected. oe from the Athyrium filix-femina ethology in Flore Generale de Belgique, ha sa (1950) by A. Lawalree, that the fronds may be damaged by the Chortophila ata fly 190 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) The description of the damage matches with Miss Peacock’s photography, and the herbarium material | gathered. A white-yellowish larva lives inside the deformation. In support of this theory | asked the Entomological Department of the Belgian Institute for Natural Sciences to analyse the deformed ferns. They confirmed that the deformation was caused by the Chortophila signata fly. The above proves that a common fern like Athyrium filix-femina can still fascinate us. (1 am grateful to Mr. P. Dessart of the Entomological Dept. of the Belgian Institute for Natural Sciences, for his help in determining the Chortophila signata damage). WIM TAVERNIER Secret Door Cystop If one feather was plucked What your doing And with it a message And see how the crevice Quilled on the stone face Pieris | imagine its letters In the crack Would be magical runes And fragilis liiuminated only As a summer breeze By the pale silver light Bends the slender dark rachis Of a crescent new moon Twists the light feathered fronds Revealing a chant And holds you enchanted The musical key By a schizophrenic rockface To a secret doorway Of feather and stone. In the cold grey cliff. GAVIN STARK POEM | scorn the doubts and cares that hurt The world and all its mockeries My only care is now to squirt The ferns among my rockeries GEORGE SIM 1847-1922 (submitted by PAT ACOCK) FERN ANDY of CUMBRAE JAMES W MERRYWEA THER, Biology Dept., University of York, Heslington, Yor k, North Yorks. YO1 5DD. A few miles north of Arran in the Firth of Clyde are two small islands, Wee and Great Cumbrae. The smaller, a lump of basalt lava-flows created by Arran volcanoes in the early carboniferous era, is essentially uninhabited. In contrast the larger island (a much more complicated geological marvel) is a popular holiday centre, sadly now in decline but, in Victorian times this was where the well-to-do of Glasgow would take their recreation, having travelled “doon the watter” by paddle steamer. The charming little town of Millport with its sandy beaches and rocky coves would throng with holiday makers who, as today’s tourists, required ready supplies of ice-cream (still famous there today), mineral waters from the “spa” at Fintry Bay, and souvenirs. The last included ferns - most species are today still plentiful on the island - and a renowned supplier was Fern Andy. A photograph of him is in the collections of the local museum (Fig. 1) and on the = we are told as much as is known of him: | Fern’ Andy Sullivan stayed between Targets towards Fintry. It wasn’t really @ Cave, just an overhang (canvas down front). He served in the American Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) 191 army when he was young. He had two cats. He sold the ferns in little baskets that he made and decorated them with Acorns, fir cones etc. (He sold them in town). Boys did shopping for him and when they asked for a pennyworth of broken biscuits they got double amount.” Until a few years ago Fred Jackson used to visit his daughter on ‘‘Coombray”’ as he called it, and he reckoned to know every fern there. I’ve been going there on and off since | was four, indeed I've been to this little paradise sixteen times in the past seventeen years, and | feel | can now make a similar claim. To my great regret, | was never there at the same time to share the island with Fred. Andy has left most of the ferns, as far as | can tell, for most species that should be there are there. The list is impressive for an island only 11 miles in circumference: splenium trichomanes sp uadrivalens, ruta-muraria, A. scolopendrium, A adiantum-nigr A. marinum, Polypodium vulgare, P. interjectum, Dryopteris filix-mas, D. dilatata, D. carthusiana, D ula, D. affinis (the sub-species need doing properly), Polystichum setiferum, Osmunda regalis, Hymenophyllum wilsonii (two rocks-worth), Ip which is turning into several as it ages, just above the eastern shore. In 1976 there were hundreds of small plants on the newly built walls of the upland “loch” (reservoir) known as Minnemoer. The walls are now invisible, the bank vegetation having grown over and covered them. The Ossies have gone, but isn’t that a normal habit of young Osmunaa, to colonise temporarily a habitat only fit for small plants? There’s also Equisetum arvense, E. palustre, E. fluvialtile and E. x litorale. ‘Andy at home’ 192 Pteridologist 2, 4 (1993) The richness of the Cumbrae flora is obvious in June and July when the flowers of so many species decorate its shores and hills. The orchids are always popular with the students we take there (for marine biology!) and no wonder, when the three common Dactylorrhiza species (D. fuchsii, D. maculata, and D. purpurella) hybridise and back- cross in spectacular swarms at several sites. But, in the main, un-noticed, are the sedges. Britain has just over seventy species, many rare or local. Great Cumbrae has twenty four of them! | shall be back next year as usual. | just love the old-fashioned, nearly-Hebridean atmosphere of the place and I’m confident that I'll be surprised by the botany again - | may even find a new fern just to prove | don’t know them all individually. | would like to thank Kathryn Valentine of the Cunningham District Museums Service for providing a copy of the photograph of Fern Andy. GIFT OF FERNS FROM ROYAL LEMKES FOR BPS CENTENARY 1991 JOHN WOODHAMS, Tropical Section, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey. The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew took delivery of a consignment of hardy ferns in September 1990 donated by Hans Lemkes and grown on the nursery of Lemkes and Zonen in The Netherlands. The ferns, some 48 named species and cultivars, were offered by Royal Lemkes on the understanding that they should be set out in a suitable location to commemorate the centenary of the British Pteridological Society. Word of this generous offer was conveyed to Clive Jermy at the Natural History Museum by Bert Hennipman at Leiden and following discussion concerning a suitable location for the plants to be displayed, RBG Kew was eventually decided upon as offering security and longer term benefit. It was agreed the plants should arrive at Kew in Autumn 1990 having been potted on into 5 inch pots at the nursery in Holland especially so that they should attain good size for display the following year. Ten plants of each of the 48 taxa requested arrived in marvellous condition, conveyed by lorry the plants packed in waxed card boxes. All were unpacked and transferred to cold frames where they were held overwinter. A border site adjacent to the Filmy Fern House at Kew was selected as a suitable display area for the plants. Peter Bradley, Supervisor of the Fern Unit and his staff set-to, to clear some of the nondescript shrub items from the site following which the area was dug over. The border faces north and some shrub cover was left especially at the back to give shade for at least part of the day and to provide more cover for some elements of the collection. The plants were set out mostly in groups of five in March/April 1991 and mulched following planting with a liberal dressing of composted horse manure. A thorough watering was given to the whole area and a set of three water sprinklers purchased so that water could be applied as and when necessary through the summer. With few exceptions the plants settled in extremely well and generated much interest and discussion during the afternoon tours by delegates to the BPS Centenary Symposium middle day spent at Kew. Lemkes to celebrate the BPS Centenary year, Kew now has a specific area where our VISHtOFS can appreciate something of the form, colour and garden potential of hardy ferns. BRITISH FERNS AND THEIR CULTIVARS A very comprehensive collection is stocked by REGINALD KAYE LTD SILVERDALE, LANCASHIRE CATALOGUE ON REQUEST FIBREX NURSERIES LTD Honeybourne Road, Pebworth, Nr. Stratford-on-Avon, Warwickshire, CV37 8XT Hardy and tender ferns Begonias, Gloxinias, Hederas, Hydrangeas, Primroses, Arum Lilies and Plants for the cool greenhouse Catalogue on request MRS J K MARSTON Specialist Fern Grower A wide range of hardy and greenhouse ferns, especially Adiantums Culag, Green Lane, Nafferton, Nr. Driffield, East Yorkshire, YO25 OLF Send £1 for catalogue FANCY FRONDS Specialising in North American and British hardy fern: Send two International Reply Coupons for Sakae Judith |. Jones, 1911 4th Avenue West, Seattle, Washington, 98119, USA wo ee GROW GREAT FERNS Los Angeles International Fern Society LAIFS Fern Journal bimonthly includes fern lesson, cational meetings, materials, spore store, books. Annual dues: $15 domestic, $19 overseas surface, $24 overseas airmail. P.O. Box 90943, Pasadena, CA 91109, U.S.A. sete enna peace eo Baas NSO HARDY AND HALF HARDY FERNS Rickard The Old Rectory, Leinthall Starkes, Ludlow, Shrops, SY8 2HP Please send stamp addressed envelope for list ec a eee Oe Se ie oes, The British Pteridological Society PTERIDOLOGIST : Contents MAIN ITEMS: Volume 2, Part 4, 1993 This issue is peepareaig to the memory of Reginald Kaye President's Anecdot Editorial Reginald Kaye Ferns Introduced by Reginald Kaye Honour for Jimmy Dyce Splitters and Lumpers Biological Control of Bracken in the UK Response to Simon Fowler’s Article - an Alternative View Commercial Se | in Holland: the Example of Royal Lem Cast Iron fons eh Space and Time Economy in Ferning The One That Got Away - the rsshiaeeta a Polystichum setiferum ‘Divisilobum Bla BPS Plant Exchange Growing Hardy Ferns without Shade Bert Varieties of Polystichum setiferum from Bulbils n The Cranfield Collection and Wisley Jack Bouckley J W Dyce Martin H. Rickard Martin H. Rickard J W Dyce Simon V Fowler Russell Smith Wim Oudshoorn Martin H Rickard Michael Craddock Martin H Rickard JW Dyce Peter Hainsworth AR Bu AR Busby Edward Wright Martin H Rickard vardia radicans on Crete James W Merryweather Polystichum setiferum ‘Pulcherrimum’ - Thoughts and Comments J W Dyce Report of the Cen entenary Fern Collection Brenda and Ray Smith Thelypteris palustris in the Peak District lan D Rotherham and Paul A Ardron Henry Seebohm - : ia Century Pterdologist M J P Scannell ona F sepa i erns from oe al Lemkes - B John Woodhams SHORTER NOTES: yi PS Centenary 1991 Remembering Reg Ray Smith Ornaments from Ferr Josephine Camus Verification of Oak Fern from the Burren Paul Hackney Saved by a Fern Josephine Camus Decorative Bracken Pat Scrope-Howe Garden Visits Jack Bouckley Ferns on Serpentine Mary Gibby, Alison M Paul and . Johannes C Vogel Deformed Ferns Wim Tavernier Secret Door Gavin Stark Poem by George Sim , erns by Michael Jefferson-Brown S New Heese Se __ The Cultivation of Ferns by Andrew McH oy oe ye een et Plant Alliées by R Prelli and Michel Boudrie McHugh st Volume 2 Part 3 was published on 19 May, 1992 p Published by ltt Lounkton. Eecex ELS Te = ies ney erpennmppe Volume 2 Part 5 THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL == SOCIETY PTERIDOLOGIST Edited by Sse ===) JAMES MERRYWEATHER re wY2 ee ees ee he ee Oe THE BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY Officers and Committee from 1993 President: J.H. Bouckley President Emeritus: J.W. Dyce, MBE Vice-presidents: J.A. Crabbe, Dr C.N. Page, M.H. Rickard, Mrs G. Tonge Hon. General Secretary A.R. Busby, ‘Croziers' 16 Kirby Corner Road, en Canley, Coventry CV4 8GD # 0203 715690 4 tant Si (Membership) Miss A.M. Paul, and Bulletin Editor: Department of Botany, Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD Treasurer: Dr N.J. Hards, 184 Abingdon Road, Didcot, Oxon, OX11 9BP Meetings Secretary: a 43 Molewood Road, Hertford, Herts., SG14 3AQ Editor of the Fern Gazette: Dr B.A. Thomas, Botany Department, National Museum of Wales, Cathays Park, Cardiff CF1 3NP Editor of Pteridologist: : Department of Biology, University of York, York YO1 5DD Committee: R.G. Ackers, R. Cooke, Mrs D. Fortune, Miss J.M. Ide, S.J. Munyard, Mrs M.E. Nimmo-Smith, P.H. Ripley, N.R. Schroder, G. Stark, R.N. Timm Fern Distribution Recorder: A.J. Worland, Harcam, Mill Road, Barnham Broom, Norwich NR9 4DE Spore Exchange Organiser: Mrs M.E. Nimmo-Smith, 201 Chesterton Road, Cambridge CB4 1AH ent Exchange Organteer: R.J. & Mrs B. Smith, 184 Solihull Road, Shirley, Solihull, Warwickshire B90 1AH Booksales Organiser: = eee 234 Harold Road, Hastings, East Sussex TN35 5NG Trustees of Greenfield and Centenary Funds: J.H. Bouckley, A.R. Busby, Dr N.J. Hards The BRITISH PTERIDOLOGICAL SOCIETY was founded in 1891 and today continues as a focus for fern enthusiasts. It provides a wide range of information about ferns through the medium tel Publications and available literature. It also organises formal talks, informal —— meetings, garden visits, plant exchanges, spore exchange scheme and fern book Sa bot Society has a wide mambership which includes gardeners, nurserymen and botai, o amateur and professional. The Society's journals, the Fern Gazette, Pteridologist published annually. The Fem Gazette publishes matter chiefly of specialist interest on rena | topics of more general appeal and the Bulletin, Society bus' iness and = meoings repos. ae See other than eg are £3 dre to cover bane conversion charges). Arnel postage —- hac tion and death of individuals. The more detailed and expensive studies give & ’ warning of subtle changes in age structure. Less detailed monitoring, cbitiert . example, mapping plants on location photographs or accurately locating indivi permanent quadrats or plots, is useful in detecting more obvious changes. on habitats means that h and reintroduction, dmission of lesser biological While in situ conservation is always preferable, pressure maintenance of ex situ collections as a gene bank, and for researc 282 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) is frequently necessary. Cultivation of plants provides horticultural information which will benefit attempts at reintroduction while spore storage provides a convenient way of preserving a wide range of genotypes. An ex situ low-temperature spore bank for British and world rarities has recently been set up at RBGE but more research is required into the effects of storage conditions on spore longevity. Regeneration by controlled disturbance of natural soil spore banks in situ offers a potential alternative to labour-intensive translocation of ex situraised plants at sites where rare species have been destroyed. Discussion. For conservation legislation to work, the public and particularly the law makers must be convinced of the credibility of the professional judgement in selecting and defining the plants to be included. To avoid the complications created by limiting protection to species, we need to be able to identify rarities regardless of rank and get them scheduled. These rarities will include subspecies and varieties and even hybrids, some of which will be incipient species, the building blocks of future evolution. Indeed, in terms of conservation, it may be wiser to abandon ranking of taxa within a species as there have been persuasive arguments that taxonomic varieties are more likely to be incipient species than are subspecies. Infra-specific taxa, whatever their present rank, should be considered for protection even when the species is common outside Britain, provided that the British form is genetically distinct, as they frequently will be because our geographic position results in a flora which includes several geographical elements at their climatic margins. In Pennsylvania, USA, recommendations on conservation regardless of taxonomic status are made on the basis of a collective judgement by a committee of professional botanists. Anyone can petition this committee for protection for a rarity and the committee’s decision is then embraced by the legislation. Where there is uncertainty about the taxonomy, habitat or abundance, plants can be included for 5 years under an informally recognised “tentatively undetermined” category pending further research. In Britain, the Wildlife and Countryside Act is under review and attention will be given to the question of extending coverage to subspecies. However, if protection is to be effective, it must be possible to prove that the subspecies can be identified from all others and so only plants which are sufficiently distinct should be scheduled. SOIL SPORE BANKS AND CONSERVATION Dr. Stuart Lindsay, RBGE and University of Edinburgh. About 10% of the world’s 13,000 fern species are threatened with extinction. Wherever possible, conservation should be attempted in situ but frequently ex situ procedures are necessary as alternative or additional measures. Ferns can be brought into ex situ conservation as sporophytes, gametophytes, fresh spores or as soil spore banks (reservoirs of live spores buried in the soil). Sporophytes are easy to identify, long-lived in Cultivation, and useful for education and display while providing a spore source, but are bulky and vulnerable in transport, expensive to maintain in cultivation and their removal depletes the population. Most gametophytes are difficult to find and identify and are short lived in cultivation, although the perennial gametophytes of the filmy ferns are more easily found and grown than are the sporophytes. Fresh spores have the advantages of being available in large numbers and easily transported, stored and grown, and for this reason a fern spore gene bank has now been set up at RBGE. However, the spores of many species, especially temperate ones, are only collectable during a short season, and the so-called “green spores”, such as those of Osmunda regalis, are short-lived under conventional storage conditions. Because of the limitations of these sources of material, soil spore banks have some advantages. Soil spore banks of ferns are widespread geographically, ecologically and taxonomically (including more than half the British flora). They invariably contain two or more species, Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 283 frequently including species not present in the immediate vicinity of the sample site, and are found to depths of more than 1m. Most spore banks are known to be “persistent”, i.e. last for more than one year. The maximum longevity is unknown but is suspected to be several decades. Dry spores of certain desert species have survived for over 50 years on herbarium sheets, refrigerated spores live longer than those at room temperature (viability after 10 or 20 years is common), and we have discovered that spores stored wet maintain their viability much longer than those stored dry, even at room temperature. This is even true, at least over a more restricted time scale, of green-spored species. These properties of persistent soil spore banks indicate potential advantages as a source of ex situ collections. Sampling can be undertaken at any time of year, storage and culture to obtain plants or a spore source is relatively easy (although it should not be assumed that the native soil that supported the parent sporophytes is necessarily the optimum medium for raising the gametophytes), there is no disturbance close to the wild plants and it uniquely creates the possibility of retrieving genotypes lost from a dwindling population, or even retrieving a lost population after a recent natural or man-made catastrophe. Theoretically, it provides a means of resurrecting a species that has recently become extinct. It also opens up new possibilities of in situ conservation. Controlled disturbance at the site might create the micro-habitats required to stimulate “spontaneous” regeneration from the native soil spore bank. Application of this approach to British rarities depends on the existence of soil spore banks in these species. Recently we have tested eight species: Asplenium septentrion- ale, Cystopteris dickieana, Dryopteris cristata, Gymnocarpium robertianum, Osmunda regalis, Thelypteris palustris, Woodsia alpina and W. ilvensis. Soil samples from selected wild populations of each were brought back to the laboratory, sealed inside petri dishes Over a layer of sand, and cultured. When gametophytes produced sporelings, they were transferred to pots and grown on until they were mature enough to identify. (In order to allow more rapid identification, a reference collection of British species is being grown to provide information for the eventual construction of an identification key to juvenile sporelings of British ferns). The rarities were then selected and maintained as conservation collections. Soil spore banks have so far been confirmed for at least one site for seven of the species examined. These species are: Asplenium septentrionale (large spore bank, three Scottish sites); Cystopteris dickieana (no spore bank of any species detected at the type locality, perhaps due to high salt content, but similar material abundant in spore bank with other species at nearby site); Dryopteris cristata (recently extinct in Scotland but obtained from spore banks from East Anglia); Gymnocarpium robertianum (large spore bank found at the only, very small, Scottish locality and from two large populations near the Lake District); Osmunda regalis (a small spore bank detected even after two years In samples from East Anglia even though spores are green and reputedly short-lived); Thelypteris palustris (large spore bank in several samples from East Anglia); Woodsia alpina (plants obtained in considerable numbers from soil samples from two Scottish populations and these plants in turn yielded abundant spores in under a year). For one species, Woodsia f a persistent spore bank at any of the three sites (2 in Scotland and 1 in England) sampled. Gametophytes appear in none have yet been "to test for Woodsia itions on among the gametophytes and to investigate the effects of environmental conditions tahlict +f cnores sporelina fe wre wrens ah | One of our further aims is to extend this approach to overseas species wg oe threatened. Our first attempt at this has involved sampling at sites for a i pages endemics, Adiantum reniforme and Asplenium hemionitis, on Tenerite. 284 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) awaiting results for the latter, but success with the former indicates that a similar approach should be employed with its critically endangered close relative Adiantum asarifolium, one of the target species in the Mauritius Rare Ferns Project recently established with Darwin Initiative funding at RBGE. Discussion. Despite the potential longevity of fern spores, spores from old herbarium sheets are unlikely to be a reliable source of plants from long extinct populations of rare species because of storage conditions, chemical treatment of herbarium specimens and contamination by spores from other sheets. THE POST-GLACIAL HISTORY OF SCOTLAND’S RARE FERNS Heather McHaffie, University of Edinburgh. About 14,000 years ago the ice, which at times during the previous Ice Age had covered even the mountain tops of Scotland, began to retreat as the temperature rose. This created large areas of base-rich moraine, available for colonisation by plants. Some idea of the flora of the period can be obtained by identifying the fossil pollen and spores deposited at that time and now retrieved from the bottom of peat bogs or old lakes. A similar picture is obtained by recording the present flora of similar habitats in, for example, Iceland. The pteridophytes present in this open, tree-less, landscape included Botrychium lunaria, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Cystopteris fragilis and Selaginella selaginoides. Where the ground-water was rich in silica, Equisetum species, such as E. variegatum, would have flourished. A brief colder phase between 11,000 and 10,000 years ago resulted in development of tundra in which species now recorded as arctic-alpines, including Woodsia ilvensis and Diphasiastrum alpinum, would have been widespread. Although there were climatic oscillations, over the next 5,000 years it became generally warmer and drier. Trees established, initially juniper, willows and tree birches (as distinct from the dwarf birches of the tundra). Some of the previously abundant pteridophyte species, such as those mentioned above and Cystopteris montana, Dryopteris oreades, and Equisetum pratense, would have become more localised, as would the snow-patch species Athyrium distentifolium and A. flexile. These species are now all restricted to montane areas. The lower ground would have been very wet 10,000 years ago and Osmunda was abundant. In the widespread mineral-rich fens, Thelypteris palustris also thrived. As the larger trees established, hazel was initially abundant because of the basic soils. Pine appeared about 8,500 years ago and at about that time some soils began to be more acid as a consequence of leaching, and Calluna became more common. Bracken, perhaps including Pteridium pinetorum although this cannot be confirmed from the fossil spores, became more common as a plant of forest clearings. Lycopodium annotinum was very abundant 8,000 years ago, with pine and juniper; it is still found in pinewoods, even plantations, although it has declined significantly in recent years. Lycopodium clavatum was also present, probably in Calluna as now, but there was no ee moorland, and heather, though increasingly common, was still limited to forest clearings. By 6,000 years ago, the temperature was warmer than now but the climate had once more become wetter. As a result, large areas became acidic through leaching, and peat formation increased in area and depth. Stumps of the early pine forests can be found buried under many feet of peat. Base-rich habitats were restricted, as now, to the vicinity of exposed and eroding basic rocks such as mica schist. Species we now think of as “western”, like Hymenophyilum wilsonii, would then have been much more widespread. It was at about this time that man also began to have some effect on the frequency and distribution of pteridophytes. As conditions became cooler and drier, man began to clear the forest for grazing land and for cultivation. Some pteridophytes would have benefited Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 285 from this. Where grassland developed in the ever-expanding forest clearings, new habitats for Ophioglossum vulgatum would have resulted. Where cultivated land was abandoned, bracken often invaded before trees could re-establish to shade the bracken out. Other pteridophytes were adversely affected by the increase in agricultural activity. Isoétes appears to have been temporarily eliminated from lochs where it was buried under silt washed in from surrounding disturbed and eroding hillsides, and this still happens. Early cultivation was restricted to the lighter soils on high ground. By 2,500 years ago, when the cool, wet climate was the same as now, the gradual taming of the landscape was visible as cultivation terraces, still detectable today in some places. In mediaeval times, natural habitats were further reduced as cultivation moved into the lower ground. To overcome the problem of poor soil drainage, the runrigg or ridge and furrow system was widely used until superseded in the 18th Century by underground field-drains. This agricultural improvement, which has continued until the present, has resulted in the marked reduction of wetland habitats and the once abundant species, such as Dryopteris carthusiana, that inhabited them. In at least one instance, however, draining may have been beneficial. Thelypteris palustris, now very rare in Scotland, was recorded last century from several lochs which were drained in the late 18th Century to remove the buried post-glacial deposits of base-rich marl. Exposure of the marl would have re-created the immediately post-glacial environment favoured by Thelypteris. A few other species also benefited from man’s activities. For example, Polypodium and, in particular, Asplenium ruta-muraria, took advantage of mortared walls. Equisetum arvense was well equipped to exploit disturbed ground. more research-based informationon the species biology. Looking to the future, less intensive agriculture and “set-aside” might allow restoration of some wetland habitats. Climatic change will have effects, but they are hard to predict. Earlier springs with late frosts would damage frost sensitive species like bracken. A teed Climate would discourage Botrychium and C. montana, for example, and several ot “dl Species, like Asplenium ceterach, would spread from the south. Warmer conditions wou threaten the alpine species. Increased rainfall would allow the eastward spread of species like Dryopteris aemula but perhaps put continental species like A. septentrionale at ; disadvantage. As has been the case throughout the last 14,000 years, some species wi decline and others will increase as conditions change. The rarities of one era become the common-place of a later one, and vice versa. SETTING UP A MONITORING SYSTEM FOR WOODSIA IN THE WEST OF SCOTLAND Mr. John Mitchell, ex-Nature Conservancy Council. Although having had an interest in the genus Woodsia for a until joining the Nature Conservancy Council (now SNH) good many years, it was not in 1966, and subsequently 286 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) taking on responsibility for the Ben Lui National Nature Reserve in the mid-1970s, that | was able to put this interest to practical conservation use. Having quickly discovered that there was virtually nothing in the Regional Office file as to the precise locations of any of the reserve's rarer mountain plants, | gave some thought to devising a system of plotting the position of selected species, together with some rough and ready method of monitoring the performance of each colony. Woodsia alpina seemed the most obvious species to start off with, and the project gave me a good feel for the type of habitat the W. alpina seemed to prefer - typically a weathered exposure of banded limestone or calcareous schist, with a distinct lack of any vigorous competitors. The four known W. alpina colonies on Ben Lui were photographed using a Polaroid camera, the position of each marked on the instant print there and then. Because | was unable to get a satisfactory answer as to the life expectancy of an instant print, a duplicate photograph was taken on conventional film. Later, the data from the field instant print were transferred onto the conventional archive print once the film was processed. As it was also essential that anyone attempting to monitor the reserves W. alpina colonies in future years could readily find the documented site, a large-scale map was marked and a distant photographic shot was also taken on instant and conventional films, the prints annotated as before. Two developments led to the W. alpina survey on Ben Lui reserve being extended to all of its other known stations in the western highlands. First, both British species of Woodsia had just received legal protection under the Conservation of Wild Creatures and Wild Plants Act of 1975. From then on a much clearer picture of the national status of both Woodsias was going to be required by the Nature Conservancy Council in their role as advisors to the government. Secondly, in the mid-1970s much of Britain was in the grip of a summer drought, and the first warning grumblings of global warming were being heard. If global warming was to be a reality, what was going to be the effect of an increase in the average summer temperature on Britains relict arctic-alpine flora and fauna? It was clear, even back in the 1970s, that a reliable baseline survey needed to be undertaken if meaningful assessments on changes in Woodsia populations in Britain were to be made in the years to come. Let us take a look now at the monitoring system in practice using as an example a pretty well-known W. alpina site on the Perth/Argyll border. The background information collated included the site name, map reference, vice-county, altitude, direction of exposure, rock type, list of plant associates and, where known, previous recorded history. Every tuft of W. alpina at each site was allocated an identification number and marked on the photograph. As a rough guide to performance, the number of fronds on each accessible tuft was counted and a measurement taken of the largest frond. This is an exceptionally dry site with a southerly exposure and, with its potential for desiccation, it was found that the average number of fronds was only 8, with a maximum of 18 on the older, larger plants. Fronds reaching 3.5 inches in length were few and far between. Not all the W. alpina sites in the western highlands are as impressive looking as those on Ben Lui, a rather nondescript hill, which is probably why it was overlooked by the Victorian fern collectors. At this site | found it was just not practical to document each W. alpina tuft as before - for once there were just too many of them! In this case the rock faces were given an identifying letter, and little more than a count made of the number of W. alpina on each of them. In 1990 my successor to Ben Lui NNR, Andrew Campbell, assisted by a small team of observers working in rather better weather conditions than | had endured 13 years earlier, counted no fewer than 340 tufts concentrated in this section of the hill alone. As | had found as well, there were some luxuriant plants amongst them too, with as many as 40 fronds, occasionally up to 5 inches long. This is most certainly the finest individual colony of W. alpina remaining in Britain today. Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 287 In 1977-8 this photographic monitoring technique was also applied to the two known surviving colonies of W. ilvensis in the Moffatt hills of southern Scotland, again to establish a baseline to assess future changes in the fortunes of these even rarer British fern. My colleague, Dr Vincent Fleming, takes up the W. ilvensis story. WOODSIAS IN SCOTLAND Dr L. Vincent Fleming, Scottish Natural Heritage John Mitchell has described the photographi itoring techniques that he established for selected colonies of both Woodsia spp. My aim is present some of the results obtained from that monitoring, to provide an assessment of the current status of both species and to discuss potential conservation action. Overall, there would appear to be no more than 95 known clumps! of W. ilvensis surviving in the wild in Britain compared to at least 1000 known clumps of W. alpina. Over 99% of the latter occur in Scotland compared to only 25% of W. ilvensis clumps. W. ilvensis is now restricted to only five localities in Britain (three in Scotland) with 9 sub-colonies. At least 35 sub-colonies can be identified for alpina within close to 20 broad localities. Nevertheless, most colonies are small with all but one W. ilvensis colony below 10 clumps and most W. alpina colonies below 20 clumps. Three colonies (one of W. ilvensis, two of W. alpina) hold the bulk of the Woodsia population in Britain. However, the small size of most colonies, even of the more abundant W. alpina, means that most of these are likely to be vulnerable to extinction through demographic and stochastic factors alone. It is impossible here to present all the monitoring results but | will present data for three colonies of W. alpina before discussing the present status of W. ilvensis in the Moffat Hills. The W. alpina sites were monitored in 1977, 1985 and 1994. All populations were remarkably stable between 1977 and 1985 but all have subsequently increased. In two 0 the colonies this increase has been due solely to recruitment with no apparent mortality, all the clumps from 1977 still being present in 1994. In the third colony, however, despite an increase from 8 to 10 clumps over the recording period, only three plants were common to both 1977 and 1994. The increase here then, has involved five mortalities and seven new recruits indicating a more dynamic turnover than may have been suspected. These results indicate the value of this monitoring technique because it enables us to follow the fate of individual clumps and, therefore, to begin to determine important parameters of population biology such as longevity and recruitment. This informationcannot be obtained from simple counts alone. Monitoring alone cannot tell you why any changes in a population have occurred. However, it is noteworthy that both 1977 and 1985 were preceeded by years of severe drought. Both Woodsias seem vulnerable to water stress and it is likely that both colonies recorded) but have subsequently recovered. Regardless, despite this wiser “sie 2 some small increases, there is no room for complacency in the conservation of WY. alpine: The Moffat Hills of southern Scotland are one of the classic haunts of W. ilvensis saath but from which they were thought to have been extirpated by collecting soon i beaie of the century. Subsequently, two small colonies were re-discovered, one by i in 1954 and the other by M Rickard on a BPS excursion in 1972. This last colony ane ota have remained stable at 2 clumps from its discovery through to 1985°. septa eageeae discovered and larger colony is in evident steep, linear decline. From the : . Present in 1954 only three now survive; if current trends continue the tag Gi extrapolated extinction date of 23 October 1995! It is clear from monitoring that there oe i#thin a clump aan + 1 Clumps is used in preference to plants since it is usually difficult to gui or tuft. 2 A site visit in 1994 blished that only one clump survives at this colony. 288 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) been no recruitment of W. ilvensis plants to the colony since 1977. The three clumps that survive today% are, therefore, at least 18 years old but may be older still. This downward trend in the population is clearly cause for concern with local extinction a possibility for a second time! Some factors that may have contributed to this decline include: i) collecting - despite legal protection the species may still be vulnerable to this threat, yet there is no recent evidence of this from Moffat and some surviving plants are in readily accessible locations; ii) rockfalls - comparison of site photographs indicates that rockfalls from these crumbly, treacherous cliffs could have only accounted for the loss of single clump; iii) loss of genetic variability - the former massive collecting pressure may have forced the population through a genetic bottleneck leaving surviving plants vulnerable to, for example, inbreeding depression; iv) drought - the two recent drought years (1976 & 1984) may have taken their toll. However, in 1992 a summer visit revealed only one dried up W. ilvensis clump, but a subsequent visit following late summer rainfall found three clumps in the same locality indicating some ability of plants to recover. Although the plants are on crags that may be grazed by feral goats we have seen no evidence that grazing damage occurs. What should we do about such a decline? Should we continue to monitor to extinction or should we intervene to prevent this. If so, what action should we take? An immediate and urgent first step must be to capture as much of the existing genetic variation as possible by establishing ex situ collections, whether of spores or cultivated plants. This would provide a safeguard against extinction as well as material for research needed to guide future conservation policy. Plants could also be provided to enable re-stocking of existing colonies, if appropriate, and to restore Woodsia to sites from which it has long been absent. In doing so, we may have to consider whether we only use genotypes native to the site or whether, more controversially, we mix genotypes between colonies to restore genetic variability (if indeed that is part of current problems). Woodsia ilvensis, as an Arctic-alpine relic, may ultimately be threatened with extinction in Britain as a result of global warming but the proximate threat is clearly a legacy of the Victorian fern craze. In such circumstances it seems only reasonable that we intervene both to maintain and restore populations. TEMPERATURE AS A FACTOR DETERMINING THE DISTRIBUTION OF ASPLENIUM SEPTENTRIONALE IN BRITAIN Dr. Adrian Dyer, RBGE and University of Edinburgh. When we talk about the ecology of British ferns, we are really talking only about the distribution of the conspicuous sporophytes described in relation to major features of the macro-habitat: latitude, altitude, moisture, shade, soil type and pH etc. We know very little abcut the factors determining t! aie aia oe J | want to show how investigation of aspects of the growth and reproduction of a fern can help to explain its distribution, particularly for rare, local species or those with a very specialised and restricted habitat. This involves investigation of the other phases of the life cycle as well as the sporophyte. As we have already heard, A. septentrionale is scarce and very local in Britain. This is only partly explained by the fact that it has been lost from some stations because of over-collecting in the past or by shading due to overgrowth by gorse or adjacent forest plantation more recently. The main reason for its local distribution is its restricted habitat, common features of its widely separated sites are dark-coloured volcanic or metamorphic rocks lacking calcium or other bases, such as slates, grits, granites and basalts, on ee ee 3 A sub-site of this colony, with a further 3 clumps, was discovered by John Miitchell in 1977. Because of the dangerous nature of the site, there have been no more visits to gather more recent information. Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 289 exposed, often south-facing, low to mid-altitude cliffs. On the rare occasions it is found on walls, they are mortar-free walls of the same rocks. The localities suggest a requirement for a hard, base poor, substrate and a warm situation. This would explain its absence from the eastern half of Britain, dominated by sedimentary rocks, and from high altitudes in mountains, where temperatures are lower. Our results suggest a previously unsuspected explanation for this. Our experiments were simple. We grew spores of several British species, including A. septentrionale, at a range of different temperatures to find the temperature requirements for germination. The spores were sown on nutrient medium and placed under artificial lights at controlled continuous temperatures. The percentage germination was then recorded daily until there was no further germination. Asplenium septentrionale was unusual in that although the germination response at 20°C was similar to that of the other species, germination at 15°C was very slow and there was no germination at all at 10°C over the 9 weeks of the experiment. This confirms some earlier unpublished observations of Elizabeth Watt. The fact that temperatures of 15°C or higher, perhaps even close to 20°C, are necessary for full germination suggests that there may be very few sites in Britain where germination is possible. Our spores were collected from a local population on Arthur's Seat; one of the nearest weather stations is at RBGE. Temperature records at RBGE for 1993 reveal that the maximum shade temperature reached 15°C or above on only 97 days per year (of 146 between 7.5.93 and 30.9.93) and never maintained a temperature of 15°C or above throughout the 24 hours. It reached 20°C only 9 times in total and presumably for only a few hours. For much of the year, perhaps all, the temperatures at RBGE are too low for germination and RBGE will be warmer than many places in Scotland. requirements for germination would alone be sufficient to restrict the species distribution. What then is the adaptive advantage of this apparently restrictive requirement? Bearing in mind that this is a species with a continental distribution in Europe we would like to suggest that it is a mechanism for preventing germination during or just before the harsh winters and thus limiting development to the summers. The temperatures necessary for germination will be regularly achieved during the warm continental summers. This interpretation presupposes that the germination response recorded in British material is a species characteristic and not unique to British ecotypes. ze co that We have obtained spores from southern Germany. Preliminary investigat on this continental material also has the high temperature requirement for germination. Thus, an adaptation related to the seasonal extremes at the centre of its arse Saar range in Europe imposes restrictions on its ecological distribution at the oceanic fringe © its range, in Britain, to sites that reach unusually high temperatures for long erga Combined with its edaphic requirements, this restricts it to sunny rock faces in north an west Britain and is enough to explain its rarity. Support for this interpretation comes from a similar investigation of — ruta-muraria, the Wall Rue. This is also a continental species and spores of -_ material also have a high temperature requirement for germination, with no germination a 10°C, and in one experiment, none at 15°C. Again like A. septentrionale, we have looked at spores from pale have the same temperature requirement for germination, ncaa thern Germany. These ing that again itis a 290 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) species characteristic associated with a predominantly continental distribution. It is interesting to note therefore that A. ruta-muraria in Britain is frequently found on south-facing surfaces. However, A. ruta-muraria unlike A. septentrionale, is not rare in Britain. This is because it is a calcicole which can exploit not only the sedimentary basic rocks of south and east Britain in addition to calcareous rocks in the north, but also the lime mortar of walls all over the country. This study illustrates the need for further autecological studies of germination and gametophyte development in other species. Without them, the distribution and habitat requirements of ferns can never be understood. WHAT IS CYSTOPTERIS DICKIEANA? Professor James Parks, Millersville University, PA, USA The Cystopteris fragilis complex, including the variable species C. fragilis, is circum- boreal. In the 19th Century, a variant of Cystopteris was discovered near Aberdeen and later given the name C. dickieana. Material from the type locality is pretty distinctive. The stipe tends to lack the dark colour of C. fragilis (basally). Fronds, which are bright green, are fairly wide relative to their length and pinnae tend to be closely spaced and often overlapping. These distinctive morphological characters can be seen even on plants that have been maintained for years in cultivation. C. dickieana is also unusual (in the genus) in having non-echinate spores (often referred to as rugose). In recent years, this character has acquired high taxonomic importance and as a result, plants with fronds resembling those of C. fragilis but bearing non-echinate spores are being labelled ‘C. dickieana’. This practice raises taxonomic concerns in view of the fact that, at least in North America, spore morphology in C. fragilis is variable, sometimes even within a population. Partly for this reason, R.F. Blasdell, in his monograph of Cystopteris (1963), chose to demote C. dickieana to a variant of C. fragilis. Haufler and Windham (American Fern Journal, 81:7 1991) have recently reached the same conclusion, in part, using allozyme studies of North American Cystopteris. In 1993, while on sabbatical in Scotland (and in collaboration with Adrian Dyer, Stuart Lindsay and Chris Page), | took the opportunity to investigate further the taxonomic status of C. dickieana using material from the type locality. The purpose of the study was (1) to determine if a set of multilocus allozyme phenotypes would distinguish the type population of C. dickieana and if so (2) would these allozyme phenotypes be found in other ‘dickieana’ populations that had fragilis morphology and/or (3) would these allozyme phenotypes correlate with plants in other populations that had non-echinate spores. We examined 5 naturally occurring populations: A The type population of C. dickieana located in a cave near Aberdeen. All plants had typical C. dickieana morphology. B A population near the type locality for C. dickieana containing some plants with frond morphology typical of C. dickieana and others with frond morphology more like C. fragilis. C A population 150 km south west of Aberdeen containing plants all of which looked, to us, more like C. fragilis than C. dickieana (though we knew from Dave Tennant that at least some had previously produced non-echinate spores). ; HAL tee 20 km from C (above). All plants had frond morphology typical of C. is ragilis. E A population near Perth. All plants had frond morphology typical of C. fragilis. At each site we collected one fertile frond from each of 30 to 70 plants. A sample of each frond was subjected to isozyme analysis [A fairly complicated but standard protocol whereby one can genetically fingerprint individuals by determining the forms of proteins that each contains] and spores were examined by light and electron microscopy. Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 291 Each multilocus phenotype was assigned a number (1-20) in the order in which they were discovered. Each population had a unique set of allozyme phenotypes except for A and B which shared the same 2 multilocus phenotypes. The only allozyme phenotype recovered from more than one population (with the exception of A and B) was allozyme phenotype No. 3 which was found in C and D. Interestingly, the spore types of this allozyme phenotype differed in populations C and D. The four plants from C exhibiting it all had rugose spores whereas the one plant from D had echinate spores. Only population C had more than five allozyme phenotypes (13 in total were recovered). Allozyme phenotypes and Spore Types in Scottish Cystopteris Populations Population A B Cc D E iit iti etal Phenotypes no. 1 no. 1 nos. 3-15 | no. 3 no. 20 present no. 2 no. 2 nos. 16-19 Total no. 2 2 13 5 1 phenotypes Spore types Rugose Rugose & | Rugose & Echinate Echinate resent Smooth Echinate Total no. 31 67 34 31 6 individuals We were interested to discover that in population B, 9 out of 55 fertile plants bore spores that were neither rugose nor echinate, but smooth. Jermy and Harper (British Fern Gazette, 1971) have previously observed this third spore type In other Scottish populations. Population C which exhibited the greatest array of allozyme phenotypes also exhibited two spore types, rugose & echinate. Discussion and Conclusions no more than a distinct populational variant of ' : : correlation between allozyme phenotype and spore type in population C, this a a correlation did not exist in other populations. in brief, we found no overall cen ral between frond morphology, spore type or allozyme phenotype. amone Pelt examined. . The taxonomic status of variants within the widespread and variable % — or fragilis remains questionable. Vida (1974) demonstrated that C. dickieana et tgs locality was reproductively isolated from a population of echinate-spores bre other fragilis from Eastern Europe, but nothing is known about a" 292 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) forms of the C. fragilis complex in Scotland. Berg (1992), in a recent study of Norwegian C. fragilis, found (as we did in Scotland and others did in N. America) populations with several spore types, but one frond morphology. Clearly, spore type alone is inadequate to delimit C. dickieana . Our allozyme study of Scottish C. fragilis found the same results as extensive work by Windham and Haufler in N. America: that allozyme phenotypes do not correlate with spore type or morphological variance. Our results lead us to concur with Berg and Windham and Haufler in questioning the status of C. dickieana as a species. With them, we believe a conservative treatment of variants in C. fragilis is warranted. THE KILLARNEY FERN IN SCOTLAND Dr F.J. Rumsey, School of Biological Sciences, University of Manchester, Manchester, M13 9PL. (now at Dept. of Botany, Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD) The Killarney Fern Trichomanes speciosum Willd. is largely restricted to macaronesia and the Atlantic fringe of Europe reaching its northernmost extent in Scotland. It is very rare throughout this range. The species was first discovered near Bingley in Yorkshire (Ray, 1724) from where the sporophyte was last seen in c.1785 (Lees, 1888). This was to remain the only known British locality until the mid-nineteenth century, by which time the Species local abundance and subsequent collection to near extinction at many Irish sites was well documented eg. Newman, 1844; Scully, 1916. In Scotland T. speciosum was first found in Aug. 1863, on the east coast of Arran, near Corrie. The initial publication of this find (Babington, 1863) credited Mr. George Combe with the discovery, although he was shown the locality by the local ‘walking postman’ Mr. Robert Douglas (1864; 1887). Between them all traces of the plant were removed, the last “fragment of frond with an inch or two of rhizome” being taken from the already depleted site by Simson (1887), who successfully cultivated his spoils (specimens at E!). At much the same time another locality was discovered, on the mainland just North of Ardlamont Point (Landsborough, 1887). Again the discoverers, Messrs. Cook and Young, seem to have collected all the material present. Some, however, thrived in cultivation subsequently (Stewart, 1901). The third Scottish find was made by the palaeobotanist Robert Kidston in 1876, on the west coast of Arran, near Dougarie. He found just “three small and depauperate roots” one of which he removed to grow on (Landsborough, 1887). The following year a Miss MacBean literally stumbled upon the plant while walking near the Cock of Arran. The deep crevice responsible yielding upwards of a yard of rhizome and a dozen fronds (Stewart, 1901), but attempts to grow on bits were thwarted as it had lain in a dehydrated state too long. Then for almost a century the fern was believed extinct in Scotland, until refound on the Scottish coast in 1979 by Dr. Derek Ratcliffe, Carmen Placido and Peter Wormell, when 3 colonies were discovered during an N.C.C. vegetation survey. Subsequently the fern was refound on Arran by Grace Small and Alice Sommerville (Sommerville, 1981; 1982) and since then 3 further colonies in two separate localities have been detected on the island by Tony Church (Church, 1990), one, perhaps that of Miss MacBean. While almost certainly gone from their original sites, some or all of the first Victorian discoveries may still be in cultivation but in the absence of documentation we may never know, although the development of molecular techniques gives hope that this may Someday be resolved. The discovery of the gametophyte generation of Trichomanes speciosum (Rumsey et al. 1990) has forced us to consider this species in a different light. By virtue of its ecology Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 293 and propagative ability the gametophyte can survive indefinitely in the absence of the sporophyte. Study has revealed gametophytes to be present over a much greater geographical range than the sporophyte in both the British Isles and most interestingly, Continental Europe (Vogel ef al. 1993). In Scotland recent fieldwork has revealed gametophytes to be distributed scattered around the Scottish coast and inland in a Mid Perth. site where Hymenophyllum wilsonii just persists. These finds have extended the species northern limits over 300 km. Both generations appear to be restricted in Scotland to very low altitudes, often less than 20 m, rising on Arran to c. 120 m. As elsewhere in the British Isles maxima match those of Hymenophyllum tunbrigense. The apparently anomalous distribution of the sporophyte and its possible post-glacial history were discussed by Ratcliffe et a/. (1993). Discovery of the gametophyte has posed additional problems but may help elucidate this vexed question. An important factor is the consideration as to whether outlying gametophyte populations represent recent colonisa- tion or the vestiges of a once wider range. Initial evidence suggests gametophytes disperse very poorly. Dispersal other than very locally is thus as with other ferns likely to be achieved by spores. Trichomanes is unusual in possessing green, thin walled spores which show no dormancy and very limited ability to withstand desiccation. They are also rarely produced - only one Scottish colony has ever been seen to be fertile and even in Macaronesia fertility in many colonies is irregular i.e. not annual. Rumsey (1994) estimated that the total British and Irish spore production over the last century could be answered. So what is the future of Trichomanes speciosum in Scotland? Will there ever be a significant increase in the number of sporophytes? Sporophytic absence may be through failure in production or mortality once produced. Evidence from throughout the British Isles suggests archegonial production is a critical limiting step (Rumsey ef al. 1992), these being markedly scarcer than antheridia. Data as to sporophyte production and subsequent survival are still limited but suggest a gradient from West to East, probably reflecting a combination of greater gametangial initiation and more conducive conditions for sporophyte survival in wetter, winter-warm areas. Examination of the species reproductive behaviour and success throughout its distribution suggests only subtle changes in macroclimate may have a profound effect on sporophyte recruitment. In Arran the species is generating new sporophytes and even the mature plants may have formed within the last 30 years. This is very encouraging for the species future in Scotland and may be evidence of change through climatic amelioration, however only a good base line survey of where both generations occur, regular monitoring for novel sporophytes and prevention of collection and disturbance will tell us. REFERENCES Babington, C.C. (1863) Trichomanes radicans J.Bot. (Lond.) 1:293-294 _ ad.) i Church, A.R. (1990) Recent finds of Killarney Fern (Trichomanes speciosum Willd.) in Arran, Clyde Isles Glasgow Nat. 21 :608-609 : dicans in Landsborough, D. (1887) Additional note on the occurrence of Trichomanes fa Scotland Trans. Bot. Soc. Glasgow 27:39 Lees, F.A. (1888) The flora of West Yorkshire. Lovell Reeve & Co., London ) Newman, E. (1844) A History of British Ferns and Allied plants. Van Voorst, London ree Ratcliffe, D.A., Birks, H.J.B. & Birks, H.H. (1993) The ecology and conservation © Killarney Fern Trichomanes speciosum Willd. in Britain and Ireland Biol. Conserva 66:231-247 Ray, J.(1724) Synopsis Methodica Stirpium Brittanicarum 3rd. Ed. W. & J. Innys, London 294 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) Rumsey, F.J. (1994) The distribution, Ecology and population biology of the Killarney Fern (Trichomanes speciosum Willd.) Unpubl. PhD. thesis, University of Manchester Rumsey, F.J., Sheffield, E. & Farrar, D.R. (1990) British filmy-fern gametophytes Pteridologist 2:40-42 Rumsey, F.J., Raine, C.A. & Sheffield, E. (1992) The reproductive capability of independent Trichomanes gametophytes in: Fern Horticulture: past, present and future perspectives eds. J.M. Ide, A.C. Jermy & A.M. Paul Intercept, Andover Scully, R.W. (1916) Flora of County Kerry Hodges, Figgis & Co., Dublin Simson, W.B. (1864) Gardeners Chronicle 10:220 Simson, W.B. (1887) Notes on the finding of Trichomanes radicans in Arran in August 1863 Trans. Bot. Soc. Glasgow 27:35-38 Sommerville, A.H. (1981) Trichomanes speciosum Willd. in Arran, V.C. 100 Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 43:343 Sommerville, A.H. (1982) Killarney Fern refound in Arran B.S.B.1. Scottish Newsletter 4:4 Stewart, W. (1901) Notes on the occurrence of Trichomanes radicans Sw. in Scotland Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow 6:18-21 Vogel, J.C., Jessen, S., Gibby, M., Jermy, AC. ‘& noe L. (1993) Gametophytes of Trichomanes speciosum (Hy yta) in Central Europe Fern Gaz. 14:227-232 TWO APPROACHES TO THE TAXONOMY OF SCOTTISH BRACKEN 1: MORPHOLOGICAL AND PHENOLOGICAL CHARACTERS Dr. Chris Page, RBGE. Until a few years only one taxon of British bracken (Pteridium aquilinum subsp. aquilinum var. aquilinum) was widely recognised. However, in 1989, following a study of the morphological variation in that taxon, | concluded that we actually had 3 taxa in Britain (subspecies aquilinum, subspecies atlanticum and subspecies /atiusculum). My most recent research, incorporating phenological observations, leads me to believe that in Scotland we should recognise at least 4 taxa: subspecies aquilinum var. aquilinum, subspecies atlanticum, subspecies pinetorum var. pinetorum and subspecies pinetorum var. osmundaceum. Subspecies atlanticum and the new subspecies pinetorum are described briefly. Subspecies aquilinum var. aquilinum Not described here. Cia H a4] oe JAal a l \ Like the common bracken, atlanticum is a tall growing, swamping plant. Its stem (rachis), however is twice as thick as those of Common Bracken and its croziers are thickly covered in white hairs. Consequently, pockets of this particular bracken are easy to spot early in the season amongst common bracken. Moreover atlanticum is much more upright, its fronds have more drooping-tipped pinnae, the pinna shape is somewhat different and the vernation is more indeterminate (i.e. fronds get taller as new pinnae are produced through most of the season). As far as | can see it is also restricted to limestone soils. So far, in Britain it has been found in the west of Scotland and in North and South Wales. It has not yet been found in England but | suspect that it might turn up in south-west England or the South Coast because in thaese areas there are all sorts of introgressions with it. | have also found herbarium material of the same taxon in Brittany, Central Spain and the Ivory Coast (West Africa). Clearly, it has an Atlantic distribution (hence its name) and a preference for warm climates. Subspecies pinetorum (Northern bracken Pinetorum is a new subspecies (belonging to the widespread northern latiusculum Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 295 complex) into which | have put bracken taxa which have a preference for pinewood habitats in more northern cold climates (Pinetorum means ‘of the pinewood’). In Scotland, | recognise 3 distinct forms of pinewood bracken but only 2 have names at present. All three forms are also united by the fact that their vernation is strongly determinate (i.e. all pinnae expand as the crozier unrolls and then no further growth occurs). This is an extremely fundamental difference which deserves taxonomic recognition. Also, all the Northern brackens are more frost tolerant than either aquilinum or atlanticum and the skeletons of dead fronds remain standing over winter. 1. Pteridium aquilinum subsp. pinetorum var. pinetorum. Variety pinetorum (the type material), grows in the Rothiemurchus pinewoods of the Cairngorms, near Aviemore. It is extremely distinctive. It is a small low growing plant with an upright stipe, a rather steeply angled frond, a triangular (almost tripartite) frond, a coarsely cut blade (very leathery after full expansion), pinnae have very elongate ultimate segments, and in the spring the croziers are covered with red hairs. | have been able to match this material with herbarium specimens in Sweden, Russia and even China. [Worthy of brief mention at this point is that the Swedish herbarium material was that belonging to Linnaeus and to which he gave the name ‘aquilinum’; the same name that is now widely used for the common (Southern?) bracken!. My colleague, Dr. Robert Mill (RBGE) is currently assessing the implications of this]. 2. Pteridium aquilinum subsp. pinetorum var. osmundaceum. The second distinct form of northern pinewood bracken that | found was on the moors above the surviving pinewood of the Black Wood of Rannoch, near Loch Rannoch. It looks totally different; It is much more upright that var. pinetorum, it has a coarsely cut blade, it is very leathery, its colonies are very sparse and its fronds have ultimate segments that are even larger and more elongate than those of var. pinetorum. Its pinnae tend to stand very upright but if you lay the frond out as a herbarium specimen you discover that the blade is also tripartite. This is the only form of Northern Bracken for which | have actually been able to find a valid name already in existence elsewhere in Europe. That name is osmundaceum and was first used by Christ in the 19th century to describe a similar ‘Osmunda-like’ bracken in Switzerland. 3. un-named The third form of Northern Pinewood bracken which | recognise (but have not yet named) grows as local patches on the hillsides around Loch Faskally and Loch Rannoch. It is not yet named, since its affinities are not yet clear, having a peculiar morphology and ecology which to some extent shares characters of both Common and Northern bracken, but without indication of being a recent hybrid. It also has a peculiar ecology, growing on rather shallow soil beside a rich association of other plant species that are not usually associated with bracken. At first sight, it looks like common bracken (aquilinum) but on closer inspection it is found to have a bigger frond, a very leathery frond, and a very wiry and orange-coloured stipe. Its blade is also inclined to the stipe. Conference organisers footnote: if Since presenting this preliminary talk, Drs Page and Mill have further refined and pina the overall classification of bracken in Scotland, taking into account the nomen iti j i in the broader aspects te these new British finds with bracken in Wee A igre: dies are presented in Page, 9-140 and in press. w becomes species daceum. Pteridium aquilinum now comprises three su atlanticum and subsp. fulvum (the unnamed bracken in illustrations of all of these new taxa are included in the e Ferns of Britain and Ireland, to be published shortly. 296 Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 2: MOLECULAR MARKERS Dr. Elizabeth Sheffield, University of Manchester. This work was undertaken in response to Chris Page’s last (1989) taxonomic revision of bracken in Britain (see footnote). Reference will therefore be made to ‘aquilinum’, ‘atlanticum’ and ‘latiusculum’ but no opinions will be given on whether these should be recognised as varieties or subspecies. Reference will not be made to ‘pinetorum’ as all the Scottish material that Chris has now been placed in subsp. pinetorum was, in 1989, called /atiusculum. Isozyme analysis is a powerful molecular technique. The details of the technique are not important as long as you remember that the end product of the analysis (banding patterns) represents different forms of proteins (isozymes) that are present in the individual. Isozyme banding patterns can often serve as ‘fingerprints’ to characterise an individual, species, genus, population etc. Most pteridophyte taxa, including most types of bracken, can be distinguished in this way. Moreover, isozyme banding patterns sometimes give clues to an individual’s parentage and/or evolutionary events. For example, a few years ago we compared the banding patterns of British aquilinum, British (Scottish) /atiusculum and North American /atiusculum. The isozyme banding patterns for British and American /atiusculums were not the same and there was no similarity in 2 critical marker enzymes between British aquilinum and North American /atiusculum. However the pattern for British /atiusculum was consistent with the theory that the other two taxa had at some point participated as parents in the evolution of British /atiusculum. This meant that we had found molecular data to supported Chris’s conviction that there is a latiusculum-type genome in Scotland. Isozyme analysis of ‘atlanticum’ produced a different result: for every isozyme that we could detect, the pattern in atlanticum was identical to that in aquilinum. This was surprising in view of the fact that most people who have seen this taxon agree that, morphologically, it is quite distinct from aquilinum. It is possible that, by continuing to screen for different isozymes, we would have eventually found a set of banding patterns that would characterise atlanticum but it was considered more likely that we were looking for molecular markers at the wrong level. In view of this we decided to try a more sophisticated technique involving analysis of the genetic variation in the DNA itself. This part of the study was carried out in collaboration with Dr. Paul Wolf at Utah State University. One of the techniques used was restriction (enzyme) analysis. Again, the details of the technique are not important. Basically, DNA is extracted from the plant and carefully broken into fragments of different length using digestive enzymes which target specific points (restriction sites). These fragments are separated on a gel by applying an electric current (in much the same way as for isozyme analysis). Using lengths of DNA obtained from a standard bracken as probes to bind to the fragments, the fragments can be visualised as a banding pattern. Differences between the banding patterns of different individuals represent differences in the number and type of restriction sites in their DNA and this in turn can be used to measure genetic similarity/dissimilarit There are 3 types of DNA in plants: nuclear, mitochondrial and chloroplast, and each can be subjected to restriction enzyme analysis. Chloroplast DNA was the most extensively analysed in this study as it has proved extremely useful for detecting phylogenetic relationships in other taxa. The study included atlanticum from Britain, aquilinum from Britain and France, and latiusculum from Britain, North America and Japan. Data obtained from DNA analysis provided strong evidence for a /atiusculum-type genome being present in Scotland. They also demonstrated that the Scottish /atiuscu/um genome is very different from the aquilinum genome. However, genetic evidence to Pteridologist 2, 6 (1995) 297 support the contention that atlanticum plants are sufficiently different from aquilinum to warrant taxonomic recognition is still lacking. Conference organisers footnote: Since presenting this paper, Drs Page and Mill have again reclassified Scottish Bracken. See Page, C.N. and Mill, R.R (1995). Botanical Journal of Scotland, 47:139-140. Pteridium aquilinum subsp. pinetorum (Northern Bracken) has now become ies Pteridium pinetorum comprising two subspecies: subsp. pinetorum (P. aquilinum. subsp. pinetorum var. pinetorum in the text above) and subsp. osmundaceum (P. aquilinum subsp. pinetorum var. osmundaceum in the text above). Pteridium aquilinum now comprises three subspecies: subsp. aquilinum (as described above), subsp. atlanticum (as described above) and now also subsp. fu/vum (the third, unnamed, form of Northern Bracken in the text above). FERN CONSERVATION: AN SNH PERSPECTIVE Professor Michael B Usher (Chief Scientific Adviser), Scottish Natural Heritage. The talk was divided into 6 parts. 1. How many species are there in Scotland? There are about 66 pteridophyte species in Scotland. One species that we have not yet found is Adiantum capillus-veneris, which is abundant on west coast of Isle of Man - here's a challenge! There are some questions. What is Diphasiastrum issleri with its supposed parentage of D. alpinum and D. complanatum (which is abundant in Norway)? Can we locate more populations of Dryopteris remota, found last century by Loch Lomond? Is Athyrium flexile a distinct taxon (perhaps Britain’s only endemic fern)? How many brackens do we really have? 2. Plant communities. In the 3 published volumes of the National Vegetation Classification, how many times are ferns used to typify plant communities? In volume 1 (Woodlands), there is only one community characterised in part by a fern (Pteridium aquilinum). In volume 2 (Mires and Heaths) there is not a single community characterised by its ferns, and in volume 3 no pteridophytes are mentioned as characteristic of the lowland grassland communities. Cryptogramma crispa, Oreopteris limbosperma, Blech- num spicant and Pteridium aquilinum are, however, mentioned as characteristic components of some of the upland grassland communities. 3. Biogeograhical zones in Scotland. n analysing the fern distribution data for Scotland a map clearly shows that certain areas are characterised by particular assemblages of ferns and fern allies. For two examples, a Central Highland Zone is characterised by an assemblage of Athyrium distentifolium, Lycopodium annotinum, Diphasiastrum alpinum, Dryopteris expansa (all upland species) and Lycopodium clavatum (a more widely ranging species); and an Oceanic Zone (mostly — mainland) is characterised by an assemblage of Asplenium marinum, Dryopteris aemula, Hymenophyllum wilsonii and Hymenophyllum tunbridgense. Biogeographical — provide a framework for thinking about the distribution of species In Scotland an demonstrating which species tend to occur together. 4. The legislative framework within which SNH works. At present 4 fern nage Scotland are protected under schedule 8 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act ( nd Wooasia ilvensis, Woodsia alpina, Cystopteris dickieana and Trichomanes so a is The list of species protected under this Act is reviewed every 5 years. it C. a on (The reclassified as a variety of C. fragilis, then it might be removed —